GGS Operating Manual Vol 1

PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
GGS Operating Manual Vol #1
Operations
Page 2 of 275
EBLA GAS PROJECT
Document Title
Document Number
00180-PCP-300-PD-MAN-12503-01
Type of Document
Manual
Rev
A1
Date
REVISION STATUS
Description
Originator
08-10-09
Issue for Info-training
RL
Expiry Date of Procedure
Life Cycle of review
APPROVAL
Verified
AD
Approved
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 3 of 275
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION I
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
INTRODUCTION......................................................
ABBREVIATION................................................................................
TERMINOLOGY...............................................................................
UNIT OF MEASUREMENT...................................................................
OBJECTIVE OF OPERATION MANUAL..................................................
PREAMBLE.....................................................................................
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN..................................................................
INTENDED USERS............................................................................
SECTION II
HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT..........................
SECTION III HAZOPS & ROUNDS.................................................
SECTION V
GAS GATHERING STATION.........................................
1.0
INTRODUCTION............................................................
1.1
OVERVIEW OF GAS GATHERING STATION.............................................
2.0
SPECIFIC SAFETY HAZARDS.............................................
2.1
2.2
2.2.1
2.2.2
2.2.3
2.3
GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND OPERATIONS..............................

HAZARDS IN HANDLING CHEMICALS...................................................
Physical and Chemical Properties of TEG...........................................
Physical and Chemical Properties of Methanol...................................
Physical and Chemical Properties of Sodium Hypochlorite...................
PPE REQUIREMENTS........................................................................
3.0
EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION.............................................
3.1 METHANOL STORAGE TANK.......................................................................

3.2
METHANOL LOADING/UNLOADING PUMP............................................
3.3
OPEN DRAIN NON-CONTAMINATED SUMP PUMP....................................
3.4
OPEN DRAIN CONTAMINATED SUMP PUMP...........................................
3.5
CLOSED DRAIN DRUM......................................................................
3.6
CLOSED DRAIN DRUM HEATER...........................................................
3.7
CLOSED DRAIN DRUM PUMP..............................................................
3.8
LP PRODUCED WATER DISPOSAL PUMP...............................................
4.0
PROCESS AND CONTROL DESCRIPTION................................
4.1
PRODUCTION SEPARATOR.................................................................
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 4 of 275
4.1.1
Principle of Separation of Water from Oil in Separators......................
4.1.2
Production Separator Controls.........................................................
4.2
FIELD GAS COMPRESSOR..................................................................
FIELD GAS COMPRESSOR SUCTION KNOCK-OUT DRUM........................................
FIELD GAS COMPRESSOR................................................................................
FIELD GAS COMPRESSOR AFTERCOOLER...........................................................
4.2.1
Process Description........................................................................
4.2.2
Field Gas Compressor Controls.........................................................
4.3
CONDENSATE SYSTEM......................................................................
4.3.1
PROCESS DESCRIPTION....................................................................
CONDENSATE PUMPS.....................................................................................
CONDENSATE COALESCER...............................................................................
CONDENSATE SOLIDS FILTER...........................................................................
EARLY OPERATION CONDENSATE PUMPS...........................................................
4.3.2
Condensate System Control.............................................................
4.3.3
Condensate Coalescer Interface Level Control...................................
4.4
GAS DEHYDRATION SYSTEM..............................................................
4.4.1
GAS DEHYDRATION COLUMN...........................................................................
4.4.2
Gas Dehydration Controls................................................................
4.5
TEG REGENERATION SYSTEM............................................................
4.5.1
Principle of TEG Regeneration System..............................................
GLYCOL CIRCULATION PUMPS..........................................................................
TEG BURNER AIR FAN.....................................................................................
TEG MAKE-UP FILTER.....................................................................................
TEG DRAIN VESSEL........................................................................................
TEG STRIPPING COLUMN................................................................................
TEG DRAIN PUMP..........................................................................................
TEG STORAGE TANK......................................................................................
TEG MAKE-UP PUMP......................................................................................
COLD LEAN/RICH GLYCOL HEAT EXCHANGER....................................................
HOT LEAN/RICH GLYCOL HEAT EXCHANGER......................................................
4.5.2
4.5.3
TEG Regenerator Controls...............................................................
4.6
TEG INCINERATOR SYSTEM...............................................................
4.6.1
TEG Incinerator Controls.................................................................
4.7
UTILITIES.......................................................................................
4.7.1
Plant Air System.............................................................................
4.7.2
Instrument Air System.....................................................................
AIR COMPRESSOR..........................................................................................
INSTRUMENT AIR RECEIVER............................................................................
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 5 of 275
4.7.3
Nitrogen System.............................................................................
NITROGEN RECEIVER.....................................................................................
WET AIR RECEIVER........................................................................................
4.7.4
Utility Water..................................................................................
UTILITY WATER TANK.....................................................................................
BOREHOLE WATER PUMP................................................................................
UTILITY WATER PUMP....................................................................................
4.7.5
Potable Water System.....................................................................
POTABLE WATER TANKER UNLOADING PUMP.....................................................
POTABLE WATER DISTRIBUTION PUMP..............................................................
4.7.6
Diesel System................................................................................
4.8
FUEL GAS SYTEM............................................................................
FUEL GAS KNOCK-OUT DRUM..........................................................................
FUELGAS HEATER..........................................................................................
FUELGAS SUPER HEATER................................................................................
4.8.1
Fuel Gas System Control Description................................................
4.9
FLARE SYSTEM...............................................................................
FLARE KO DRUM...........................................................................................
FLARE KO DRUM HEATER................................................................................
FLARE KNOCK-OUT DRUM BOOSTER PUMP........................................................
FLARE KO DRUM PUMP...................................................................................
4.9.1
Flare System Controls.....................................................................
4.10
PRODUCED WATER SYSTEM...............................................................
4.11
DRAIN SYSTEM................................................................................
4.11.1
Open Drain System.........................................................................
4.11.2
Closed Drain system.....................................................................101
4.12
POWER GENERATOR SYSTEM...........................................................102
5.0
ELECTRICAL..............................................................106
5.1
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.1.3
5.1.4
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS....................................................................107
Electrical System Controls.............................................................108
Electrical System Start-Up.............................................................110
System under Plant Normal Operating Condition..............................113
Electrical System GTG Failure.....................................................114
EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR SET...............................................118
MAIN HV SWITCHBOARD................................................................122
POWER TRANSFORMER..................................................................122
LV POWER DISTRIBUTION...............................................................123
6.0
INSTRUMENTATION......................................................127
6.1
6.2
INTEGRATED CONTROL AND SAFETY SYSTEM (ICSS)............................128

DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEM (DCS) GGS....................................128
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 6 of 275
6.3
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SYSTEM (ESD) GGS...................................132
Double Isolation Valves...............................................................................138
7.0
FIRE AND GAS............................................................141
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
FIRE & GAS INTRODUCTION.........................................................142

FIRE DETECTORS..........................................................................143
ALERTING EQUIPMENT...................................................................143
FIRE ZONES..................................................................................146
HIGH-SENSITIVE SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM (HSSD)..........................147
8.0
TELECOMMUNICATION..................................................150
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.3.1
8.4
8.4.1
8.5
8.6
8.7
TELECOM SUBSYSTEMS..................................................................151
SDH TRANSMISSION SYSTEM...........................................................151
TELEPHONE SYSTEM......................................................................152
Telephones..................................................................................152
RADIO SYSTEM.............................................................................152
Radio Tower.................................................................................153
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING SYSTEM............................................153
LOCAL AREA NETWORK..................................................................154
TELECOM SUPERVISORY SYSTEM......................................................154
9.0
PRODUCT SPECIFICATION..............................................155
9.1
9.2
9.3
GAS & CONDENSATE SPECIFICATION................................................156

GAS............................................................................................156
CONDENSATE...............................................................................156
10.0
PRE-REQUISITES FOR START-UP ACTIVITIES........................158
10.1
10.1.1
10.1.2
10.2
10.2.1
10.2.2
10.2.3
10.2.4
10.2.5
10.2.6
10.2.7
PRE-REQUISITE SAFETY...............................................................159
Introduction................................................................................159
Safety.........................................................................................159
PRE-REQUISITE ACTIVITIES.............................................................159
Vessels and Pipelines....................................................................159
System Leak Testing and Purging....................................................160
HVAC in Control Room...................................................................160
Diesel and Chemicals....................................................................160
Checking of Functional Loop and Control Valves...............................160
Charging of Lubricants for Rotating Equipment................................160
L.P. Fuel Gas System.....................................................................161
11
START-UP OF UTILITIES AND OFF-SITE FACILITIES................162
11.1
11.1
11.2
11.3
SEQUENCE OF START-UP................................................................163
START-UP OF DIESEL SYSTEM..........................................................163
START-UP OF EMERGENCY POWER GENERATOR PACKAGE....................165
START-UP OF UTILITY WATER SYSTEM..............................................167
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 7 of 275
11.4
11.5
11.6
11.7
11.8
11.9
11.10
11.11
11.12
11.13
11.14
11.15
START-UP OF
START-UP OF
START-UP OF
START-UP OF
START-UP OF
START-UP OF
START-UP OF
START-UP OF
START-UP OF
START-UP OF
START-UP OF
START-UP OF
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.............................................168

PLANT AIR.................................................................169
INSTRUMENT AIR........................................................170
NITROGEN SYSTEM.....................................................171
FLARE SYSTEM...........................................................172
OPEN DRAIN SYSTEM..................................................173
CLOSED DRAIN SYSTEM...............................................174
FUEL GAS SYSTEM......................................................175
GAS TURBINE GENERATOR (GTG)..................................176
PRODUCED WATER SYSTEM..........................................182
METHANOL SYSTEM....................................................182
GLYCOL STORAGE AND TRANSFER SYSTEM.....................184
12.0
START-UP OF PROCESS PLANT........................................186
12.1
12.2
12.2.1
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.5.1
12.5.2
12.6
12.6.1
12.6.2
12.7
12.7.1
12.7
12.7.1
START-UP SEQUENCE OF GGS..........................................................187

PURGING OF HYDROCARBON SYSTEM..............................................188
Facility Leak Test with Pressurization of Feed Gas............................188
START-UP OF PRODUCTION SEPARATOR............................................189
START-UP OF THE CONDENSATE SYSTEM...........................................191
START-UP OF FIELD GAS COMPRESSOR (LP OPERATION)......................192
Purging of Feed Gas Compressor Circuit..........................................192
Start-up......................................................................................193
START-UP OF GAS DEHYDRATION SYSTEM.........................................199
Initial Start-up.............................................................................200
Start-up at normal conditions........................................................213
START-UP OF TEG INCINERATOR SYSTEM..........................................215
Pre-requisites before starting the TEG Incinerator...........................215
START-UP OF OILY WATER SYSTEM...................................................218
Line-up of Oily Water System.........................................................218
13.0
NORMAL OPERATION AND MONITORING.............................220
13.1
13.2
13.3
PRODUCTION SEPARATOR NORMAL OPERATION.................................221

GAS DEHYDRATION & TEG REGENERATION SYSTEM............................222
COMPRESSOR NORMAL OPERATION..................................................224
14.0
PLANT START-UP AFTER EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN................226
14.1
14.2
14.2.1
14.2.2
14.2.3
14.2.4
14.2.5
GENERAL EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN LEVELS - ESD1, ESD2 & ESD3.........227

PLANT START-UP AFTER ESD1 SHUTDOWN........................................227
Start-up of Utility Water Systems...................................................228
Start-up of Potable Water Systems.................................................228
Start-up of Plant Air System..........................................................229
Start-up of Instrument Air.............................................................230
Start-up of Nitrogen System..........................................................231
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 8 of 275
14.2.6
14.2.7
14.2.8
14.2.9
14.2.10
14.2.11
14.2.12
14.2.13
14.2.14
14.2.15
14.2.16
14.2.17
14.3
14.4
14.5
Start-up of Flare System...............................................................232

Start-up Open Drain System...........................................................232
Start-up Closed Drain System.........................................................233
Start-up of Fuel Gas System..........................................................233
Start-up of Gas Turbine Generator..................................................234
Start-up of Produced Water System................................................235
Start-up of Glycol Transfer System.................................................236
Start-up of Production Separator....................................................237
Start-up of the Condensate System................................................238
Start-up of Field Gas Compressor (LP Operation).............................239
Start-up of Gas-Dehydration..........................................................243
Line-up of Oily Water System.........................................................246
BLACK START-UP OF GGS...............................................................249
15.0
16.0
TROUBLESHOOTING OPERATION.....................................252
SHUTDOWN...............................................................260
16.1
16.2
16.2.1
16.2.2
16.2.3
16.3
PLANNED SHUTDOWN....................................................................261
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN................................................................264
ESD Level-1 Shutdown...................................................................265
ESD Level-2: Process Shutdown......................................................265
ESD LEVEL-3: Unit/Equipment Shutdown.........................................267
DRAINING PHILOSOPHY/RECOVERY FOR START-UP.............................270
SECTION I
INTRODUCTION
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
1.0
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
ABBREVIATION
Acronym
AC
AMB
API
ATM
BA
BCS
BDV
BGU
CCR
CD
CGR
CNE
CO2
CS
CSO
DB
dB
DBB
DCS
DE
DP
EDG
ESD
F&G
FV
FW
FZ
GC
GGS
GOR
GTP
H2S
HC
HH
HMI
HP
HPS
HSE
I&C
IS
KCS
Expansion
Alternating Current
Ambient
American Petroleum Institute
Atmospheric
Breathing Apparatus
Burner Control System
Blowdown Valve
Break Glass Unit
Central Control Room
Closed Drain
Condensate to Gas Ratio
Cause and Effect
Carbon dioxide
Carbon Steel
Car-Seal Open
Double Block
Decibel
Double Block & Bleed
Distributed Control System
Drive End
Differential Pressure
Emergency Diesel Generator
Emergency Shutdown
Fire & Gas
Full Vacuum
Fire water
Fire Zone
Gas Chromatograph
Gas Gathering Station
Gas to Oil Ratio
Gas Treatment Plant
Hydrogen Sulphide
Hydrocarbon
High High
Human Machine Interface
High Pressure
High Pressure Separator
Health, Safety and Environment
Instrument & Control
Intrinsically Safe
Killed Carbon Steel
Operations
Page 10 of 275
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
Acronym
KOD
LC
LCP
LCS
LCV
LEL
LL
LO
LP
LPG
LSS
LTS
MMSCFD
MP
N2
NC
NDE
NO
NPSH
O&M
O/L
ORP
P&ID
PB
PCV
PMS
POM
PPE
ppm
ppmv
ppmw
PSD
PSV
PTW
ROV
RTU
RV
RVP
SB
SBB
SGS
TCV
TDS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Expansion
Knock Out Drum
Lock Close
Local Control Panel
Local Control Station
Level Control Valve
Lower Explosive Limit
Low Low
Lock Open
Low Pressure
Liquified Petroleum Gas
Low Speed Side; Low Signal Selector
Low Temperature Separator
Million Standard Cubic Feet Per Day
Medium Pressure
Nitrogen
Normally Closed
Non-Drive End
Normally Open
Net Positive Suction Head
Operation & Maintenance
Outlet
Oxygen Reduction Potential
Piping and Instrumentation Diagram
Pushbutton
Pressure Control Valve
Power Management System
Plant Operating Manual
Personal Protective Equipment
Parts Per Million
Parts Per Million by Volume
Parts Per Million by Weight
Process Shutdown
Pressure Safety Valve
Permit to Work
Remote Operated valve
Remote Terminal Unit
Relief Valve
Reid Vapour Pressure
Single Block
Single Block & Bleed
Satellite Gathering station
Temperature Control Valve
Total Dissolved Solids
Operations
Page 11 of 275
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Acronym
TEG
TSS
TVP
UC
UCP
UPS
WHCP
WHFP
WPT
2.0
Operations
Page 12 of 275
Expansion
Tri-Ethylene Glycol
Total Suspended Solids
True Vapour Pressure
Utility Connection
Unit Control Panel
Uninterrupted Power Supply
Well head Control Panel
Well head Flowing Pressure
Working Pressure & Temperature
TERMINOLOGY
Acid Gas
Antifoam Agent
API Gravity
Aromatics
Auto Ignition
Point
Balanced
Draught
Barrel
Block Valve
Catalyst
Ceramic Balls
Coalescer
Condensate
Dehydration
Gas with H2S and CO2 content

An additive used for controlling foam in some lubricating oils. It is
used in DIPA (Di-Iso Propanol amine), Sulfinol and TEG Unit
API degree is used for reporting the gravity of a petroleum
product. The degree API is related to the specific gravity scale
(15C/15C) by the formula:
Degree API = (141.5/Sp. Gr. 15C/15C) 131.5
A group of hydrocarbons having at least one ring structure of six
carbon atoms, each of the latter having one valency outside the
ring. Typical aromatics are: benzene, toluene, xylene, phenol (all
mono-aromatics) and naphthalene (a di-aromatic)
The temperature at which the vapour given off by a sample will
burn in air without any ignition source
A method of furnace air control using both forced and induced
draught fans
A standard measure of crude oil quantity; equivalent to 35
imperial gallons, 42 US gallons or 159 litres
A valve used for isolation of equipment
A substance added to a system of reactants which will accelerate
the desired reactions, while emerging virtually unaltered from the
process. The catalyst allows the reaction to take place at a
temperature at which the uncatalyzed reaction would proceed too
slowly for practical purposes. Used extensively in secondary
processes
Balls of chemically inert ceramic, used as filler and support in
reactors etc.
A vessel packed with steel wool, glass wool, polypropylene wool or
felt used to remove fine droplets of treating liquids or water from
a petroleum product
Liquid separated from hydrocarbon gas in a Gas-Liquid Seperator
which is typically having composition more than C5+. It is normally
used as Petrochemical Feed stock.
The removal of water from gas produced in association with oil, or
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
ESD Level-1
Shutdown
ESD Level-2
Shutdown
ESD Level-3
Shutdown
Gas Turbine
Hydrate
KOD
LEL
LPG
Mercaptans
Mole %
Purging
Pyrophoric
Schoepentoeter
Sour Gas
Stabiliser
Operations
Page 13 of 275
from gas from gas-condensate wells

ESD Level-1 shutdown will open all the depressurising valves at the
same time
ESD Level-2 shutdown will enable depressurisation, allowing for
operator action if required
ESD Level-3 shutdowns are used only to isolate or shutdown
systems. Individual units/equipment may be depressurised if
necessary
An engine in which gas (as distinct from steam) is directed, under
pressure, against a series of turbine blades. The energy contained
in the rapidly expanding gas is converted into rotary motion
A compound formed by the chemical union of water with a
molecule of some other hydrocarbon. Gas hydrates, formed from
water and, for example methane, may cause plugging of the
tubing and flow lines of gas wells
A vessel, constructed with baffles, through which a mixture of gas
and liquid is passed to disengage one from the other. The heavier
liquid particulates get separated from lighter gas due to
gravitational force.
Lower Explosive Limit - Leanest mixture that will explode. A
greater air and hydrocarbon ratio will not ignite
Liquefied Petroleum Gas is a mixture of Propane & Butane which
can be stored under elevated pressure as a liquid at atmospheric
temperatures (bottled gas). It is widely used for cooking and
domestic heating. Typically contains Propane30 Vol%, Butane
70Vol%
Mercaptans or alkyl-hydrosulphides are organic compounds of
carbon, hydrogen and sulphur. They have a bad odour and
frequently occur in unrefined gasoline. Ethyl Mercapton is added
as an odorant in commercial LPG.
An expression of the percent composition of a mixture in terms of
moles. The relative numbers of moles are computed by dividing
the numbers of units of weight of the individual constituents by
their respective molecular weights
The removal of one fluid from a vessel or plant by introduction and
subsequent evacuation of a second fluid. A common usage of this
operation is in the removal of hydrocarbon vapours or air from a
plant by flushing with nitrogen
Catches fire spontaneously upon contact with air. Certain forms of
iron sulphide exhibit this tendency (Pyrophoric iron)
An internal distribution device, sideways or downwards pointing.
Gas which contains objectionable amounts of contaminants, e.g.
hydrogen sulphide and other corrosive sulphur compounds
A fractionating column designed to make a sharp separation
between very volatile components and gasoline from Naphtha,
casing head gasoline or pressure distillate, thus controlling the
gasolines Reid vapour pressure
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Stripping
Total
Suspended
Solids
Turn Down
3.0
Page 14 of 275
Removal of the lightest fractions from a mixture. The process is

usually carried out by passing the hot liquid from a flash drum or
tower into a stripping vessel or stripping section of a column,
through which open steam or inert gas is passed to remove the
more volatile components of the cut
A water specification with undissolved solid matter greater than
1.5 microns
Amount or percentage by which a unit or plant may be turned
down from its rated capacity. Typically 40% is the minimum. (The
plants are designed to run at/or close to maximum)
UNIT OF MEASUREMENT
BOPD
BPD
BWPD
CFD
kg/h
kW
M
m3/h
mg/l
MM
MMSCFD
Nm3/h
ppb
ppmv
ppmw
S
STOBPD
4.0
Operations
Barrels of Oil Per Day

Barrels Per Day
Barrels of Water Per Day
Cubic Feet Per Day
Kilogram Per Hour
Kilowatt
Thousand
Cubic meter Per Hour
Milligram Per Litre
Million
Million Standard Cubic Feet Per Day
Normal Cubic Meter Per Hour
Parts Per Billion
Parts Per Million by Volume
Parts Per Million by Weight
Standard Conditions at 15C and 1
atm
Standard Oil Barrels Per Day
OBJECTIVE OF OPERATION MANUAL
The objective of this manual is to guide and provide an overview of the GGS facilities,
and a detailed description of Process and Control, Start-up and Shutdown of the plants.
These manual details the safety measures, built-in protections employed, handling of
emergencies in operation and start-up of the GGS facilities. This manual is to be used
in conjunction with other vendor manuals; it summarizes various aspects of
engineering including process, mechanical, electrical and control & instrumentation.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 15 of 275
The manual describes process, utilities, offsite, the activities required for the plant
start-up and shutdown, and, controls and safety hazards in the plant in various
sections as detailed below:
o
Section 1: A general introduction of the facilities
Section 2: HSE aspects
Section 3: Equipment Specification
Section 4: Process and Control Description
Sections 5 & 6: Electrical, Instrumentation and Emergency shutdown (ESD)
Section 7: F&G systems
Section 8: Telecom
Sections 9, 10 and 11: Product Specification, Pre-Requisites for Start-up and Startup procedures for Utilities.
Sections 12, 13 and 14: Plant Start-up, Normal Operating & Monitoring and Plant
Start-up after Emergency Shutdown.
Section 15 & 16: Troubleshooting Operations and Shutdown procedures.
The Annexure Section contains Plot plan, PFD, Heat and Material balance, Alarms &
Trip schedule, Cause & Effect diagram, Utility summary and Vendor Operation
Manual references.
Though plant safety aspects are addressed in detail, this manual is not intended in any
way to supersede safety practices approved by the Company and/or adopted as per
manufacturers standards that should be followed by all personnel involved with these
facilities.
Step-by-step instructions and procedures for plant Start-up operations are discussed
and should be used as a guideline . However it is cautioned that all scenarios and
emergencies arising during plant operation cannot be visualized and explained in an
Operating Manual.
5.0
PREAMBLE
Ebla Production Facilities consist of Well heads & Flowlines, Gas Gathering Station
(GGS), Trunk line and Gas Treatment Plant (GTP). The production capacity of the
plants is rated for 80 MMSCFD of Gas and 22.5 m3/h of Condensate. There are seven
Gas Production Wells in Ash-Shaer facilities. The Well Fluid comprises of Gas and
Condensate. The well fluids are transported to manifolds through trunk lines and then
to a high pressure Production Separator in GGS. The Production Separator is a threephase separator vessel where the gas, condensate and produced water are separated.
The field reserve profiles indicate that the well-pressure will be high during the initial
phase of production and then the well-pressure will be reduced substantially. Hence
the production operation is termed as Initial-Phase (HP-Phase) and Normal Operation
(LP-Phase) of the Project. During the HP production phase, the pressure in the well
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 16 of 275
head is adequate for transportation of fluid to GTP, located 76 km away from GGS.
However during the LP Phase, a Field Gas Compressor and High Pressure Booster
Condensate Pumps are installed in GGS to compensate the pressure loss during
transportation to GTP, processing at treatment plants in GTP and then to export the
gas to the existing high pressure gas grid in Syria. The gas from Production Separator is
dried in Glycol-operated Dehydration Unit (moisture: 1.5 lb/MMSCF); similarly the
water content in Condensate (water specification: 200 ppmv) is removed before
transporting to GTP. The condensate and dried gas are mixed and then transported to
GTP through a Trunk line.
At the Gas Treatment Plant (GTP), the gas and condensate are received in a Slug
Catcher which knocks off the condensate from the gas. The condensate is sent to a
Stabiliser which produces stabilised condensate and is sent to Condensate Storage
Tanks. The gas from the slug catcher is sent to Gas Dehydration Unit which contains
Molecular Sieves to remove the moisture down to 0.1 ppmv level. The cooled gas from
Turbo-expander exchanges its heat with incoming feed gas and is recompressed in
Expander-Compressor to 36 barg. The dried gas pressure is boosted in a Sales Gas
Compressor and exported through Sales Gas Grid. The liquid separated from the cooled
gas (Turbo-Expander) and the Low Temperature Separator flows to De-ethanizer for
removal of uncondensed C1 and C2 components; this is then compressed and recycled to
the suction of Sales Gas Compressor for export. The De-ethanizer bottoms are sent to
De-butanizer to separate Stabilised Condensate and LPG. The LPG is dosed with an
odorant (Ethyl Mercapton) in a dosing facility and sent for LPG truck filling.
Condensate flows to storage tanks from where it is exported. Both GGS and GTP are
provided with utilities such as Plant Air, Instrument Air and Nitrogen Generation Unit.
Also Gas Turbo-Generators and Emergency Diesel Generators are provided in GGS as
well as GTP. Both units are provided with Utility Water and Potable Water Systems. Fire
Water System is provided only in GTP. The plant operations are executed with DCS at
both units. The GTP has the provision to operate GGS and Well heads from its Control
Room.
6.0
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
The Emergency Shutdown (ESD) system forms an integral part of the overall Plant
Safety system. A separate ESD system is provided at Wellheads, GGS and GTP. The ESD
system at GGS and GTP shall operate on three hierarchical levels, namely ESD-1, 2 & 3.
ESD Level 1: This represents the highest level of emergency that may occur at the
facility. ESD Level-1 will shutdown and depressurize the Process facilities.
ESD Level 2: This is activated in the event of a significant process abnormality at the
facilities. Operation of the facility shall be stopped by closing dedicated XVs and
tripping all process equipment.
ESD Level 3: ESD Level-3 shutdown is non-emergency process abnormalities affecting
only one equipment item or unit. ESD Level-3 trips are provided primarily for
equipment protection like shutdown of a Compressor on High-High discharge
temperature and shutdown of Glycol Dehydration unit on High-High level in the Inlet
Separator.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
7.0
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 17 of 275
INTENDED USERS
It is intended that this manual be used by the Operating Personnel to give equipment
description, system control and a start-up guideline .Note: the start-up section is
intended as a guideline and not to replace the Operating Procedures .
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 18 of 275
SECTION II HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 19 of 275
COMMITTMENT TO TOTAL LOSS MANAGEMENT

It is a fundamental commitment of Petro-Canada Syria to safely manage all risk which
could impact its Employees, Contractors, Stakeholders, Environment, and Assets by:
providing a safe work environment;
developing the competency of a well-trained and knowledgeable workforce;
protecting the health, security and well-being of employees;
avoiding, minimizing or safely managing the impacts of our operations on the
natural environment and on the communities in which we operate;
dealing openly with stakeholders who may have an interest in our operations or
development projects;
supporting research on the health and environmental effects of our products,
processes and wastes;
avoiding waste and conserving energy and natural resources;
setting and reviewing prudent, health, safety and environmental targets; and
establishing appropriate programs aimed at compliance with applicable regulatory
standards.
To support these goals, Petro-Canada incorporates a Total Loss Management (TLM)
system in its business and operations. TLM serves as the company's overarching
framework for health, safety and environmental performance. This provides clear
management expectations; detailing employee responsibilities and serving as a
mechanism for ongoing stewardship and continuous improvement through a program of
regularly scheduled facility inspections and audits.
Petro-Canada will make efforts to inform workers, governments, customers and the
public about potential hazards inherent in the nature of our work or in the products we
handle and sell. The Company recognizes that each worker has a vital role in protecting
themselves, others and the environment from potential hazards.
Our managers, employees and others engaged on our behalf are expected to carry out
their duties in a manner designed to protect themselves, their fellow workers, the public,
the environment and the physical assets of the Company.
Guidance is available to customers in the safe handling of our products during transport,
storage, use as well as recycling or disposal methods.
We are prepared to respond to unplanned events with suitable emergency response plans
and management processes should the need arise.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 20 of 275
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 21 of 275
HEALTH, SAFETY and ENVIROMENT at the EBLA Gas Project

As you read the technical information in this manual, you must also be aware of some of
the hazards and risk involved in the operation of the GGS. To assist in mitigating these
risks to an acceptable level, various tools have been developed and are available to
provide all workers in ultimately working towards achieving Zero Harm.
Although not fully inclusive, the following are some of the risk that may be encountered
or associated with the operation of the GGS:
Hot & Cold equipment and process temperatures
Pressure
Trip Hazards
Heat Exhaustion
Chemical Exposure ( Inhibitors etc.)
Nitrogen
Hydrocarbons
Noise
Fall hazards
Back& Hand Injuries
Spills
HEALTH AND SAFETY:
Safety-starts with you! It is the expectation that everyone must follow all Codes of
Practice, site specific procedures and work instructions, and wear the proper Personal
Protective Equipment at all times when performing their assigned task/job.
Although not fully inclusive, the following are some of the tools that will assist you in eliminating
or reducing the Risks and Hazards:
Safety hard hats

Safety boots
Safety glasses
Ear Plugs/Muffs as posted
Coveralls FRC
Gloves
Codes of Practice
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 22 of 275
Job Safety Analysis (JSA)

Training
Procedures and work instructions
Site Inspection / audits
Event Reporting
Pre-job meeting (tool box talks), and
MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheets) are provided to identify the potential hazards
and the proper method for to handling of all chemicals used or produced on site.
One of our basic and simple principles is to determine which behaviors lead to incidents
occurring, and then initiate improvement to our Management Systems to eliminate or
reduce the unsafe behaviours and incident potential.
The most effective and pro-active method of avoiding accidents is through a worker to
worker behaviour based safety process. This is a worker observation process designed to
help identify unsafe behaviours, unsafe acts and/or unsafe conditions before they can
cause a loss.
Task Risk Assessments will be incorporated into the work scope for the operation of the
EBLA Gas Treatment Project. The Risk Assessment process is an essential component to
ensuring the safe and efficient operation. All mitigation measures that are identified must
be implemented to reduce the risk to as low as reasonably practicable.
Environmental:
Effects to the environment were considered during the design phase for this new facility.
Some of the equipment in the plant that has been designed to protect the environment are:
flaring systems,
closed drain system,
open drain system with holding ponds and
spill kits.
Housekeeping is a key part of maintaining a safe and clean working environment. The
Ebla Gas Treatment Project has also developed a waste management strategy for items
like filter disposal.
ALWAYS REMEMBER IF IN DOUBT, ASK!
For further information or assistance contact your supervisor or HS&E
representative.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
SECTION III HAZOPS & ROUNDS
Operations
Page 23 of 275
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 24 of 275
The following list are the Hazops action items that must be followed to ensure the
safety of personnel and equipment damage
Hazop Action No. 372
Confined space entry shall be as per company PTW procedure. It may be required to
inspect the vessel internals or repair a vessel/drum or Closed Drain Drum boot. After
draining the vessel and purging with N2, it should be dampened by water source to avoid
any fire due to pyrophoric iron deposits. Also purge it for sufficient time such that the
vessel is free from H2S/hydrocarbon content before vessel entry. There should not be any
traces of H2S in the vessel before vessel entry. Proper PPEs should be used for vessel
entry against H2S/Hydrocarbon presence.
Hazop Action No. 30
Special precautions need to be taken on Vessels like Production Separator prior to
releasing them to Maintenance/Turnaround Inspection. Even though H2S content is less
than 100 ppm there will be considerable accumulation of pyrophoric scale over a
prolonged period of operation. The pyrophoric dust will catch fire when it is exposed to
atmosphere. Before opening the Vessel, the Separator shall be dampened from a water
source. Disposal of the pyrophoric dust/scale shall be as per Company procedure for
disposal of hazardous waste and shall not be dumped in Plant areas which will lead to fire
accidents. Pyrophoric fire prevention measures are to be put in place (including
availability of relevant portable fire extinguishers)
Hazop Action No. 67
Handling and disposal of Contaminated filter Cartridges / Coalescer elements should be
done in a safe manner. As these filters contain hazardous sulphur and nitrogen compounds
this should be collected and disposed in designated storage areas. Proper PPEs
precautions to all personnel involved in handling the contaminated equipments to waste
storage area.
Hazop Action No. 31
When releasing Condensate/Produced Water Storage tanks, Condensate pumps/Filters,
proper safety precautions are to be taken as per PTW Procedures and for vessel entry by
Personnel. Check for Oxygen/Toxic HC components. The vessels are damped from a
water source to avoid pyrophoric iron fires. Naturally Occurring Radioactive Material
(NORM) and Low Specific Activity (LSA) Scale can appear during the drilling and
process phases of Oil and Gas exploration and tend to deposit along with other scale. Low
Specific Activity scale (LSA) which are found adhering to pipe and equipment internals
produce potential radiation illness mainly due to Radium-226 produced from the decay of
naturally occurring Uranium-238. Hence Radioactive Detection and PPEs for protection
against potential radiation illness should be used. The waste removed from Condensate
storage/Produced water storage tanks/cartridge filter should be disposed off at locations
specifically marked/designated as Waste holdup/storage area. The Waste disposal area
shall be clearly fenced, marked and identified with safety tags/boards indicating
warnings/dangers due to radioactive substances.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 25 of 275
o Personnel involved in the operation should wear Breathing Apparatus

(BA) sets
o Flange is broken and hydrocarbon concentration measured
o Purging using N2 continues, as necessary
o When hydrocarbon concentration drops below 10 ppm, the All Clear is
given and normal work activities can recommence
The capacity of the Holding Pond is designed for the worst rainfall conditions. Partially
open manual valves in the Water Disposal Pumps will cause overflow of water from the
Holding pond to be spilled over to the surrounding environment. Normally the Holding
pond receives non-contaminated water from the Open Drain Sump and Storm water. If
entrained oil is present in the Holding Pond, it can be recycled to the open drain sump for
reprocessing. Under these conditions of entrained oil in the Holding pond, over flow of
water from Holding pond will create environmental problems. A portable skimmer can be
employed to remove traces of oil in the Holding Pond so that at any time the water is free
of oil in the Holding pond. A portable skimmer available at GTP also could be used. If
heavy rainfall occurs for a considerable period, a separate Operator can be stationed
round the clock to monitor the Levels and quality of water for the Open Drain System.
The contaminated water from the Open Drain Sump is pumped by Open Drain
Contaminated Sump Pump (332-P-002A/S) to Produced Water Storage Tanks through a
check valve and 3 dip pipeline with a siphon breaker. If Check valve is passing and
water level is below dip leg level, then there will be gas migration from Produced Water
tank to Contaminated Open Drain Sump. Hence the Operating personnel should ensure
water level above dipleg and then only open the valve to the Contaminated Sump Drain
Pump which will prevent gas migration and thereby avoiding potential Fire and Explosion
hazard.
Analyse Diesel quality prior to unloading from Diesel Truck. The diesel quality shall
meet the specification including water content of less than 1000 ppm free water. After the
Diesel unloading into the Diesel tank 322-T-001receipt, proper settling time to be given
so that water settles and water is drained out from the bottom drain of the tank. Again
check diesel quality by taking a sample at the outlet of Diesel Filter Coalescer. The water
content shall be less than 100 ppm. This sampling should be done during normal
operation to ascertain the quality of diesel and proper functioning of Diesel Filter
Coalescer. Hence proper monitoring of Diesel quality shall be ensured. Otherwise water
in diesel more than specification will cause loss of ignition in EDG.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 26 of 275

The Diesel tank (322-T-001) is also provided with heating coils which can be used during
winter when the temperature may reach below sub zero. Maintain proper temperature of
diesel in the Diesel tank so that high water content does not lead to ice formation and
thereby choking filter/pipeline. Ensure to drain water from Coalescer periodically to
maintain diesel quality.
Transfer diesel from Diesel Tank (322-T-001) to EDG by monitoring tank level when the
level in the Day tank is low. Transfer diesel from Tank with 322-P-001A/S pump to day
tank and closely watch the Day tank level. Malfunction of the Day tank float valve will
lead to diesel overflow/spill and possible fire hazards. Hence an operator has to manually
check and ensure proper coordination while filling day tank of EDG.
Hazop Action No: 550
Monitor the dewpoint analyzer (325-AI-4520 for Train-A and 325-AI-4570 for Train-B)
for Train-A continuously and ensure the dewpoint is maintained at -350C at 7.5 barg. If
the dewpoint increases to -340C at 7.5 barg, immediately high alarm 325-AIH-4520 is
activated. Always keep the standby Air Drier regenerated and kept ready so that it can be
lined-up immediately if there is high dewpoint alarm. Excessive content of moisture in
Instrument air may create accelerated corrosion in downstream users.
Hazop Action No-300
The Methanol transfer to Tank 329-T-001 as well as tote tank is carried out using 329-P001A/S. Ensure there is always continous supply of LP fuel gas for the blanketing of
Methanol Storage Tank 329-T-001. During methanol transfer ( Either to storage Tank
329-T-001 or to tote tank) if there is outage of LP fuel gas, stop the methanol transfer
immediately. The transfer/unloading of methanol during LP fuel gas outage will lead to
oxygen ingress into the tank and mix with oxygen to form a potentially explosive
mixture.
Hazop Action No. 26
In case of extended shutdown period during winter conditions, the water in the Produced
water lines from Production Seperator should be completely drained. During Start-up,
line-up heat tracing for all instruments and process lines before start-up. Ensure to switch
ON heat-tracing lines for Produced water lines so as to avoid ice formation in water
lines and reduce corrosion. While Start-up after Prolonged/Annual shutdown in winter,
ensure to fully drain the Produced water lines so that freezing of the water lines are
avoided. It is also recommended to drain out Produced water lines when the plant is taken
on line after Annual shutdown. Failure of the heat tracing will lead to ice formation in the
produced water lines and this will result to water carryover in condensate and causes
accelerated corrosion in the pipeline.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 27 of 275

Drain the liquid accumulated in the Vent Gas KO Drum (305-V-003) by observing the
Level gauge 305-LG-3135. If it is prolonged shutdown drain KOD and also ensure to
switch on the heat tracing on the pipelines to maintain the fluidity in the line. The Field
operators should ensure regular observance of the Vent Gas KOD liquid level and drain
the liquid at frequent intervals. If the level builds up, then entrainment to Blowers will
cause potential damage to the Blowers. Drain the Blowers casing of the selected Vent Gas
blowers 305-K-002A/B or C/D by opening eight ball valves on each Blower casing
assuring that all possible condensate is drained off before burner ignition and then close
the drain valves.
In cold weather conditions TEG (Tri-Ethylene Glycol) is viscous and has to be warmed
up to facilitate pouring.
During winter months, when air temperature might fall to -15C (min. ambient
temperature) ascertain that Gas Dehydration Column bottom, the wet condensate
outlet line and the chimney tray portion of the column are heated by electrical
tracing.
Switch on the electric tracing system on the level instruments installed on the
Flash Drum 305-V-002, on the TEG Reboiler 305-H-001, TEG Surge Drum
305-V-005, stand-by pump and in general where electrical tracing is given.
Increased viscosity of glycol in Surge vessel may affect the pumping and
potentially damage the glycol circulation pumps at cold operating conditions. As
the glycol lines are heat traced and insulated to retain the hot condition, it becomes
necessary to restart the electrical heat tracing and then start the Glycol Pumps
especially after prolonged shutdown and cold winter conditions.

Check for potential leaks in the glycol circuit and arrest leaks on TEG lines wherever
possible. Look for potential leaks like foaming in Contactor, escape of TEG vapours from
TEG Reflux Condenser and Glycol pump gland leaks and top up when required. If the
Glycol surge drum level reaches the LLLL value (305-LALL-3116) of 300mm, it will
cause tripping of Glycol Pumps. Loss of Glycol circulation will lead to off-spec
dehydrated gas as indicated 305-AIH-3022. Due to this water carryover it will cause
accelerated corrosion of the trunk line. In case of losing glycol circulation and initiation
of off spec gas alarm 305-AIH-3022 the operator has to initiate ESD-3 trip of Gas
Dehydration Package.
Operator should inspect the Vent Gas KOD (305-V-003) level by monitoring liquid level
of KOD at regular intervals by observing level gauge 305-LG-3135. Check the Liquid
trap installed on the drain line of the Vent Gas KOD for its operability. Ensure to drain the
liquid periodically with care to avoid gas blow-off. If the liquid level is higher it should
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 28 of 275
be drained to avoid carryover to Vent Gas Blowers (305-K-002A/B/C/D) and causing

potential damage to the Vent Gas Blowers.
Hazop Action No. 42
During the Start-up phase, the Gas Dehydration pressure is controlled by operating 305PV-3024. After stabilization of unit, the Dehydration column pressure control is switched
over to Split Range controller 305-PIC-3009. In case of inadvertent action to open 305PV-3024 fully, will result in depressurisation of the Dehydration Column. This lower
pressure will lead to lower efficiency of the Dehydration column. The following trouble
shooting points alerts the Operator in case of inadvertent opening of 305-PIC-3024:
The operator will be alerted at 80.6 barg by Low pressure alarm 305-PAL-3009
and should take immediate action to identify the cause and close 305-PV-3024
High flow alarm in the Flare Header by 331-FAH-5126.
The bigger control valve 305-PV-3009A closes fully and the pressure is controlled
only by smaller control valve 305-PV-3009B
However if the Operator does not respond to the above mentioned alarms at 80.6 barg,
then at 76.3 barg, the actuation by 305-PALL-3012 will cause ESD-3 shutdown which
will cause unnecessary flaring at the upstream section of GGS.
Hazop Action No. 47
The ESD-3 shutdown of Gas Dehydration/TEG Regeneration unit closes 305-XV-3001,
the TEG Column 305-C-001 Bottom liquid outlet ESD valve. After the ESD shutdown
the steps of glycol circulation, Heat-up of Glycol and the pressurisation of feed gas and
the other requirements are to be followed as given below in Section 12.6.2. If the glycol
circulation, Gas pressurisation and other set of requirements are not followed, it will lead
to foaming which will cause glycol carry over to the trunkline.
Hazop Action No. 43
If ESD-3 trip is actuated by initiation of 305-PALL-309 (due to inadvertent action of
fully opening 305-PV-3024), the Condensate injection to the trunkline should be stopped
if it is a prolonged ESD-3 shutdown. Immediately after the ESD-3 trip, the Production
Separator can be operated near turndown capacity to avoid excessive flaring and
condensate can still be routed to the Trunk line. For prolonged durations of ESD-3
shutdown, the condensate injection to trunkline should be stopped. . Injection of
Condensate into the trunkline without dehydrated gas will accelerate corrosion in
Trunkline and cause slug receipts at the GTP. Ensure TEG Incinerator is running with fuel
gas and maintain the TEG circulation. Reset and start firing the TEG Regeneration
Reboiler and stabilise the Gas Dehydration system before lining up condensate and
dehydrated gas to the Trunkline.
Hazop Action No. 27
If the Plant is taken for Annual/Long shutdowns, it is required to drain all the Produced
water lines to prevent ice formation and corrosion of pipeline.. In case of failure to switch
on heat tracing, will lead to blocking of Produced water lines and thereby increases water
level in Production Separator. This will lead to water carryover in condensate and
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 29 of 275
corrosion in the Trunkline. Hence a regular schedule should be prepared to do regular

monitoring and preventive maintenance of the Heat Tracing.
Hazop Action No. 67
Handling and disposal of Contaminated filter Cartridges/Coalescer elements should be
done in safe manner. As these filters contain hazardous sulphur and nitrogen compounds
this should be collected and disposed in designated storage areas. Proper PPEs as given in
Section 2.3 and Precautions should be given to all personnel involved in handling the
contaminated equipments to waste storage area.
Hazop Action No. 522:
Any leak in the Dry gas/Lean TEG Exchanger will lead to glycol carryover along with
dehydrated gas. This will result drop in Surge drum level and initiates an Low level alarm
(305-LAL-3115) due to loss of glycol. As there is no isolation bypass available for the
shell & tube sides, unit has to be shutdown if leak develops on either side. As there is a
potential leakage due to corrosion of the 305-E-004 tube bundles, proper monitoring has
to be done which will reduce the 305-E-004 tube bundle leakages.
Proper monitoring of corrosion coupon 305-CC-3080 on the Gas Dehydration

Column overhead vapour line. If corrosion rate is more increase the corrosion
inhibitor injection rate at the outlet of TEG carbon filter.
A spare tube bundle availability helps in quick start-up of the Gas Dehydration plant
in case of any leak
Provide isolation and bypass valves for both shell and tube side.
Note: During winter period (when the ambient temperature falls below 15C), drain the
column bottom and condensate outlet pipeline to column bottom, in order to avoid liquid
freezing. In case of longer shutdown during winter, glycol also need to be drained for
non- traced lines in order to avoid freezing due to the lower ambient temperatures
(15C) and TEG freezing temperature of 7C.
The Closed system will be positively isolated from the process by closing of valves at
equipment during normal operation. The draining to Closed Drain drum is done one
equipment at a time to have a better control and draining so as to avoid overflow of
Closed Drain Drum. At any time, two equipments will not be drained simultaneously.
Draining of more than one equipment may lead to liquid build-up in Closed drain drum
and liquid carryover to the Flare header which is undesirable. Hence proper coordination
should be planned in advance regarding the draining of liquids from equipments during
shutdown.
Where equipment is connected to a Closed Drain System for draining prior to
Maintenance or inspection positive isolation for e.g. a spectacle blind will be provided
between the equipment and the drain. The drain will be positively isolated during normal
operation and the draining will be performed after shutdown and depressurization of the
equipment item. The only exception is draining of Oil pad from Produced Water storage
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 30 of 275
Tank (334-T-001) and contaminated water storage tank (834-T-001) at GTP. Pressurized
draining will be allowed during start-up like draining of Compressor casing drains. For
drains which need to be used under normal operation like level instruments/bridle drains,
the spectacle blind is left in open position and operators will turn it closed as and when
required for equipment isolation. Consequently intermittent drainage required during
normal operation will be returned to the process.
When the Gas Dehydration Plant is shutdown for longer periods during winter, then TEG
needs to be cooled sufficiently and drained to TEG Drain vessel.
Hazop
Item #
#766
Draining Hot TEG above 60C will damage drain piping and also hazardous for
handling.
Hence circulate TEG by the Glycol circulation pumps through Glycol Cooler. Bring
down the temperature below 60C and transfer to storage.
Drain liquid from vessels to TEG Drain drum and pump to storage.
Rounds
Equipment
Location
Vent Gas KO Drum

305-V-003
Nitrogen Storage
Receiver 324-V-001
Wet Air Receiver 325V-001
Instrument Air Receiver
325-V-002
Heat tracing
TEG Regeneration
Time
Sequence
2x per shift
Action
Nitrogen Unit
2x per shift
Instrument Air System
2x per shift
Instrument Air System
2x per shift
Monitor the level and

liquid trap base operation
Monitor the level
GGS Unit
1x per shift
Monitor the local panel
Monitor the level and

liquid trap base operation
Monitor the level
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 31 of 275
SECTION V GAS GATHERING STATION
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
1.0
INTRODUCTION
Operations
Page 32 of 275
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
1.1
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 33 of 275
OVERVIEW OF GAS GATHERING STATION
The multiphase fluid from each of the seven Production Well heads in the Ash-Shaer
area is transported to a Production Manifold. From the Production Manifold, the
multiphase fluid is transported to Production Separator in the Gas Gathering Station
(GGS). The Production Separator is a three-phase Separator Vessel where the gas,
condensate and water are separated. In the Early Production Phase i.e., at the
beginning of the Reservoir production, the well head pressure is high enough to
transport the gases from the well head to the Gas Treatment Plant (GTP) through the
GGS and Trunk lines. At the later stage of gas production when the Well head pressure
comes down, the Field Gas Compressor is used to boost the pressure. In the early
production phase, the differential pressure required is low and hence Early-operation
Condensate Pumps will be in operation. Later, when the Well head pressure drops, the
Field Gas Compressor is operated and Early-operation Condensate Pumps will be taken
out of service and Condensate Pumps will take over. The gas from the Production
Separator is routed to Gas Dehydration Column where water is removed by using lean
Tri-Ethylene Glycol (TEG). The rich TEG generated in the Gas Dehydration Column is
regenerated in TEG Regeneration System and returned to the Gas Dehydration Column
as lean TEG. The condensate and water are separated in the Production Separator by a
weir arrangement. The condensate is pumped by Condensate Pumps to a Condensate
Solid Filter and Condensate Coalescer where the fine particles and fine water droplets
are removed from the condensate. Finally, the dehydrated gas and condensate are
mixed together and transported through a 76 km trunk line to the Gas Treatment Plant
(GTP). GTP can be monitored from GGS control room, but no control of GTP is possible
from GGS, whereas GGS data can be monitored and controlled from GTP control room.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
2.0
SPECIFIC SAFETY HAZARDS
Operations
Page 34 of 275
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
2.1
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 35 of 275
GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND OPERATIONS
The safety systems in Ebla Project facilities are designed to protect personnel,
environment and assets from the threats of production hazards. A minimum risk level is
achieved by adopting the following safety aspects:
o
Avoiding exposure to potential hazards during operations
Minimising the potential (frequency) for hazardous occurrences (release of

hydrocarbons, hydrocarbon flammable gases and any other abnormal hazardous
events)
Containing and minimising the consequence of the hazards (fire, explosion and
toxic gas releases)
Providing the means of escape and evacuation from such hazards
Proving a safe working environment for Plant personnel
As the condensate and gas are sweet, there is no hydrogen sulphide (H2S) hazard
involved, however all systems are designed for a H2S concentration of 100 ppm.
ENTRY INTO CONFINED SPACE
Confined space entry shall be as per company PTW procedure. It may be required to
inspect the vessel internals or repair a vessel/drum or Closed Drain Drum boot. After
draining the vessel and purging with N2, it should be dampened by water source to
avoid any fire due to pyrophoric iron deposits. Also purge it for sufficient time such
that the vessel is free from H2S/hydrocarbon content before vessel entry. There should
not be any traces of H2S in the vessel before vessel entry. Proper PPEs should be used
for vessel entry against H2S/Hydrocarbon presence. Refer section 2.3 for details
HAZARDS OF H2S
H2S can be absorbed into the body by inhalation.
H2S is irritating to the eyes and the respiratory tract; it causes unconsciousness or
even death at higher concentrations. At 100 ppm, it causes coughing and loss of
sense of smell; at 500 - 700 ppm exposures, it will lead to unconsciousness and
death in 30 to 60 minutes. At 1000 ppm, it causes rapid unconsciousness; breathing
is stopped, resulting in death.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 36 of 275
It is colourless with a characteristic smell of rotten eggs. It is heavier than air,

hence may accumulate in low areas and travel a considerable distance to a source
of ignition.
Occupational Exposure Limits: It has a Threshold Limit Value (TLV) of 10 ppm.
When breaking into a process system that contains gas and condensate, it is necessary
to take special precautions as follows:
o
Area around the specific area is taped off to prevent personnel approaching the
worksite
o Personnel carrying out this operation shall take Work Permit, be aware of the
hazards associated with nitrogen (N2), Carbon di-oxide (CO2) and H2S and wear
appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
o As far as possible, the system to be entered is purged using N 2/water dampening

prior to opening. This also negates the threat of elemental sulphur and associated
corrosion and cracking.
o
Hazop Action No. 30

Special precautions need to be taken on Vessels like Production Separator prior to
releasing them to Maintenance/Turnaround Inspection. Even though H 2S content is
less than 100 ppm there will be considerable accumulation of pyrophoric scale over
a prolonged period of operation. The pyrophoric dust will catch fire when it is
exposed to atmosphere. Before opening the Vessel, the Separator shall be
dampened from a water source. Disposal of the pyrophoric dust/scale shall be as
per Company procedure for disposal of hazardous waste and shall not be dumped in
Plant areas which will lead to fire accidents. Pyrophoric fire prevention measures
are to be put in place (including availability of relevant portable fire extinguishers)
Hazop Action No. 67

Handling and disposal of Contaminated filter Cartridges / Coalescer elements
should be done in a safe manner. As these filters contain hazardous sulphur and
nitrogen compounds this should be collected and disposed in designated storage
areas. Proper PPEs as given in Section 2.3 and precautions to all personnel involved
in handling the contaminated equipments to waste storage area.
HAZARDS OF RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL
Hazop Action No. 31
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
When
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
releasing
Condensate/Produced
Water
Operations
Page 37 of 275
Storage
tanks,
Condensate
pumps/Filters, proper safety precautions are to be taken as per PTW Procedures

and for vessel entry by Personnel. Check for Oxygen/Toxic HC components. The
vessels are damped from a water source to avoid pyrophoric iron fires. Naturally
Occurring Radioactive Material (NORM) and Low Specific Activity (LSA) Scale can
appear during the drilling and process phases of Oil and Gas exploration and tend
to deposit along with other scale. Low Specific Activity scale (LSA) which are found
adhering to pipe and equipment internals produce potential radiation illness mainly
due to Radium-226 produced from the decay of naturally occurring Uranium-238.
Hence Radioactive Detection and PPEs for protection against potential radiation
illness should be used. The waste removed from Condensate storage/Produced
water storage tanks/cartridge filter should be disposed off at locations specifically
marked/designated as Waste holdup/storage area. The Waste disposal area shall be
clearly fenced, marked and identified with safety tags/boards indicating
warnings/dangers due to radioactive substances.
Personnel involved in the operation should wear Breathing Apparatus (BA) sets
Flange is broken and hydrocarbon concentration measured
Purging using N2 continues, as necessary
When hydrocarbon concentration drops below 10 ppm, the All Clear is given
and normal work activities can recommence
2.2
HAZARDS IN HANDLING CHEMICALS
The GGS involves methanol injection and corrosion inhibitor facilities. The Gas
Dehydration handles TEG as absorbent chemical for removing the moisture and uses
antifoam compounds for avoiding foaming in the Gas Dehydration Column.
2.2.1 Physical and Chemical Properties of TEG
TEG is a clear colourless liquid and highly miscible in water with a boiling point of
285C (545F).
In case of leak, isolate the area. Keep away unnecessary and unprotected personnel
from entering inside the area. Recover liquid wherever possible and collect liquid in an
appropriate container or absorb with an inert material (e.g. vermiculite, dry sand and
earth) and place in a chemical waste container. Do not use combustible materials, such
as saw dust. Do not flush to sewer.
Emergency and First Aid
Skin Contact
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 38 of 275
In case of contact, immediately flush the skin with plenty of water for at least
15 minutes. Remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash clothing before reuse.
Eye Contact
If splash occurs, immediately flush the eyes with water for at least 15 minutes, lifting
upper and lower eyelids occasionally.
2.2.2 Physical and Chemical Properties of Methanol
Methanol is a clear colourless liquid with a characteristic pungent odour; it is miscible
in water with a boiling point of 65C (149F).
TLV (Threshold limit value)
: 200 ppm
STEL (Short term Exposure limit)
: 250 ppm
In case of leak, isolate the area. Keep unnecessary and unprotected personnel from
entering. Contain and recover liquid when possible. Collect liquid in an appropriate
container or absorb with an inert material (e.g. vermiculite, dry sand and earth) and
place in a chemical waste container. Do not use combustible materials, such as saw
dust. Do not flush to sewer.
Effects of Over-Exposure
Inhalation and ingestion are harmful and may be fatal
Inhalation may cause headache, nausea, vomiting, dizziness, lower blood pressure
and depression of central nervous depression
Acute ingestion may cause blindness, vomiting, headaches, dizziness and

gastro-intestinal irritation
Chronic effects include kidney and liver damage

Skin Contact
In case of contact, immediately flush the skin with plenty of water for at least
15 minutes. Remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash clothing before reuse.
Eye Contact
If splash occurs, immediately flush the eyes with water for at least 15 minutes, lifting
upper and lower eyelids occasionally.
2.2.3 Physical and Chemical Properties of Sodium Hypochlorite
Sodium Hypochlorite is a colourless to yellow green liquid with a chlorine like odour; it
is miscible in water and decomposes above 1100C (230F).
TLV (Threshold limit value)
: 1 ppm
Do not allow spilled material to enter sewers or streams. Flush with water to dilute as
much as possible and pump into polyethylene containers for disposal. Avoid heat and
contamination with acid materials. Do not use combustible materials such as saw dust
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 39 of 275
to absorb hypochlorite. Aquatic toxicity not established, but bleach, if not diluted may
seriously affect aquatic life.
Eye Contact
If splash occurs on eyes, flush with plenty of water for atleast 15 minutes. Get prompt
medical attention immediately.
Skin Contact
In case of contact, immediately flush the skin with plenty of soap and water. If
swallowed drink large quantity of milk or gelatine solution. If these are not available
drink large quantity of water. Do not give vinegar or other acids. Do not induce
vomiting. Get prompt medical attention.
2.3
PPE REQUIREMENTS
Skin Protection
Wear protective impervious gloves such as rubber, neoprene or vinyl with rubber safety
shoes and body-covering clean clothing.
Eye Protection
Use chemical safety goggles plus full face shield to protect against splashing (For
Sodium Hypochlorite). Maintain eye-wash fountain and quick-drench facilities in work
area.
Fire Extinguishing Media
Keep on hand water spray, dry chemical, alcohol foam, or carbon dioxide
extinguishers. Water or foam may cause frothing.
Special Information
In the event of fire, wear full protective clothing and Self-Contained Breathing
Apparatus (SCBA) with full face-piece, operated in pressure-demand mode or other
positive pressure mode.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
3.0
EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION
Operations
Page 40 of 275
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 41 of 275
3.1 METHANOL STORAGE TANK

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Process Medium
Description
Design Temperature
Design Pressure
Operating Temperature
Operating Pressure
Operating Capacity
Density at WPT
Dimension
Material of Construction
3.2
Minimum
82.0
2.5
45.0
20.0
55.0
800
4100 ID x 5000H
Shell/Bottom: Carbon Steel
Internals: SS 316L
Unit
C
mbarg
C
mbarg
m3
kg/m3
mm
METHANOL LOADING/UNLOADING PUMP
Equipment Tag No.

Type
Fluid
Description
Temperature (Min/Max)
Suction Pressure (Min/Max)
Discharge Pressure
Flow
Density of Liquid at WPT
Viscosity of Liquid at WPT
Power
3.3
329-T-001
Tank
Methanol
Maximum
15.0
180.0
15.0
329-P-001A/S
Centrifugal
Methanol
Rated
15.0/45.0
0.012/0.59
1.20
20.0
800
0.7
3.7
Casing: CS; Impeller: CS
Unit
C
bara
bara
m/h
kg/m
Cp
kW
OPEN DRAIN NON-CONTAMINATED SUMP PUMP
Equipment Tag No.

Type
Fluid
Description
Temperature
Suction Pressure
Discharge Pressure
Flow
Power Absorbed at Shaft
332-P-001 A/S
Centrifugal
Water
Rated
Min 4.0/Max 45.0
0.152
3.7
50
997
0.9
9.6
Casing: SS 316 L;
Unit
C
barg
barg
m/h
kg/m
Cp
kW
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Equipment Tag No.

3.4
332-P-001 A/S
Impeller: SS 316 L
332-P-002 A/S
Vertical Centrifugal Pump
Water with oil
Rated
Min 4.0/Max 45.0
0.152
2.3
5.0
1000
0.9
3.7
Casing: SS 316 L;
Impeller: SS 316 L
Unit
C
barg
barg
m/h
kg/m
Cp
kW
CLOSED DRAIN DRUM
Equipment Tag No.

Type
Process Medium
Description
Design Temperature
Design Pressure
Operating Pressure
Liquid-Rated flow
Density at WPT
Dimensions
3.6
Page 42 of 275
OPEN DRAIN CONTAMINATED SUMP PUMP
Equipment Tag No.

Type
Fluid
Description
Temperature
Suction Pressure
Discharge Pressure
Flow
3.5
Operations
333-V-001
Drum -Horizontal
Hydrocarbon Gas & Condensate
Maximum
Minimum
15.0
82.0
5.0
FV
4.0
45.0
0.1
5.0
Condensate - 600/Water - 1000
Shell: CS;
Boot Cladding: SS316L
2500 ID X 9000 TT
Unit
C
barg
C
barg
kg/h
Kg/m3
mm
CLOSED DRAIN DRUM HEATER
Equipment Tag No.

Type
Process Medium
Description
Design Temperature
Design Pressure
Operating Pressure
Density at WPT
333-H-001
Electrical
Condensate
Maximum
15.0
3.5
4.0
Minimum
82.0
4.0
0.1
600
SS 316L
Unit
C
barg
C
barg
kg/m3
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
3.7
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Page 43 of 275
CLOSED DRAIN DRUM PUMP
Equipment Tag No.

Type
Fluid
Description
Temperature
Suction Pressure
Discharge Pressure
Flow
Motor Power
3.8
Operations
333-P-001A/B
Vertical Centrifugal
Hydrocarbon Drains
Rated
45
3.66
1.94
5
700
0.47
4.12
Casing: SS316L;
Impeller: SS316L
Unit
C
bara
bara
m/h
kg/m
Cp
kW
LP PRODUCED WATER DISPOSAL PUMP
Equipment Tag No.

Type
Fluid
Description
Temperature
Suction Pressure
Discharge Pressure
Flow
Motor Power
334-P-001 A/S
Centrifugal
Produced Water
Rated
45
1.27
5.2
25.5
1200
1.1
11.96
Casing: CS;
Impeller: 12% Cr CS
Unit
C
bara
bara
m/h
kg/m
Cp
kW
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 44 of 275
4.0 PROCESS AND CONTROL DESCRIPTION
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
4.1
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 45 of 275
PRODUCTION SEPARATOR
The Production Separator is a horizontal three-phase separator vessel where the gas,
condensate and water are separated. Equipment Specification
Equipment Tag No.
Type
Process Medium
Description
Design Temperature
Design Pressure
Operating Pressure
Liquid Quantity
(Condensate/Water)
Density at Working
Pressure & Temp. (WPT)
(Condensate/Water)
Vapour Quantity
Molecular Weight
Density at WPT
Dimensions
ID
Length (T/T)
302-V-001
Three Phase Separator Vessel Horizontal
Hydrocarbon Condensate, Gas & Water
Maximum
Minimum
Unit
82.0
15.0
C
95.2
barg (kPa)
41.0
7.7
C
86.64
25.39
barg (kPa)
14503/38386
kg/h
554.03/956.48
kg/m3
97980
19.28
20.66
Shell: Killed Carbon Steel (KCS)
Internals: Duplex Stainless Steel
Cladding: Incoloy 825
2700
12800
kg/h
kg/kg mole
kg/m3
mm
mm
4.1.1 Principle of Separation of Water from Oil in Separators

The function of a separator is to remove free gas from condensate and water at a
specific pressure and temperature. The Production Separator in the GGS is designed to
meet the following requirements:
o
Liquid must be separated from gas in a primary separating section
Gas velocity must be lowered to allow liquids to drop out
Gas must be scrubbed through an efficient demister
Water and oil must be diverted to a turbulence-free section of the vessel
Liquids must be retained in the vessel long enough to allow separation
The wateroil interface must be maintained
Water and oil must be removed from the vessel at their respective outlets
The basic principle of separation of water from condensate in the separators is by

settling of the heavier phase (water) under gravitational force. In a mixture of
immiscible liquids, the heavier phase travels downwards and the lighter phase travels
upwards. Density of water droplets is higher than the density of condensate
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 46 of 275
(continuous phase). Due to this difference in densities, water droplets will travel
downwards under gravitational forces. The higher the size of water droplets, the faster
will be the speed of downward movement. Similarly condensate droplets in water
phase will travel upwards due to buoyancy forces. This separation of oil and water
(free water) phases by gravitational forces due to density difference is called as
Gravity Settling. Bulk of the water in the condensate is easily separated as it enters
the separators. A typical schematic sketch of Three Phase Separator is illustrated in
Fig. 1 as given below.
Schematic of Three-Phase Separator
The condensate and the water phase are separated in a Weir Plate and the separated
condensate flows over the Weir Plate and collects in the Condensate Compartment. A
600 mm internal Baffle Plate is provided at 3000 mm from the inlet nozzle end of the
vessel and at a height of 1000 mm from the bottom of the Separator. This Baffle Plate
is required to alleviate separation when slug arrives. The separated gas exits through
the top outlet nozzle provided with a Mist Eliminator arrangement capable of
separating liquid particles larger than 10 micron size.
The Production Separator is maintained at a pressure of 87 barg during the HP phase
and 36 barg during the LP phase. ESD valve 302-XV-1104 at Production Separator will
depressurize to the Flare Header when ESD Level-1 shutdown is activated. The Safety
Valves 302-PSV-100A/302-PSV-100B, is set at 95.2 barg and will open to the Flare
Header. The Condensate level is controlled by Level Controller and 302-LIC-1119
controls the Interface level.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 47 of 275
4.1.2 Production Separator Controls

4.1.2.1
Production Separator Pressure Control (HP Mode)
The Production Separator (302-V-001) pressure is linked to the operating pressure of

the Gas Dehydration Column Pressure Controller 305-PIC-3009. This maintains
backpressure at the Production Separator. However the excess pressure at Production
Separator is controlled by Pressure Controller 302-PIC-1137 which relieves the excess
pressure to Flare Header. To avoid flaring due to excessive pressure, Choke Valve can
be throttled to reduce pressure at Production Separator. Schematic Sketch of
production separator and Condensate system is enclosed in Fig. 2 as given below:
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 48 of 275
Fig. 2 Production Separator and Condensate System Controls
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
4.1.2.2
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 49 of 275
Condensate Level Control
The condensate level is measured by a Level Indicating Controller 302-LIC-1119 which

is a master controller cascaded with the Condensate Flow Controller 302-FIC-1182.
Early Operation (HP) Mode
During the HP mode, the Condensate Level Controller 302-LIC-1119A which takes the
same measurement as 302-LIC-1119 controls the Production Separator level by
operating the Recirculation Valve (302-LV-1119) of Early Operation Condensate Pumps
(302-P-002A/B). 302-LV-1119 will open in case the condensate level is decreasing below
the set point. 302-LIC-1119A shall be forced to Manual mode and output driven to 0%
under the following conditions:
Plant in Normal Operation (LP mode)
Both Condensate Pumps 302-P-002A/B are stopped
Normal Operation (LP) Mode

During the LP mode, the Condensate Pumps are protected against low flow by the
minimum flow control valve 302-FV-1130. The condensate recycle flow control valve
302-FV-1130 is controlled by 302-FIC-1130 on the Condensate Pumps (302-P-001A/B)
discharge line. 302-FV-1130 tends to open in case of condensate flow is decreasing
below the set point which is set at Minimum flow of the Pump. 302-FIC-1130 shall be
forced to Manual mode and output driven to 0% under the following conditions:
Plant in Early Operation (HP mode)
Both Condensate Pumps 302-P-001A/B are stopped
Dry Condensate to Export Flow Control

302-FIC-1182 controls the dry condensate to export flow by throttling the control valve
302-FV-1182 on the dry condensate Export Trunk line. 302-FV-1182 tends to open in
case of dry condensate flow increasing above the set point.
Override: Dry condensate flow control will be overridden by Low condensate pump
discharge pressure 302-PIC-1132. This shall be achieved by using a Low signal selector
block, which will select the lower of 302-FIC-1182 and 302-PIC-1132. The selected
controller output will act on 302-FV-1182.
The condensate level is monitored by Level Alarms (High High and Low Low) by
302-LAHH-1117 and 302-LALL-1117 respectively. For details, refer Cause & Effect
Diagram 250-EPR-CNE-05001.
4.1.2.3
Condensate-Water Interphase Level Control
The condensate-water interface level is controlled by Interface Level Controller

302-LIC-1114 which actuates Produced Water flow to Produced Water Degassing Drum
(334-V-001) by level control valve 302-LV-1114. The interface level is monitored by
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 50 of 275
Level Alarms (High-High and Low-Low) 302-LAHH-1116 and 302-LALL-1116 respectively.

For details, refer Cause & Effect Diagram 250-EPR-CNE-05001.
4.2
FIELD GAS COMPRESSOR
During the initial HP phase, the Well head gas pressure is adequate to meet the GTP
operating pressure. However, during later phase of operation (LP mode) of wells, the
Well head pressure will be low and hence it requires a Field Gas Compressor to boost
the pressure. During the HP phase, the entire Compressor circuit is kept in bypass
condition. The gas flow joins the inlet of the Gas Dehydration Column (305-C-001).
FIELD GAS COMPRESSOR SUCTION KNOCK-OUT DRUM
Equipment Tag No.
Type
Process Medium
Description
Design Temperature
Design Pressure
Operating Pressure
Liquid Quantity
Density at WPT
Vapour Quantity
Molecular Weight
Density at WPT
Dimensions
ID
Length (T/T)
304-V-001A/B
Vessel Vertical
Hydrocarbon Gas
Maximum
Minimum
110.0
15.0
95.2
41
7.4
86.04
24.8
24.1
717.04
107623
19.28
20.3
Shell: KCS, Clad with SS 316L;
Internals: SS 316L
2700
4400
Unit
C
barg (kPa)
C
barg (kPa)
kg/s
kg/m3
kg/h
kg/m3
mm
mm
FIELD GAS COMPRESSOR

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Fluid
Description
Suction Temperature
Suction pressure
Discharge Temperature
Discharge Pressure
Flow
Molecular Weight
Power
304-K-001A/B
Centrifugal
Wet Hydrocarbon Gas
Rated
35.5
24.9
166.3
87.5
97839
19.28
9080
Casing: Duplex Stainless Steel
Impeller: Duplex Stainless Steel
Unit
C
bara
C
bara
kg/h
kW
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 51 of 275
FIELD GAS COMPRESSOR AFTERCOOLER

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Fluid
Description
Design Temperature Tube
Working Temperature Tube
Design Pressure Tube
Working Pressure Tube
Fluid Tube
Heat Duty
Air Design Temperature
No. of Fans
Coolant
304-E-001A/B
Air Cooler & Forced Draft
Tube: Wet Hydrocarbon Vapour
Maximum
Rated
192
Inlet: 166.2
Outlet: 50.1
95.2
Inlet: 87.5
Outlet: 86.8
97839
8254.7 + 10% margin
45 Max.; 15 Min.
4
Tube: SS 316 L + Aluminium fins
Air
Unit
C
C
bara
bara
kg/h
kW
C
No.
4.2.1 Process Description

During the LP phase, the gases from the top outlet of the Production Separator
(302-V-001) reach the Field Gas Compressor Suction KO Drum (304-V-001A). There are
two streams of Compressor Systems; one on duty and the other on standby in parallel
mode. The split streams for the two compressor systems are identical, with a Suction
Knock-Out Drum, Compressor and Compressor After cooler arrangement. The gas
stream enters the Compressor Suction KO Drum-A (304-V-001A) through an ESD Valve
304-XV-1200 provided with an ESD Bypass Valve 304-XV-1201. ESD Valve 304-XV-1200
will open only if the differential pressure (304-PDI-1206) is below 2.5 barg. The
Compressor Suction KO Drum consists of Vane-type Inlet Distributor through which the
gas enters. The entrained condensate is separated and further fine droplets of
condensate (more than 3 micron) are removed in the Demister Pad located at the gas
outlet on the KO Drum top. The demister can remove 99% of the particles larger than 3
micron size.
The Compressor KOD 304-V-001A is provided with two PSVs 304-PSV-110A and
304-PSV-110B which is set at a pressure of 95.2 barg. The condensate level in the
Compressor Suction KOD is controlled by 304-LIC-1210. The Controller acts on Control
Valve 304-LV-1210 to control the condensate flow to Flare Header. The Level
Transmitter 304-LT-1209 has High-High and Low-Low level alarms 304-LAHH-1209 and
304-LALL-1209 respectively. For details, refer Cause & Effect Diagram 250-EPR-CNE0500. The gas from 304-V-001A enters the suction side of the Field Gas Compressor
304-K-001A. The suction pipe of 304-K-001A is provided with a temporary hose
connection for nitrogen purging, during the start-up period.
The suction pressure of the compressor is controlled by a self-regulating Pressure
Control Valve 304-PCV-1294 which vents gas to Flare during the pressurized shutdown.
Set pressure of 304-PCV-1294 above the settle out pressure. This PCV will be used to
maintain pressure in the system during pressurized shutdown of the Compressor and
not during normal operation. The compressor suction pressure is controlled by the
Variable Speed Drive. The suction-side gas flow, temperature and pressure are
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 52 of 275
measured by 304-FI-1220, 304-TI-1222 and 304-PI-1221 which is also used for the
anti-surge control of the compressor. Similarly the discharge pressure and temperature
of the Compressor is indicated by 304-PI-1232 and 304-TI-1231 respectively. The
compressed gas from the compressor discharge at a pressure of 87.5 barg and
temperature of 166C flows to the Field Gas Compressor Aftercooler-A (304-E-001A)
where the temperature is cooled to 50C by Fin Fan Coolers. The compressed gas
temperature is controlled by using 304-TIC-1215 which will control the Variable Speed
Drive of the Fin Fan Motors. From the outlet of the Fin Fan Coolers, the gas is recycled
to the suction of KO Drum 304-V-001A by the Antisurge Controller to minimise the
surge. The compressed gas flows to the Gas Dehydration column through an ESD valve
304-XV-1219.
4.2.1.1
Compressor Auxiliary System
The Field Gas Compressor has two main auxiliary units the Lube Oil system and the
Seal Gas system.
Auxiliary Lube Oil System
The Lube Oil system comprises the following: Lube Oil Reservoir (304-T-1500), Lube Oil
Heater (304-H-001A), Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump (304-P-002A), Main Lube Oil Gear Pump,
Lube Oil Cooler (304-E-002A) and Lube Oil Filters 304-F-001A1/A2.
During normal operation, the lube oil is supplied by the gear-driven main pump. The
Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump is used during start-up, shutdown and also as a standby pump
to main oil pump when the oil pressure is not adequate. The Lube Oil Reservoir level
and temperature are indicated by Level Indicator 304-LI-1505 and Temperature
Indicator 304-TI-1514 respectively. The Reservoir temperature is maintained by an
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 53 of 275
electric Heater which maintains the lube oil in the reservoir at a constant
temperature. The temperature indicator 304-TI-1514 and level indicator 304-LI-1505
are provided with High and Low level alarms. The lube oil from the discharge of the
Auxiliary/Main Lube oil pump is cooled in Lube Oil Coolers (304-E-002A) which are Air
Fin Coolers. The lube oil header pressure is maintained at 2.5 barg by a Pressure
Control Valve 304-PCV-1510 by regulating the lube oil back to the Lube Oil Reservoir.
The lube oil is then filtered by Lube Oil Filters (304-F-001A1/A2) and distributed to the
Motor and the Compressor (DE & NDE).
The lube oil is supplied to the following items:
o
Motor Bearings
Gearbox
Compressor (DE & NDE) bearings
The return lube oil flows to the lube oil reservoir through restriction orifices.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 54 of 275
Seal Gas System

The Seal Gas provides the sealing media to the compressor seals. The dry gas seals
consist of an inboard seal and an outboard seal. The inboard-seal seals between the
process gas pressure inside the compressor and the pressure in the primary vent line.
The outboard-seal seals between the primary and secondary vent line pressures.
A schematic sketch of the Compressor Seal gas system is illustrated in Fig. 3 as given
below:
Fig. 3 Schematic of Compressor Seal System
The primary seal gas from the discharge of the Compressor is filtered at the Seal Gas
Filters 304-F-002A1/304-F-002A2. During Normal operation of the Compressor, Seal Gas
is supplied from the Compressor Discharge. However, during the Start-up condition and
Black-Start condition, bottled nitrogen will be used for the dry gas seal. In case of
pressurized shutdown, the Settle-out Pressure is 46.4 barg. During this period, the seal
gas supply can be supplied from the HP Fuel Gas tapped from the downstream (D/S) of
Fuel Gas Heater (321-H-001A/B) to ensure dry heated gas supply to Dry Gas Seals. The
suction pressure of the compressor is controlled by a self-regulating Pressure Control
Valve 304-PCV-1294 whose set pressure is above the settle out pressure. This PCV will
be used to maintain pressure in the system during pressurized shutdown of the
Compressor and not during normal operation.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 55 of 275
Similarly, the Secondary Seal Gas is nitrogen gas, filtered in Buffer Gas Filters
304-F-003A1/A2. The Nitrogen (from Utilities) from the Buffer Gas Filters is split into
two lines - one supplying as secondary seal gas through 304-PV-1465 and the other
supplying seal gas through 304-PV-1449 for bearing separation seal. The leaking gas
from the primary and secondary seal is vented to the Flare Header under Backpressure Controller 304-PCV-1464. The seal vent between the secondary seal and
bearing separation seal is vented to the atmosphere at a safe location.
4.2.2 Field Gas Compressor Controls
All control and safeguarding functions of the Field Gas Compressor and its auxiliaries
will be controlled by Unit Control Panel (UCP) based control system, which consists
mainly of PLC, Vibration and Displacement monitoring system and Human Machine
Interface (HMI). All functions like the compressor start-up and shutdown sequence,
anti-surge control, performance control, control and safeguarding of lube oil system,
seal gas system, separation gas system, compressor bearings, motor bearings/purge
unit/stator windings/cooling system, and, vibration and displacement monitoring
system will be executed in the UCP.
The compressor control system has interface with the plant DCS and ESD systems for
monitoring, alarming and safe operation. It will also perform operations like Start-up
sequence initiation, emergency stop, and manual operation of lube oil pumps and
coolers from DCS.
The various controls of Field Gas Compressor below relate to Compressor Train-A.
Train-B is similar to Train-A, and hence not described separately. During Early Plant
(HP) operation, all motor blocks and controllers related to Suction KO Drums,
Compressors and After-coolers shall be disabled.
Feed Gas Compressor Anti-Surge Control
The anti-surge controller resides in the UCP. The process variable inputs to the antisurge controller and their related alarms will be conveyed to DCS over the serial link.
The anti-surge control algorithm determines the compressor operating point relative to
the surge limit/anti-surge control line, based on the following process variable inputs:
o
Static pressure at the inlet and outlet of compressor: 304-PT-1221 and 304-PT-1232
Temperature at the inlet and outlet of compressor: 304-TT-1222 and 304-TT-1231
Flow into the compressor: 304-FT-1220
When the compressor approaches the anti-surge control line, the anti-surge controller
will open the Anti-Surge Valve 304-FV-1212, located on the compressor recycle line, to
prevent surge. When the compressor is running and well above the surge control line,
the anti-surge valve is closed.
The various modes of the anti-surge controller are listed below:
o
In normal operation, the anti-surge controller is in AUTO
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 56 of 275
During compressor start-up and shutdown sequence, the controller is forced in

SEQUENCE and the anti-surge valve opens
The anti-surge controller can be manually operated to open or close the anti-surge
valve from the UCP HMI (Human-Machine Interface). However, if the compressor
operating point approaches the anti-surge control line, the controller is switched
back to Auto mode automatically.
Performance Control Suction Pressure Controller

The compressor performance is controlled by the Compressor Suction Pressure
Controller. Compressor suction pressure is measured by 304-PT-1221. The suction
pressure controller sends a speed set-point signal to the Variable Speed Drive System
(VSDS). Speed variation up to 80% is only possible. The Performance Controller is
present in the UCP and can be operated when in Local mode. However the
Performance Controller can also be operated from DCS when selector is in Remote
mode.
For Compressor discharge pressure limiting, a discharge pressure Over-ride Controller
is provided. If the Compressor discharge pressure increases above its set point, the
Discharge Pressure Over-ride Controller over-rides the Suction Pressure controller when
the output of the Over-ride Controller is below the output of the Suction Pressure
Controller. The set point of the over-ride controller is fixed and written in the
PLC (UCP).
However the set point for the Suction Pressure Controller can be adjusted from the
UCP HMI as well as from the DCS panel depending on the position of the Local/Remote
switch.
When the switch is in Remote position, following operations from DCS is possible:
o
DCS set point is written to the Controller (DCS shall track the controller set
point when in local). The controller shall send the set point, as an analog value,
back to the DCS for display of set point on the DCS Controller faceplate.
Controller can be switched from AUTO to MANUAL, by sending a pulsed command

from DCS to UCP. The controller shall send a confirmatory pulse back to the DCS
for display of AUTO/MANUAL on the DCS faceplate.
In MANUAL, the output of the valve can be manipulated from the DCS. The DCS
requested valve position, which is an analog signal, is written to the controller.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 57 of 275
The controller shall send the valve position, as an analog value, back to the DCS
for display of valve position on the DCS faceplate.
The VSDS tends to decrease the speed of the compressor in case the suction pressure is
decreasing below the set point.
The various modes of the Compressor Suction Pressure Controller are listed below:
o
In normal operation, the suction pressure controller is in Auto, the discharge

pressure over-ride controller shall be in Track.
During Compressor start-up and shutdown sequence, the Suction Pressure

Controller is forced in SEQUENCE.
The Suction Pressure Controller can be manually operated to increase or

decrease the compressor speed from the UCP HMI and the DCS. However,
switching from Auto to Manual is only possible when the controller is in Auto and
not in Track.
Compressor Lube Oil System

All control, safeguarding, start-up and shutdown sequence concerning the compressor
lube oil system is implemented in UCP. However lube oil coolers and pumps can be
started and stopped from the DCS.
The lube oil reservoir temperature is controlled by an electric heater with thermostat
switch. The Lube Oil Reservoir temperature is controlled by 304-TC-1527 which
controls the heater by a thermister control which switches the heater ON and OFF at a
desired temperature. The lube oil header temperature is maintained at 59C by a
temperature controller acting on a Three-Way Valve 304-TCV-1503 which bypasses the
lube oil across the Lube Oil Cooler (304-E-002A). The lube oil supply pressure is
controlled by self-actuated Pressure Control Valve 304-PCV-1510 which maintains the
header pressure at 2.5 barg by opening to the Lube Oil Reservoir. At start-up, the Lube
Oil Cooler Fans need to be started before the Lube Oil Pump. A minimum of two fans
shall be started. This can be done from the UCP HMI as well as from the DCS. Before
the standby lube oil pump can be started, the lube oil temperature shall be above 10C
and the separation gas shall be applied. The start-up permissive are built in the PLC
(UCP). The Standby Lube Oil Pump is automatically stopped after the gear-driven main
pump is running and maintains the header pressure above 2.5 barg.
Seal Gas and Separation Gas System
The dry gas seal consists of an inboard and an outboard seals. The inboard-seal seals
between the process gas pressure inside the compressor and the pressure in the
primary vent line. The outboard-seal seals between the primary and secondary vent
line pressures. The primary vent pressure is controlled such that there is always some
flow through the inboard seal and the outboard seal for cooling purposes. 304-PIC-1464
controls the primary vent pressure by throttling the Control Valve 304-PCV-1464
located on the primary vent to flare system. The secondary seal gas (N2) is supplied at
controlled pressure by 304-PIC-1465. The secondary seal gas (N 2) is supplied to the
barrier seals to prevent lube oil carry-over to the seal area and vice versa. This is
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 58 of 275
provided via a self-acting pressure regulator 304-PV-1449. These controllers are

integrated in PLC and have no DCS control.
The following shutdown conditions of Seal Gas & Lube Oil cause Unit Shutdown with
Blowdown:
Primary seal vent pressure NDE Low-Low
Primary seal vent pressure NDE High-High
Primary seal vent pressure DE Low-Low
Primary seal vent pressure DE High-High
ESD1 (trip with blowdown)
ESD button compressor skid
ESD button on UCP (unit control panel)
UCP critical failure
However the ESD3 (recycle trip) causes unit shutdown in recycle mode, whereas all
other shutdown conditions cause unit shutdown without blowdown.
Refer Siemens Cause & Effect diagram (HE612428200)
Compressor Sequencing
Compressor start-up and shutdown sequence is built in the PLC (UCP). The Start-up
sequence can be started in Manual mode in step-by-step sequence or the sequence can
be stopped from the DCS. The status of various stages of the sequence shall be
displayed in the DCS graphics.
During normal operation when the compressor is running, all the controllers are in
Auto. Before initiating the start-up sequence, all trips have to be cleared and all the
start-up interlocks have to be fulfilled. When all systems are healthy, the compressor
will be pressurized. The casing and seal cavity shall be drained before every start-up,
which is a manual activity and upon completion, will be conveyed from DCS to the PLC
as a pulse command.
The compressor is started with an open anti-surge valve. Once the motor is running at
minimum speed, the compressor can be loaded; the anti-surge and performance
controllers will be switched from SEQUENCE to AUTO. When the compressor is stopped,
the anti-surge controller is switched to SEQUENCE, the anti-surge valve is force-opened
and the compressor is brought to a standstill in the pressurized state. The motor will
stop within a predefined time.
ESD trip with or without blowdown shall be as per the conditions given in suppliers
C&E diagram, document no. JI-190-C02411-EMR-D16-002. Also refer C&E diagram
250-EPR-CNE-05001.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 59 of 275
Compressor Suction KOD Level Control

The level of the collected condensate in 304-V-001A is controlled by a level-indicating
Controller 304-LIC-1210 which acts on 304-LV-1210 connected to a Flare Header. The
Level Controller works on Gap Control philosophy which opens the Level Control Valve
at the high level setting of 304-LIC-1210 and continues to remain open till it reaches
the Low level setting of 304-LIC-1210. The valve continues to be in closed condition
until the level again reaches the High level set value.
Field Gas Compressor Aftercooler Temperature Control
Field Gas Compressor Aftercooler 304-E-001A has two bays, each bay comprising of a
Variable Speed Drive (VSD) driven fan, a Fixed Speed fan and three sets of Louvers.
The outlet temperature is controlled by 304-TIC-1215, which controls the speed of the
VSD driven fans and also implements an ON-OFF control of the fixed speed fans.
During periods of low ambient temperature, fixed speed fans will be automatically
turned off to ensure a steady outlet temperature of 50C and the VSD driven fans
reach their lowest controllable speed. 304-TICA-1268 and 304-TICA-1275 control the
set of louvers of the respective bay.
The VSD driven fan speed is controlled by the continuous control from 304-TIC-1215. In
case of temperature increasing above the set point, the controller output also
increases. 304-TIC-1215 output is simultaneously given to both the VSDs, such that the
two fans always run at same speed. The fixed speed fan is controlled as follows. In
case 304-TIC-1215 output rises above the high set point (configurable), a START
command is send to PMS to start both the fan motors simultaneously. The motors
continue running till the temperature falls below the low set point (configurable),
when the controller sends a STOP command to stop both the fan motors
simultaneously. The motor remains stopped till the temperature re-attains the high set
point and the cycle will continue. Thus, at all times the two fans are either running or
stopped. START and STOP commands are sent from DCS to PMS over serial link.
Motor fault, tripped on ESD, available/not available, running/stopped and VSD
trouble (only for VSD drives) feedbacks shall be available to DCS from PMS over serial
link. Fixed speed motor can be started or stopped by the operator in Manual from the
DCS HMI. Auto/Manual logic for the fans resides in CMS.
Variable speed motor shall be started by the operator from the DCS, always forced in
Manual. When the START command is sent from DCS to VSD, VSD shall start and
ramp up to the speed as per 304-TIC-1215 output. The operator can manually modulate
the fan speed by switching the controller in Manual. If the VSD trips from ESD or is
stopped from DCS, the controller output is forced to 0% and switches to Manual
mode. The bay-1 and bay-2 louvers Tilt Angles are controlled by the continuous control
from 304-TICA-1268 and 304-TICA-1275 respectively. In case of temperature increasing
above the set point, the controller output increases. 304-TICA-1268/75 output is
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 60 of 275
simultaneously given to all the three louvers, such that the three louvers of the same
bay always have the same tilt angle.
If temperature at outlet of Air Cooler goes below the set point, first VSD driven fan
reduces speed. When it reaches to minimum speed, fixed speed fan is switched off and
VSD fan increases up to the requirement. Louver is operated based on intake air
temperature controller. The set point of air temperature controller is above hydrate
formation temperature and louver control will come only when air temperature drops
below the set point value.
Early Plant (HP) Operation
During this mode, the suction KO Drums, the Field Gas Compressors and their
Aftercoolers will be bypassed. Hence, all controllers, as listed below, related to the
suction KO Drums, the Field Gas Compressors and the Aftercoolers shall be forced to
Manual and outputs driven to 0% during HP mode operations.
304-TICA-1268
304-TICA-1275
304-TICA-1215
304-LIC-1210
304-TICA-1368
304-TICA-1375
304-TICA-1315
304-LIC-1310
Field
Field
Field
Field
Field
Field
Field
Field
Gas
Gas
Gas
Gas
Gas
Gas
Gas
Gas
Compressor Aftercooler-A louver control (bay-1)

Compressor Aftercooler-A outlet temperature control
Compressor Suction KO Drum-A level control
Compressor Aftercooler-B louver control (bay-1)
Compressor Aftercooler-B outlet temperature control
Compressor Suction KO Drum-B level control
In addition to the above, the compressor faceplate for DCS operations like compressor
start sequence, compressor motor start, lube oil standby pump start and lube oil
coolers start shall be disabled during HP mode.
4.3
CONDENSATE SYSTEM
4.3.1 PROCESS DESCRIPTION

The condensate from the Production Separator (302-V-001) is pumped by Condensate
Pumps 302-P-001A or 302-P-001B during the LP Phase operation whereas the Early
Operation Condensate Pumps 302-P-002A and 302-P-002B will be in line during the HP
phase. During the LP phase, the Minimum-flow Controller 302-FIC-1130 installed on the
discharge side of the Condensate Pumps protects the pump by operating the
Minimum-flow Controller Valve 302-FV-1130. During HP phase, the Level Controller
302-LIC-1119A controls the Level control valve 302-LV-1119. During normal operation
(LP Phase) one condensate pump will be running and Standby pump will start
automatically in case the duty pump trips. This protection is provided for both the
Condensate Pumps and the Early Operation Condensate Pumps. The condensate from
the discharge of the Condensate Pumps flows through Condensate Solid Filters
(302-F-001A/B). The Condensate Filters will remove 100% of 25-micron particle size
and above, and remove 90% of 20-micron particle size and above. One filter will be on
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 61 of 275
line and the differential pressure across the filter 302-F-001A is measured by
302-PDI-1146; 302-PDI-1144 measures the differential pressure for 302-F-001B filter. As
the differential pressure of the filters increases, alarm will sound and the filter will be
isolated and changed to the standby filter. There are two Safety Relief Valves
302-PSV-105 and 302-PSV-106 set at a pressure of 142 barg which opens to the
Flare Header.
The Condensate from the Condensate Filters flows to the Condensate Coalescer
302-F-002A/B where water from the Condensate is removed. The Coalescer is designed
for inlet water content of 1% by volume and the outlet water content should be less
than 200 ppm. The Interface levels of Coalescer 302-F-002A/B are measured by Level
Transmitters 302-LT-1156A&B respectively. One Coalescer will be on line and the
differential pressure across the Coalescer element 302-F-002B is measured by
302-PDI-1168 and 302-PDI-1169 measures the differential pressure for 302-F-002A. At
high differential pressure alarm of the Coalescer, the Coalescer will be isolated and
changed to the standby Coalescer. There are two Safety Relief Valves 302-PSV-107 and
302-PSV-108 set at a pressure of 142 barg and the blowdown is connected to the Flare
Header.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 62 of 275
CONDENSATE PUMPS
Equipment Tag No.
Type
Fluid
Description
Temperature
Suction Pressure
Discharge Pressure
Flow
Motor Power
Seal Type
302-P-001A/B
Centrifugal
Hydrocarbon Condensate
Rated
36.0
26.2
95.0
24.5
661
0.33
202
Mechanical
Unit
C
bara
bara
m/h
kg/m
Cp
kW
CONDENSATE COALESCER
Equipment Tag No.
Type
Process Medium
Description
Design Temperature
Design Pressure
Operating Pressure
Liquid Quantity
Density at WPT
302-F-002A/B
Coalescer Vessel
Condensate
Maximum
28.0
142.0
8.0
87.3
36.7
0.650
Shell: Carbon Steel
Cladding: Duplex SS
Minimum
82.0
41.1
Unit
C
barg
C
barg
M3/h
Kg/m3
Minimum
82.0
41.1
Unit
C
barg
C
barg
m3/h
kg/m3
CONDENSATE SOLIDS FILTER

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Process Medium
Description
Design Temperature
Design Pressure
Operating Pressure
Liquid Quantity
Density at WPT
302-F-001A/B
Filter Catridge
Condensate
Maximum
28.0
142.0
8.0
87.9
36.7
0.650
Shell: Carbon Steel
Internals: Duplex SS
Cladding: Duplex SS
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 63 of 275
EARLY OPERATION CONDENSATE PUMPS

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Fluid
Description
Temperature
Suction pressure
Discharge pressure
Flow
(Rich Winter/Lean Summer)
(Rich Winter/Lean Summer)
Motor Power
Seal Type
302-P-002A/B
Rotary Progressive Cavity Type
Hydrocarbon Condensate
Rated
41
87.4
98.2
36.6
Unit
C
bara
bara
m/h
664.5/554
kg/m
0.18/0.307
Cp
40.56
Mechanical
kW
4.3.2 Condensate System Control

The interface levels of Coalescer 302-F-002A/B are measured and controlled by
Transmitters 302-LT-1156A/B respectively. The coalescer LT for duty is selected through
a duty/standby selector switch 302-LHS-1156. The Produced Water level is controlled
by Level Controller 302-LIC-1156 which controls 302-LV-1156 located on the Produced
Water outlet line. The dry condensate from the Condensate Coalescer is injected into
the dry gas from the Gas Dehydration Column 305-C-001 and the mixed fluid is routed
to GTP through a 76 km trunk line.
4.3.2.1
Normal Operation (LP) Mode
During LP mode, the Condensate pumps are protected against low flow by the
Minimum-Flow Control Valve 302-FV-1130 operated by Controller 302-FIC-1130, which
shall be forced to Manual and output driven to 0% under the following conditions:
o
Plant in Early Operation (HP) mode
Both condensate pumps 302-P-001 A and B are stopped
4.3.2.2
Early Operation (HP) mode
During HP mode, Production Separator Condensate Level Controller 302-LIC-1119A,

which takes the same measurement as 302-LIC-1119, controls the separator level by
operating the Level Control Valve 302-LV-1119 at the Condensate Pump (302-P-002A/B)
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 64 of 275
recycle line. The Early Operation Condensate Pumps are Positive displacement Pumps
and works on back pressure. Trunk line operating pressure varies from 68.2 Bara
(during turndown operation) to 86.2 bara (during normal Plant Operation). During HP
mode of operation, Production Separator pressure is 87.0 bara. Hence during the HP
mode of operation, there are chances of operating 302-P-002A/B at very low
differential pressure. 302-PIC-1132 will maintain certain differential pressure for
302-P-002A/B by throttling 302-FV-1182 using output from 302-PIC-1132.
302-LIC-1119A shall be forced to Manual mode and output driven to zero under the
following conditions:
o
Plant in Normal Operation (LP) Mode
Both condensate pumps 302-P-002A and B are Stopped
Dry Condensate to Export Flow Control

302-FIC-1182 controls the dry condensate to export flow by throttling the Control Valve
302-FV-1182 on the dry condensate export line. 302-FV-1182 tends to open in case of
dry condensate flow decreasing below the set point.
Over-ride: Dry condensate flow control will be overridden by condensate pump
discharge pressure 302-PIC-1132. This shall be achieved by using a Low Signal
Selector block, which will select the lower of 302-FIC-1182 and 302-PIC-1132. The
selected controller output will act on 302-FV-1182.
4.3.3 Condensate Coalescer Interface Level Control
The Level Selector Switch 302-LHS-1156 selects either of the Condensate Interface
level 302-LIC-1156A or 302-LIC-1156B in operation and will control 302-LV-1156 on feed
to Produced Water Degassing tank 334-V-001. For details refer Cause and Effect
diagram 250-EPR-CNE-05001
4.4
GAS DEHYDRATION SYSTEM

The solvent used for the removal of water is Tri-Ethylene Glycol (TEG). After
absorption of water, the rich TEG is regenerated in TEG Regeneration system and
recycled back to the Dehydration Column as Lean TEG. The mass transfer is achieved
by a packing column where the lean TEG is counter-currently contacted with wet gas.
The wet gas from the Feed Gas Compressor at a pressure of 87 barg and temperature
of 50C enters the Gas Dehydration Column (305-C-001). During the HP case, when the
Well head pressure is high enough, the Feed Gas Compressor system is totally bypassed
and joins the inlet of the Gas Dehydration Column. The wet gas enters the bottom
section of the Column. It flows into the Inlet Scrubber section of the Column where
any entrained liquid is removed before the gas is introduced into the dehydration
section of the contactor. All the liquids (condensate hydrocarbons or liquid water)
recovered in the bottom of the inlet scrubber are drawn down under level control and
drained to Flare Drum through a Check Valve, ESD Valve 305-XV-3001 and a Level
Control Valve 305-LV-3013 during HP mode of operation. During LP operation, the
condensate is returned to the Production Separator. There are two Level Transmitters,
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 65 of 275
one for bottom level control of condensate in the inlet scrubber 305-LT-3013 and the
other for ESD control 305-LT-3015. For the effects of 305-LAHH-3015 and
305-LALL-3015, refer Cause & Effect Diagram 250-EPR-CNE-05001.
The inlet gas separation device allows a large gas flow turndown while assuring even
gas distribution. The gas separation device (vane type) uses curved plates to disperse
all inlet gas evenly beneath a wire mesh Mist Eliminator and to separate gas and liquid
efficiently. The purpose of the mist eliminator is to coalesce the condensate droplets
from the gas stream. The gas then flows through the gas risers of the glycol chimney
tray, which allows a uniform distribution of the gas before it enters in the gas/glycol
contacting section. The structured packing in the Gas Dehydration Column is to ensure
uniform distribution and contact between the liquid and the vapour. There are two
level transmitters 305-LT-3017 which control the rich TEG level and 305-LT-3016 for trip
purpose. There are High-High and Low-Low level alarms 305-LAHH-3016 and
LALL-3016, the effects of which are detailed in Cause & Effect Diagram
250-EPR-CNE-05001.
The lean glycol from the discharge of Glycol Circulation Pumps (305-P-003A/B) enters
at 55C in order to have a contact temperature of 10C above the wet gas inlet
temperature. The lean glycol enters at the top of the column and is equally distributed
over the whole section of the column by the Glycol Distributor installed above the
packed bed. The dehydration by absorption takes place as the gas flows upwards
through the packing, contacting the wetted surface of the packing. A high efficiency
Demister removes entrained glycol droplets from the dehydrated gas stream before it
leaves the top of the contactor. The dehydrated gas from the top of 305-C-001 enters
Dry Gas/Lean TEG Heat Exchanger (305-E-004) where the lean TEG is cooled to
maintain the difference of 5 to 10C between the lean TEG and wet gas (entering the
dehydration column).
The rich TEG comes down the structured packing after absorption of moisture and is
sent to TEG Regeneration system. There are two Safety Relief Valves 305-PSV-119A and
305-PSV-119B which are set at a pressure of 95.2 barg provided on the top of 305-C-001
which will release to Flare header during over-pressurization of Dehydration Column.
The differential pressure across the packed column is monitored by Differential
Pressure Transmitter 305-PDI-3007 and sounds a high differential pressure alarm when
the pressure reaches the alarm set point. The higher differential pressure across the
contactor indicates foaming in the Contactor. There are high-pressure and low-pressure
alarm set points indicated by 305-PAL-3009 and 305-PAH-3009. The flow of dehydrated
gas from the outlet of 305-E-004 is measured by 305-FI-3006. At the downstream of ESD
Valve 305-XV-3004, the dry condensate from Coalescer and the dehydrated gas are
mixed and transferred to GTP through the trunk line. There are methanol injection
points ME-711 and ME-713 on the top vapour lines. There is a Moisture Analyzer 304-AI3022 which measures the moisture content of the dehydrated gas. The analyser is
provided with High alarm and High-High alarm set at 1.3 lb/MMSCF and 1.5 lb/MMSCF
respectively.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 66 of 275
GAS DEHYDRATION COLUMN

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Process Medium
Description
Design Temperature
Design Pressure
Operating Pressure
Liquid- Flow
Density at WPT
Vapour Quantity
Molecular Weight
Density at WPT
Structured Packing
Dimensions: OD
Length (T/T)
305-C-001
Packed Column
Hydrocarbon Gas & TEG
Maximum
Minimum
Unit
82
15
C
95.2
barg
12.5
55
C
67.2
85.2
barg
6201
kg/h
1100
kg/m3
97980
kg/h
19.28
20.66
kg/m3
4600
mm
Top Shell: A516 Gr7 ON
Bottom Shell: A516 Gr7ON + 3mm SS-316L
Cladding:
Internals: A516 Gr 70
Cladding: 3 mm SS-316L
Bottom: 1714;Top: 1494
Mm
12600
mm
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 67 of 275
Fig. 4 Gas Compression and Gas Dehydration
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 68 of 275
4.4.2 Gas Dehydration Controls

4.4.2.1
305-C-001 Pressure Control
Under normal operation, the Dehydration Column (305-C-001) pressure is governed by

the pressure losses in the downstream trunk line up to the GTP facility. However, to
prevent a low pressure occurring in the contactor during low flow or upset conditions,
305-PIC-3009 will control the column pressure by throttling 305-PV-3009A and
305-PV-3009B in split control. Under normal conditions, the Full-Bore Valve
305-PV-3009A on the dry gas line and 305-PV-3009B located in parallel to 305-PV-3009A
remain fully open. In case of very low pressure, i.e. when the dry gas pressure falls
below the set point, 305-PV-3009A fully closes and the gas is routed via 305-PV-3009B,
to elevate the pressure in the gas dehydration column. The minimum pressure to be
maintained in dehydration column is 68.2 bara during the turn-around operation. The
Split range control valve is illustrated as given below in Fig. 5:
Fig. 5 Split Range Control
During the start-up phase, the pressure is controlled by Pressure Controller

305-PIC-3024 which opens to flare by operating 305-PV-3024 which acts as a spill-off
control valve as well to dump gas to the flare system upon detection of high pressure.
4.4.2.2
305-C-001 Rich TEG Level Control
The rich TEG after the absorption of water is routed to TEG Regenerator system by
level control. The Rich TEG level is controlled by a Level Controller 305-LIC-3017 which
controls 305-LV-3017 to TEG Regenerator system.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
4.4.2.3
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 69 of 275
305-C-001 Bottom Level Control
All the liquids (condensate hydrocarbons or liquid water) recovered in the bottom of
the Inlet Scrubber are drawn down under level control and returned to the Production
Separator/Flare during LP/HP Mode. 305-LIC-3013 controls the bottom level of the
Inlet Scrubber. It is a Gap Controller which has On/Off action on Control Valve
305-LV-3013 through which the knocked out condensate liquid is returned back to the
inlet of Production Separator during LP mode operation. During HP mode operation, all
liquid recovered in the bottom of dehydration column is routed to flare.
4.5
TEG REGENERATION SYSTEM
4.5.1 Principle of TEG Regeneration System

The rich glycol from the Gas Dehydration Column bottom needs regeneration to
reclaim its initial characteristics, before its re-use. This is achieved in the TEG
regeneration system, where water is separated from the rich glycol by fractionating
the rich solution at a high temperature. The rich glycol after absorption of water
leaves the contactor on level control. It first flows through the Reflux Condenser in the
top of the Regeneration Still Column, thereby providing reflux cooling in the Reflux
Condenser. A simplified sketch of TEG Regeneration system is given below in Fig. 6.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 70 of 275
Fig. 6 TEG Regeneration System
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 71 of 275
The rich glycol is then heated to about 60C or 70C in the Cold Lean/Rich Glycol Heat
Exchanger before entering the Glycol Flash Vessel (operating pressure is 4 barg). In this
3-phase separator, dissolved and entrained gases flash off and are removed from the
glycol. Liquid hydrocarbon condensate, if present, is also separated from the glycol. If
not separated off, these hydrocarbon components would flash in the Regenerator and
lead to an increased still-column vapour load, a higher reboiler duty requirement,
greater glycol losses and a loss of recoverable product. These components could also
lead to coking of the reboiler heating elements, fouling, foaming and a higher BTEX
level in the water condensed from the overhead condenser.
While this arrangement is typical, in some units the Glycol Flash Vessel is located
immediately downstream of the contactor, operating at a lower temperature. From the
flash vessel the rich glycol flows through a full flow particle filter and an activated
carbon filter often in slipstream service, to remove solids and dissolved hydrocarbons
and degradation products, respectively. The rich glycol is further heated in the LP
rich/lean glycol heat exchanger and then flows to the regenerator still column where
it enters between two contacting sections. Heat is provided at the bottom of the
regenerator in order to evaporate water from the glycol.
The reboiler may be directly fired or indirectly heated by electricity, hot oil or steam.
Typical operating temperatures for TEG are up to 204C. Water and volatile species
present are evaporated from the rich glycol, and reflux is provided to reduce glycol
losses. Because of the wide difference in volatility, only a small reflux is needed to
effect water/glycol separation. The regenerated hot lean glycol leaves the Reboiler,
flows through the stripping column and collects through the TEG surge drum.
GLYCOL CIRCULATION PUMPS
Equipment Tag No.
Type
Fluid
Description
Temperature
Suction Pressure
Discharge Pressure
Flow
305-P-003A/B
Reciprocating
Lean TEG 99.9%
Rated
101.6
0.11
96.8
6.0
1046
3.73
15.8
Casing: AISI 316L; Impeller: AISI 316 L
Unit
C
barg
barg
m/h
kg/m
Cp
kW
TEG BURNER AIR FAN

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Fluid
Description
Temperature
305-K-001A/B
Centrifugal Blower
Air
Rated
25
Unit
C
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Equipment Tag No.

Suction Pressure
Discharge Pressure
Flow
Motor Power
Operations
Page 72 of 275
305-K-001A/B
ATM
barg
96.8
m barg
1500
Nm/h
4.0
kW
Casing: AISI 316 L; Impeller: AISI 316 L
TEG MAKE-UP FILTER

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Process Medium
Description
Design Temperature
Design Pressure
Operating Pressure
Liquid Quantity
Density at WPT
Dimensions
305-F-001
Catridge
Lean TEG
Maximum
82.0
10.0
45.0
Minimum
15.0
4.0
3.3
5.0
1104
Shell: KCS; Internals: SS316L
203.2 ID x 1500 TT length
Unit
C
barg
C
barg
m3/h
kg/m3
mm
TEG DRAIN VESSEL

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Process Medium
Description
Design Temperature
Design Pressure
Operating Pressure
Dimensions: ID
Length (T/T)
305-V-001
Horizontal vessel
TEG
Maximum
Minimum
15.0
82.0
3.5
15.0
45.0
0.005
1.5
Shell & Heads: CS
2000
7700
Unit
C
barg (kPa)
C
barg (kPa)
mm
mm
TEG STRIPPING COLUMN

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Process Medium
Description
Design Temperature
Design Pressure
Operating Pressure
305-C-001
Packed Column
Hydrocarbon Gas & TEG
Maximum
Minimum
280.0
15.0
3.5
FV
204.0
0.12
Unit
C
barg (kPa)
C
barg (kPa)
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Equipment Tag No.

Liquid Flow
Vapour Quantity
Structured Packing
Dimensions:
OD
Length (T/T)
Operations
Page 73 of 275
305-C-001
0.8
160.2
Pall Rings 5/8 -1900 mm
Shell & Heads: ASTM A516 Gr60
Internals: Pall Rings 5/8 SS316L
406.4
1900
kg/h
kg/h
mm
mm
mm
TEG DRAIN PUMP

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Fluid
Description
Temperature
Suction pressure
Discharge pressure
Flow
Motor Power
305-P-001
Vertical Sump Pump
Lean/Rich Glycol
Rated
45
0.22
2.08
5
1100
57.26
5.5
Casing: SS 316 L; Impeller: SS 316 L
Unit
C
bara
bara
m/h
kg/m
Cp
kW
TEG STORAGE TANK

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Process Medium
Description
Design Temperature
Design Pressure
Operating Pressure
Operating Capacity
Density at WPT
Dimension
305-T-001
Tank
TEG
Maximum
15.0
180.0
0.0
Unit
C
mbarg
C
20.0
mbarg
28.0
m3
1100
kg/m3
4000 ID x 3000H
mm
Shell/Bottom: Carbon Steel; Internals: SS 316L
TEG MAKE-UP PUMP

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Fluid
305-P-002
Centrifugal Pump
Lean TEG
Minimum
82.0
2.5
45.0
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Description
Temperature
Suction Pressure
Discharge Pressure
Flow
Motor Power
Operations
Page 74 of 275
Rated
45
0.5
5.56
5.0
1100
40
5.5
Casing: KCS; Impeller: KCS
Unit
C
bara
bara
m/h
kg/m
Cp
kW
COLD LEAN/RICH GLYCOL HEAT EXCHANGER

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Fluid
Description
Design Temp Plate
Operating Temp Plate
Design Pressure Plate
Design Temp Shell
Design Pressure Shell
Operating Temp Shell
Fluid Plate
Fluid Shell
Heat Duty
305-E-001
Plate Type Heat Exchanger
Plate: Lean Glycol; Shell: Rich TEG
Maximum
Minimum
240.0
15.0
Inlet: 120.0
Outlet: 73.0
10.3
1.0
180.0
15.0
10.3
1.0
Inlet: 12.0
Outlet:62.0
6201.0
6360.0
204.0
Plate: SA240 316; Shell: SA333 Gr6
Unit
C
C
barg
C
barg
C
kg/h
kg/h
kW
HOT LEAN/RICH GLYCOL HEAT EXCHANGER

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Fluid
Description
Design Temp Plate
Operating Temp Plate
Design Pressure Plate
Design Temp Shell
Design Pressure Shell
Operating Temp Shell
Fluid Plate
Fluid Shell
Heat Duty
305-E-002
Plate Type Heat Exchanger
Plate: Lean Glycol; Shell: Rich TEG
Maximum
Minimum
240.0
15.0
Inlet :194.0
Outlet :103.0
10.3
1.0
180.0
15.0
10.3
1.0
Inlet: 62.0
Outlet: 150.0
6201.0
6462.0
410.0
Plate: SA240 316; Shell: SA333 Gr6
Unit
C
C
barg
C
barg
C
kg/h
kg/h
kW
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 75 of 275

After contacting the wet gas, the water-rich glycol (Rich TEG) is regenerated by
heating at approximately atmospheric pressure to a temperature high enough to drive
off almost all the absorbed water. The regenerated lean glycol is then cooled and
re-circulated back to the Gas Dehydration Column (305-C-001). The rich TEG from the
305-C-001 Chimney Collection Tray flows on level control through 305-LV-3017 to the
bottom shell side of TEG Reflux Condenser (305-E-003). The rich TEG is heated from
53.7C to 62C by hot glycol vapours generated from the TEG Reboiler (305-H-001).
Then the rich glycol is preheated in the Cold Lean/Rich Glycol Exchanger (305-E-001)
to 68C in order to achieve the proper temperature for good separation efficiency
before entering the Glycol Flash Drum (305-V-002).
The Glycol Flash Drum, operating at 4 barg, is a horizontal 3-phase separator which
separates the hydrocarbon liquid phase from the glycol phase and vents any remaining
gases. The Glycol Flash Drum consists of 3 compartments: the inlet settling
compartment, the hydrocarbon (HC) bucket and the glycol outlet compartment. The
Glycol Flash Drum is designed for a fixed liquid retention time in the settling
compartment for adequate separation of entrained liquid hydrocarbons.
The rich glycol leaves the Glycol Flash Drum at 68C, and passes through the Rich TEG
Cartridge Filters (305-F-003A/B). Here the rich TEG is purified from eventually
entrained solid particles and the remaining hydrocarbons are removed by the TEG
Carbon Filter (305-F-002). The rich TEG from the Carbon filter enters the Hot
Lean/Rich Glycol exchanger (305-E-002) where it is preheated from 68C to 150C. The
rich TEG is fed from the Glycol Flash Drum under level control by 305-LIC-3210 and is
distributed on the middle of TEG Still Column (305-C-002). The heat for the distillation
is given by hot TEG vapours from the TEG Reboiler (305-H-001).
After reboiling, the hot TEG vapours and water move up the TEG Still Column stripping
out the water from the rich TEG moving counter currently down the TEG Still Column.
The Reboiler Regeneration temperature is maintained at 204C and the fire/fume
tubes are designed in order to avoid hot spot with consequent TEG degradation and to
reduce the glycol losses to unavoidable minimum. Once the TEG has left the heating
section, it reaches a purity of 99.0 wt% and it flows inside the Stripping Column
(305-C-003).
The TEG Reboiler is a direct-fired Reboiler with a burner assembly burning fuel gas and
oxygen in slightly above the stochiometric quantities. The burnt combusted flue gases
pass through the U-tube assembly and are finally released to atmosphere at a high
elevation stack. The fuel gas required for burning in the Reboiler is first heated in the
TEG Surge Drum (305-V-005) and then passed through Fuel Gas KO Drum (305-V-004) to
remove any condensate. Then it is passed through Filter Coalescer and burnt in the
Burner Assembly of 305-H-001.
The fuel gas pressure to the burner assembly is controlled by a self-regulating Pressure
Controller 305-PCV-3175 set at 0.5 barg. The primary air required for combustion is
supplied by Burner Air Fan (305-K-001A/B). In the U/S of 305-PCV-3175 a 2 line is
taken and pre-heated in 305-H-001 and sent to 305-V-005 as stripping gas for
305-V-005. In the Stripping Column, in order to achieve the desired purity of 99.9 wt%
of lean TEG purity, fuel gas as external stripping gas is used. The intimate contact of
Glycol and stripping gas is ensured by a Pall-ring packing. The regenerated glycol is
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 76 of 275
collected in the TEG Surge Drum (305-V-005). The regenerated glycol coming from the
Surge Drum (305-V-005) is cooled down from 193.6C to 109.6C in the hot Lean/Rich
Glycol Heat Exchanger (305-E-002) and then passes through the Cold Lean/Rich Glycol
Exchanger (305-E-001) where the outlet temperature reaches 103C. The pressure is
increased to 88.5 bara by means of Glycol Circulation Pumps (305-P-003A/B).
The glycol-water vapours move up the TEG Reflux Condenser (305-E-003), on the tube
side, cooled by the rich TEG from 305-C-001 on the shell side. In the TEG Reflux
Condenser, the glycol vapours are condensed and predominantly water vapour along
with little uncondensed TEG escapes. The vapours from the outlet of TEG Reflux
Condenser go to Vent Gas KO drum (305-V-003) from where the condensed liquid is
sent to Closed Drain System. The uncondensed vapour from the top of 305-V-003 goes
to a Vent Gas Blower (305-K-001A/B & 305-K-001C/D) which operates in series. The
vent gas flows to the TEG Incinerator where the vapours are burnt with air. Provision is
given to route the off-gas to Flare when the Incinerator is not available.
The hot TEG is distilled by the removal of water from the rich TEG. The hot TEG
vapours from the TEG Reboiler (305-H-001) provide the heat input for the distillation
of rich TEG into lean TEG and water. The lean Glycol is pumped by Glycol Circulation
Pump (305-P-003A/B) and passes through the Dry Gas/Lean TEG Exchanger (305-E-004)
before entering the Dehydration Column (305-C-001) through a flow distributor. The
required make-up TEG is pumped from the TEG Storage Tank (305-T-001) by TEG
Make-up Pump (305-P-002) and it flows through a TEG Make-up Filter (305-F-001).
The TEG Storage Tank (305-T-001) is a conical fixed roof storage tank maintained at a
pressure of 80 mbarg with a nominal capacity of 28 m3. The tank pressure is
maintained by a self-regulating Pressure Control Valve 305-PCV-3049 by controlling
blanket nitrogen to tank. If the tank gets over-pressurized, then it is opened to
atmosphere through a vent by a self-regulating Pressure Control Valve 305-PCV-3048.
The drain from the various vessels of Gas Dehydration system and TEG Regeneration
system is drained into TEG Drain Vessel (305-V-001). From 305-V-001 it is pumped back
to the Regenerator system using TEG Drain pump. A Pressure Vacuum Valve
305-PVV-161 is fitted to the tank which will open at a pressure of 140 mbar and at a
vacuum of 1 mbarg. 305-PVV-161 acts as a safety device to prevent the tank during
the failure of 305-PCV-3048 or 305-PCV-3049.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 77 of 275
4.5.3 TEG Regenerator Controls

The TEG regeneration package has the following control loops.
Glycol Level on Contactor
305-C-001
305-LIC-3017 DCS Controller, PID Action with H & L

Alarm Threshold, Direct Action Controller
Wet Condensate Level on

Contactor 305-C-001
305-LIC-3013 DCS Controller, Gap Control Action with

H & L Alarm Threshold, Direct Action Controller
Off-Spec Gas to Flare from

Contactor 305-C-001
305-PIC-3024 DCS Controller, PID Action, Direct Action

Controller
Dry Spec Gas Outlet from

Contactor 305-C-001
305-PIC-3009 DCS Controller, PID Action with H & L

Vent Gas Temperature

from TEG Reflux Condenser
305-E-003
305-TIC-3102 DCS Controller, PID Action with H & L

TEG Temperature inside

Reboiler 305-H-001
305-TIC-3109 DCS Controller, PID Action with H & L

Glycol Level on Flash Drum

305-V-002
305-LIC-3210 DCS Controller, PID Action with H & L

TEG Reflux Condenser Top Temperature Control

The (TEG + water) vapour outlet from TEG Reflux Condenser (305-E-003) outlet
temperature Controller (305-TIC-3102) controls the three way valve controller
305-TV-3102 which bypasses the cold fluid to the inlet of 305-E-003 to maintain the top
temperature at 95C.
TEG Reboiler Temperature Control
The TEG Reboiler temperature is controlled by 305-TIC-3109 which controls fuel gas
flow through Control Valve 305-TV-3109. The corresponding air flow is adjusted by a
mechanical link from the discharge of Air Blowers 305-K-001A/B for the Reboiler Main
burner. The Fuel gas flow and air flow link are preset for a fixed AirFuel ratio.
Fuel Gas Pressure Control and Pilot Gas Pressure Control for TEG Reboiler
The Fuel gas pressure for the Burner Assembly of 305-H-001 is controlled by selfregulating Pressure Controller 305-PCV-3175 which controls the fuel gas pressure at
0.5 barg. The Pilot gas is taken at downstream of Fuel Gas Pressure Control Valve
305-PCV-3175 and the Pilot Gas pressure is maintained at 0.3 barg by a self-regulating
Pressure Control Valve 305-PCV-3176.
Burner Air Fan Controls
Fan 305-K-001-A or -B can be selected as duty fan from control room using the selector
switch 305-HIS-3182. Normally 305-K-001A or B will be running and is indicated by
305-MIXI-3182/3183. If the running fans trips, then the standby fan will immediately
start. The standby fan is always kept in Auto mode as indicated by 305-MHSM-3182/3183
selector switch.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 78 of 275
Glycol Flash Drum Glycol & Condensate Level Control

The glycol level in the Glycol Flash Drum is controlled by Level Controller 305-LIC-3210
which controls the rich TEG flow through the Control Valve 305-LV-3210. The
condensate collected in the Glycol Flash Drum level is maintained by a Level Controller
305-LIC-3206 which adjusts the Control Valve 305-LV-3206 to the closed drain system.
Glycol Flash Drum Pressure Control
The Glycol Flash Drum pressure is maintained at 3.8 barg by self-regulating Pressure
Control Valve 305-PCV-3201 by admitting fuel gas into the Glycol Flash Drum. If the
pressure reaches 4.0 barg then 305-PCV-3211 vents gas to flare.
For detailed Alarms & Trips Schedule, refer Annexure-6.
4.6
TEG INCINERATOR SYSTEM
TEG Incinerator unit is designed to burn off-gases from TEG Regeneration System and
Produced Water Tank. The TEG Incinerator consists of a vertical combustion chamber
directly connected to the stack through a flue gas duct, where the flue gas is
quenched with dilution air at ambient temperature. The diluted gas is exhausted to
the self-supported stack raiser connected with the top of the base chamber. The
Combustion Chamber is equipped with a special Burner and an electrically ignitable
pilot. The waste gas is directly injected together with support fuel gas and combustion
air in to the combustion chamber for burning.
The TEG Incinerator is designed to burn gases with the following parameters:
TEG Off-Gas
Flow rate
: 464 kg/h
Temperature
: 30 150C
Pressure
: 0.4 barg
Produced Water Tank Off-Gas
Flow rate
: 242 kg/h
Temperature
: 8 45C
Pressure
: 0.03 barg
The TEG Incinerator Main Burner has a design capacity of 7 MW/h which is 10% higher
than necessary to operate the combustion chamber at 850C (1562F) under maximum
waste gas flow rates.
The fuel gas consumption for the Main Burner will be as follows:
Minimum
Normal
Maximum
kg/h
8.0
57.3
60.5
Nm3/h
10
72
76
The TEG Incinerator is designed to burn waste gases from the following sources:
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
o
TEG Vent Gas KO Drum 305-V-003
Produced Water Tank Off-gas
Operations
Page 79 of 275
TEG off-gas is introduced through the Burner Gun and Produced Water Tank Off-Gas is
introduced directly in the Combustion Chamber. During the chamber pre-heating
phase, the main burner is operated with support fuel gas and combustion air only.
Preheating operation will be done until combustion chamber temperature reaches
750C. The operating temperature for the combustion chamber is 850C, maintained
by regulating the Fuel Gas flow rate.
The TEG Incinerator is:
provided with a UV scanner for detecting flame of Pilot burner, and
provided with a redundant self-checking UV scanner for detecting flame of Main

burner
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 80 of 275
4.6.1 TEG Incinerator Controls

Combustion Chamber Temperature Control (Split Control)
The operating temperature for the combustion chamber maintained at 850 deg C by
regulating the fuel gas flow rate. 340-TIC-6027 controls the combustion chamber
temperature by throttling 340-TV-6027A on the Fuel Gas line and 340-TV-6027B on the
dilution air line, in split control. Normally, the combustion chamber temperature is
controlled by modulating the fuel gas valve 340-TV-6027A, while the dilution air valve
340-TV-6027B remains fully closed. As the temperature rises above the set point,
340-TV-6027A tends to close to minimum position corresponding to minimum design
flow rate allowed for burner operation. In case the temperature continues to rise, the
dilution air FO valve 340-TV-6027B starts opening to improve cooling down of
combustion chamber. It will have a low oxygen override control through
340-AIC-6028, which measures oxygen content at the combustion chamber outlet. In
case of low oxygen, 340-AIC-6028 will override 340-TIC-6027 to modulate the dilution
air valve 340-TV-6027B.
Combustion Air Flow Control
Combustion air flow is measured by 340-FI-6031. Fuel gas, TEG off-gas and Produced
water off-gas flows are measured by 340-FI-6043, 340-FI-6044 and 340-FI-6046
respectively. These flows are factored (configurable) and added in an adder block, the
output of which acts as a set point to 340-FIC-6031 to control the combustion air flow.
During the start-up phase, the Heater temperature is brought to 750C in steps of 50C
per hour by using fuel gas. The Radiation Temperature Controller 340-TIC-6027 is a
split-range Controller with two outputs. The 050% signal goes to the Fuel Gas Control
Valve 340-TV-6027B. The 50100% signal from 340-TIC-6027 is compared with the
Oxygen Analyzer output 340-AIC-6028 in a Comparator 340-AY-6028 which adjusts the
dilution air flow to the TEG Incinerator to maintain the required excess air.
Note: Refer vendor operating & maintenance manual for further details.
4.7
UTILITIES
4.7.1 Plant Air System

The Compressed Air package provides the necessary amount of compressed air for use
as instrument air, plant air and in Nitrogen generation package. The Air requirement
for GGS will be satisfied by the Air compressor Package consisting 2 X 100% Skid
mounted Oil free Screw Air Compressors type complete with all necessary accessories.
The standby machine shall be available for operation in the event of high air usage or
in the event that an operating compressor fails. Discharge capacity of each compressor
is 1182.4 Nm/h at 45C with discharge pressure of 10.2 barg.
The Air compressor consists of an Inter and After-cooler, Water Separator and Master
controller to control Compressor operation. Each Compressor package includes one
Aftercooler (325-E-001A/B) after the Compressor. Aftercooler is provided after
Compressor package to control outlet air temperature in case of extreme weather
conditions. A Plant Air receiver 325-V-001 will be provided downstream of Independent
After cooler.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 81 of 275
4.7.2 Instrument Air System

The Instrument air package supplies air for use as Instrument Air, Plant Air and
Nitrogen Generation.
2 X 100% Dryer Package 325-X-002A/B is provided for production of Instrument air at a
dew point of -35C at 7.5 barg. The Instrument Air Dryer package consists of a
Pre-Filter, two molecular sieve bed Adsorption/Regeneration towers, after filter and a
Master controller to control Dryer operations. Pressure in the downstream of
Instrument air dryer package will be sized to provide at least 20 minutes backup supply
to essential IA users excluding Nitrogen within the pressure range of 9.0 barg to
4.5 barg. Part of Instrument Air is used as Plant Air with necessary header pressure
control for distribution to Utility hose station.
Loading and unloading of the Air compressor will be triggered by monitoring the
pressure controller 325-PIC-4732 on instrument air receiver.
4.7.2.1
Process Description
Each compressor package includes one after cooler (325-E-001A/B) for maintaining the
discharge temperature to meet system requirements. A wet Air Receiver (325-V-001)
will be provided downstream of the compressors.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 82 of 275
Wet air from the receiver is routed to Instrument Air Dryer package (325-X-002A/B)
which consists of alumina bed absorption/regeneration unit for production of air at a
dew point of -35C at 7.5 barg. The dryer beds are regenerated using dry instrument
air. Each dryer package is provided with Prefilter, Dryer vessel & Afterfilter. Coalescing
Air Pre-filters filter any water, dust and foreign matter from Plant Air before it is sent
to the Air Dryer Beds. Downstream of the dryer beds, Afterfilters are installed to
remove any desiccant fines carried over from the dryers before the air reaches the
Instrument Air Receivers. The dried instrument air is then lead to distribution header
through Instrument Air Receiver (325-V-002).
Instrument Air (IA) Receiver (325-V-002) downstream of the drier package will be sized
to provide at least 20-minutes backup supply to IA users (excluding N2 package supply)
while the pressure in the receiver falls from 8.5 barg to 4.5 barg for a flow of 495
Nm3/h.
Pressure Transmitter 325-PT-4737 is provided on the line going to Instrument Air
Distribution Header initiates Plant ESD when instrument pressure falls below 4.41 barg
(4.5 kg/cm2g).
AIR COMPRESSOR
Equipment Tag No.
Type
Fluid
Description
Suction Temperature
Suction Pressure
Discharge Pressure
Flow
Molecular Weight
325-K-001A/B
Screw
Ambient Air
Rated
Unit
45
C
0.943
bara
54
C
11.0
bara
1480.2
Nm3/h
28.99
1485
kW
Casing: Cast Iron DIN 1691-64-GG20
Impeller: CS DIN 17200 CK35 PTFE Coated
INSTRUMENT AIR RECEIVER

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Process Medium
Description
Design Temperature
Design Pressure
Operating Pressure
Molecular Weight
Dimensions
325-V-002
Vessel
Instrument Air
Maximum
Minimum
15.0
82.0
12.0
15.0
50.0
4.5
9.5
28.82
CS
1000 OD x 3000 Length T/T
Unit
C
barg
C
barg
mm
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
4.7.2.2
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 83 of 275
Instrument Air Package Controls
Pressure Transmitter 325-PT-4732 will initiate two-level interlock based on the air
pressure. When the air pressure drops below 6 barg, it will close On/Off Valve
325-XV-4665 located on the line going to Plant Air distribution header. The second level
of interlock which is set at 5 barg to close On/Off Valve 325-XV-4725 located on the
Instrument Air supply line to Nitrogen package.
The Pressure Transmitter 325-PT-4732 will control loading and unloading of the Air
compressors. Instrument Air distribution header pressure will also be provided with
pressure Low-Low alarm represented by 325-PALL-4737. Refer Cause & Effect Diagram
250-EPR-CNE-05001.
Wet air receiver level is also provided with level High-High trip by 325-LAHH-4653 and
high level alarm is indicated by 325-LAH-4650. Refer Cause & Effect Diagram
250-EPR-CNE-05001 ESD Level-3, Unit-325) for more details.
The following signals will be available from air compressors for indication in the DCS:
Running status
Shutdown alarm
Common alarm
Note: Refer vendor operating & maintenance manual for further details.
4.7.3 Nitrogen System
4.7.3.1
Process Description
Nitrogen requirement in GGS plant is essentially for blanketing of tanks and secondary
gas for compressor seals. The nitrogen Generation package employs Membrane
technology for generation of nitrogen from air. The nitrogen Generation Package
(324-X-001) consists of one train with a capacity of 68 Nm3/h capacity of 98 vol%
purity.
The Nitrogen package unit consists of three sections namely:
Feed Air supply
Membrane nitrogen Generation Section
Product gas
The nitrogen unit can be started or stopped locally or remotely. The feed air is taken
from Instrument Air Receiver 325-V-002.
Inlet Parameters
Parameters
Pressure (Min./Max.)
Temperature (Min./Max.)
Dew point
Feed Air Capacity
Unit
barg
C
C
Nm3/h
Value
7.0/10.0
15/50
35C @ 7.5 barg
230
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 84 of 275
Product Gas Parameters

Parameters
Pressure (Min./Max.)
Temperature (Min./Max.)
Product Capacity
Unit
barg
C
Nm3/h
Value
5.5/7.0
15/+50
68
The Instrument air stream from Instrument Air Receiver (325-V-002) is directed to
Nitrogen Generator (324-X-001) through Micron- and Activated Carbon -Filters. The Dry
Feed Instrument Air (15 50 C & 7.0 8.2 barg) is led through a set of one-micron
filter (324-F-001A) and one AC Filter (324-F-002A) to qualify feed air quality. One
standby set of Micron Filter (324-F-001B) & AC Filters (324-F-002B) are provided to
allow change-over for maintenance of filters. The feed air is then heated in Heater
(324-H-001) to 50C (max).
The filtered and dried feed instrument air is then fed to nitrogen Generation Package
(324-X-001). The oxygen-rich waste gas is discharged to atmosphere at a safe location.
The generated nitrogen stream is continuously analysed for oxygen content by Oxygen
Analyzer (324-AIT-4619) provided on downstream of membrane modules. A total
number of five membrane modules constitute the package wherein three operate and
two are spared to take care of maintenance requirement of any two modules at a
time. The package is designed to supply 68 Nm/h of nitrogen with 98% product purity
under normal operation at 5.5 barg (min) and 7 barg (normal) pressure and 4550C
temperature. If nitrogen is found to be off-specification, it is automatically vented to
atmosphere at safe location. Additional requirement for flare purging (if any) is
provided by back-up bottle supply system.
The produced nitrogen is then routed to nitrogen Storage Receiver (324-V-001). The
receiver is sized to provide 10-minutes hold-up for normal operation design flow of 68
Nm3/h. The nitrogen distribution system takes the supply through this storage receiver
to cater to GGS plant nitrogen demand. Back-up supply of nitrogen will be provided by
nitrogen bottles. It will supplement the nitrogen receiver whenever required.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 85 of 275
NITROGEN RECEIVER
Equipment Tag No.
Type
Process Medium
Description
Design Temperature
Design Pressure
Operating Pressure
Molecular Weight
Dimensions
324-V-001
Vessel
Nitrogen
Maximum
15.0
12.0
15.0
5.5
Minimum
82.0
50.0
8.2
Unit
C
barg
C
barg
28.0
SS-316
mm
324-V-001
Vessel
Wet Air
Maximum
15.0
12.0
15.0
8.0
Unit
C
barg
C
barg
WET AIR RECEIVER

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Process Medium
Description
Design Temperature
Design Pressure
Operating Pressure
Molecular Weight
Dimensions
4.7.3.2
Minimum
82.0
50.0
9.5
28.82
CS
mm
Nitrogen Package Controls
The package purity will be set at 98% purity for nitrogen. If the package purity for
nitrogen has reached to 97% or below, On/Off Valve 324-XV-4616 will be closed from
local control panel and Off-spec Vent Valve 324-XV-4620 will be opened; off- spec gas
from the package will be vented until nitrogen purity has reached 98%. If it continues
at nitrogen purity of 97% or below for more than 15-minutes, then the package will
undergo shutdown.
A common alarm will be provided for ICSS indication in case of any fault in the
package. Similarly Oxygen Analyzer 324-AIT-4619 provided in the package continuously
monitors oxygen percentage and High High and High alarms will be generated in ICSS
system when oxygen content goes high. It is possible to stop nitrogen package from
ICSS and shutdown of the package will be initiated when nitrogen goes below 97% for
more than 15 minutes.
Emergency shutdown of the heater is initiated when the skin temperature of the
heater goes High (324-TAHH-4602).
The following signals will be available for indication to ICSS:
Common alarm
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Heater running
High oxygen alarm
High differential pressure alarm
Heater outlet gas temperature high and low
Operations
Page 86 of 275
It is possible to stop nitrogen system from ICSS

Note: Refer vendor operating & maintenance manual for further details
4.7.4 Utility Water
4.7.4.1
Utility Water Description
Raw water used in GGS area is required for drinking water purposes and for utility
water in hose stations. The source of raw water for GGS area is Bore-well. Raw water
is pumped from the wells using the Bore-well Water Pump 326-P-001A/S of 23 m 3/h
capacity and fed to the Utility Water Tank 326-T-002. The Utility Water tank is
designed for 171 m3 capacity corresponding to 7-day hold up of utility water. The
Utility water requirement for hose stations and potable water is 20 m 3/day.
The bore-hole water pump is controlled based on the Utility Water Tank level by the
ON-OFF Level Controller 326-LIC-4760. The water is then pumped by 326-P-003A/B
which is configured in Duty/Standby mode, to the plant utility water distribution
header at a controlled pressure. The pressure of the header is controlled by the
Pressure Controller 826-PIC-4763 which acts on the Control Valve 326-PV-4763 in the
return line.
UTILITY WATER TANK
Equipment Tag No.
Type
Process Medium
Description
Design Temperature
Design Pressure
Operating Pressure
Operating Capacity
Density at WPT
Dimension
326-T-002
Tank
Water
Maximum
15.0
3.5
4.0
Minimum
82.0
2.5
45.0
Unit
C
mbarg
C
1.5
mbarg
171.0
m3
997.0
kg/m3
6000 ID x 7200H
mm
Shell/Bottom: Carbon Steel; Internals: SS 316L
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 87 of 275
BOREHOLE WATER PUMP

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Fluid
Description
Temperature
Suction Pressure
Discharge Pressure
Flow
326-P-001
Submergible Centrifugal
Raw water
Rated
45
0.9
14.1
23.1
995
0.764
47.74
Casing: CS ; Impeller: CS
Unit
C
bara
bara
m/h
kg/m
Cp
kW
UTILITY WATER PUMP

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Fluid
Description
Temperature
Suction Pressure
Discharge Pressure
Flow
4.7.4.2
326-P-003A/B
Centrifugal
Utility Water
Rated
45
0.67
7.6
11.6
995
0.765
8.24
Unit
C
bara
bara
m/h
kg/m
Cp
kW
Utility Water System Control Description
The pressure of the utility water recirculated to Utility Water Tank 326-T-002 from
utility water distribution header will be controlled by Controller 326-PIC-4763 acting
on Control Valve 326-PV-4763. Utility Water Tank 326-T-002 level will be controlled by
326-LICA-4760 from DCS by means of On/Off Controller which will control START/STOP
of the Bore-hole Pump 326-P-001A/S. Utility water tank level is also provided with
High- High and Low- Low alarms which are indicated by 326-LAHH-4761 and 326-LALL4761. Refer Cause & Effect diagram 250-EPR-CNE-05001.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 88 of 275
4.7.5 Potable Water System

4.7.5.1
Potable Water Description
Potable Water is delivered by road tankers and unloaded into the Potable Water Tank
326-T-003 using a potable water tanker Unloading Pump 326-P-004. Potable water will
be stored in 326-T-003 of capacity 12 m3 considering 3-day hold-up for potable water
consumption. Potable water from the tank is then pumped by Potable Water
Distribution Pumps 326-P-005A/B in to the Plant Distribution Header after getting
treated in Potable Water Sterilisation package 326-X-005.
The sterilisation package is a Chlorination Injection Facility in which the chlorine
dosing (NaOCl) into potable water and is controlled based on Free Residual chlorine
(FRC) in the potable water return line measured by the ORP(Oxygen Reduction
Potential) Analyzer 326-AT-4605. The Potable Water Pump 326-P-005A/B, configured in
Duty/Standby mode, should be started prior to the start of sterilisation package. The
unit can be operated locally from the field LCP or from DCS, based on the
Local/Remote selection in the LCP. As the unit is started, the pre-chlorination sampling
is taken and if the chlorine level is lower than the value set by the ORP Analyzer 326AT-4605, Chlorine Dosing Pump 826-DPM-006 will start. Once chlorine level reaches the
set value, dosing pump will stop. Manual Stop is possible from field as well as from
DCS. The typical potable water and its parameters are given in the following table:
Operating Pressure
Design Pressure
Design Temperature
Conductivity
Total hardness
Chloride Ions
Fe
Turbidity
(min/norm/max)
(min/norm/max)
(min/max)
2.5/5.3/5.8
(ambient)(1)
6.5
-15/82
250
Desirable 150-500
200
0.3
5
barg
C
barg
C
S/cm
mg/l CaCo3
mg/l
mg/l
Units
In Auto mode, when either of the potable water pump 326-P-005A or B starts (i.e.
RUN feedback is received), sterilisation unit START command is issued (326-HS-4802)
to start the chlorination dosing pumps. The unit will automatically stop when both the
potable water pumps are not running. Refer Appendix-A for motor control and interlock
details. Potable Water Sterilisation system is a standalone packaged unit. All control
and safeguarding functions will be implemented in the suppliers local control panel.
Common Fault alarm, common trip etc. shall be generated by the package and
made available to DCS. Refer suppliers documents for complete details.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 89 of 275
POTABLE WATER TANKER UNLOADING PUMP

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Fluid
Description
Temperature
Suction pressure
Discharge pressure
Flow
326-P-004
Centrifugal Pump
Potable Water
Rated
45
0.26
1.5
10
993
0.765
1.28
Casing: SS 316L; Impeller: SS 316L
Unit
C
bara
bara
m/h
kg/m
Cp
kW
POTABLE WATER DISTRIBUTION PUMP

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Fluid
Description
Temperature
Suction Pressure
Discharge Pressure
Flow
4.7.5.2
326-P-005A/B
Centrifugal
Potable Water
Rated
45
0.37
5.36
6.25
993
0.765
1.73
Casing: SS316L; Impeller: SS316L
Unit
C
bara
bara
m/h
kg/m
Cp
kW
Potable Water System Control Description
The pressure of the potable water recirculated to potable water tank from potable
water distribution header will be controlled by 326-PIC-4789 (set point ATM) and
Control Valve 326-PV-4789.
The potable water is chlorinated so as to have a Free Residual Chlorine (FRC) value of
0.2-0.5 ppm at the final outlet. The Chlorination unit will start only when Potable
Pump 326-P-005A or 326-P-005B is running.
The following signals will be taken from sterilization package to DCS system:
o
Common fault alarm
Running indication
In addition to the above, START and STOP shall be possible from DCS system.
Potable water tank is also provided with level High-High (326-LAHH-4771) and Low Low
alarms (326-LALL-4771). Refer Cause & Effect Diagram 250-EPR-CNE-05001.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 90 of 275
4.7.6 Diesel System
Diesel will be used in GGS as an alternative fuel for GTGs and in the Emergency Diesel
Generator. It is also used in the vehicle filling stations. Diesel is used as an alternative
fuel for GTG in case fuel gas is not available. The diesel fuel used for the GTG should
meet the following specifications and supply conditions.
Diesel Quality
PARAMETER
Operating Pressure (Min/Norm/Max)
Operating Temperature(Min/Norm/Max)
Grade
Quality
UNIT
barg
C
Free Water
Particulates
Density at 15C
Viscosity at 15C
Lower Heating Value
Pour point
kg/m3
cP
kJ/kg
C
VALUE
4.5/5.0/5.5
Ambient
Automotive Grade
<100 ppmv
99.9% of Particles
>5 micron removed
860
35.2
42800
10
Diesel Consumption
Diesel will be used as an alternative fuel for 2x100% GTGs and as fuel in 1x100%
diesel-driven generators for emergency power generation. Consumption figures
tabulated below are based on vendor values.
Diesel will be routed to filling stations where the same will be dispensed to
individual diesel consuming vehicles through standard pump and dispenser systems.
Consumption is 3 m3/h (50 lpm).
No facility for underground storage of diesel is envisaged in vehicle filling stations.

Consumption
Diesel Users
GTG-A or -B
Emergency Power Generation
MW
2.5
1.2
Diesel kg/h
1205 (*1)
319.4 (*2)
Required Pumping Rate m3/h

1.6 (*1)
0.4 (*2)
(*1) Heat rate 20622 kJ/kWh (Vendor data)
(*2) With 10% margin on vendor consumption figures

4.7.6.1
Description of Diesel System
Clean diesel is brought into the plant by tankers and unloaded into an atmospheric
diesel storage tank (322-T-001) located in the GGS area using Diesel Tanker Offloading
Pump (322-P-002). Pump capacity is 10 m3/h and tanker unloading will be done only
during daytime (6 hours).
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 91 of 275
The atmospheric Diesel Storage Tank of nominal capacity 59 m3 is based as backup

supply to emergency generator for 7-days. Since the GTG is dual-fired, no storage of
diesel has been considered for the GTG operation.
Diesel will be pumped by Diesel Transfer Pump (322-P-001A/S) to Diesel Pre-filter
(322-F-001A/B - 2 filters of duplex type) for removal of any particles. Diesel Transfer
Pump capacity is 5 m3/h. One pump is provided in the warehouse as standby. Then it
flows through Diesel Filter Coalescer (322-F-002A/B) to bring down the water content
from 1000 to 100 ppmv. The filtered diesel flows through distribution header and then
to consumers in GGS. Diesel circuit will be maintained pressurized to ensure supply to
GTG if gas supply fails. A spill-back line is provided from the discharge of Diesel
Transfer Pumps to the Diesel Storage Tank 322-T-001.
4.7.6.2
Diesel System Control Description
When Diesel Storage Tank 322-T-001 level is High High (322-LAHH-3402), it will initiate
emergency shutdown by stopping diesel tanker Unloading Pump 322-P-002. When
diesel Storage Tank 322-T-001 level is Low Low (322-LALL-3402), it will stop Diesel
Transfer Pump 322-P-001A.
If Diesel Transfer Pump suction pressure is Low Low (322-PALL-3422), it will initiate
shutdown by stopping Diesel Transfer Pump 322-P-001A, GTG and Emergency Diesel
Generator. For more details, refer Cause & Effect Diagram 250 - EPR-CNE-05001.
4.8
FUEL GAS SYTEM
Fuel gas is supplied at two pressure levels in the GGS. The HP fuel gas at 25 barg
(HP fuel gas pressure set for Gas turbine requirement) will be used to run Gas turbine
drives. This HP fuel gas is filtered to have 99.9% removal of particles of 100-micron
size.
The LP fuel gas at 5 barg will be used for:
o
Blanketing of various process tanks and vessels
Flares as pilot and purge gas
Stripping gas for TEG regeneration
Fuel Gas for TEG regeneration
Fuel in TEG incinerator and direct fired heater
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 92 of 275
Fuel Gas Consumption

The consumption of fuel gas is based on lean gas operation in summer time and the
following other parameters.
Power Generators
There are 2X100% power generators driven by gas turbines. Gas turbine HP fuel gas
consumptions are based on vendor data for operation of one GTG
HP Fuel Gas Consumption for Gas Turbines
Load
LCV
Heat Rate
Total Fuel Gas Consumed
Peak Fuel Gas Demand
(2 GTG Operating at 60% load 5.62 MW)
o Based on a load of 9.367 MW
MW
kJ/kg
kJ/kWh
kg/h
9.367
41176 (35 MJ/Nm3)
11094
2460*
kg/h
3480
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 93 of 275
Typical HP fuel gas properties and composition are given in Table given below:
Parameters
Operating Pressure
Operating
Temperature
Design Pressure
Design Temperature
Molecular weight
LHV
Solid Particulates
COMPOSITION
H2S
H2O
TE GLYCOL
Nitrogen
CO2
Methane
Ethane
Propane
i-Butane
n-Butane
i-Pentane
LP Lean Gas
LP Rich Gas
Sum
Wint
Sum
Wint
barg
26
26
26
29.6
29.92
28.4
Unit
barg
C
kJ/kg
HP
26
Lean
Sum
26
Rich
Wint
26
28.69
30.25
28.82
30
30
30
30
30
30
82
82
82
8
82
82
19.27
18.94
19.45
18.89
19.1
18.92
44737 44736
48250
48360 47948 48360
99.9% of particles <100 microns removed
Mol %
0
0
0
1.42
3.26
87.47
3.97
1.92
0.38
0.69
0.3
0
0
0
1.43
3.26
87.98
3.96
1.87
0.36
0.62
0.22
0
0
0
0.77
0.36
86.51
6.5
3.09
0.56
1.04
0.35
0
0
0
0.78
0.36
87.52
6.5
2.94
0.5
0.86
0.23
0
0
0
1.43
3.24
87.8
3.92
1.86
0.36
0.63
0.25
0
0
0
0.79
0.35
87.71
6.32
2.79
0.47
0.82
0.25
a) Stripping Gas
LP Fuel gas is used as stripping gas for TEG regeneration.
Quantity required is 85 kg/h as per vendor data. It is used in the TEG Surge Drum; it
strips the water vapour from the stripping column to produce lean TEG concentration
of 99.9 % purity.
Flares: LP Fuel gas will be used to purge flare vent headers and to fuel the pilot
burners on the flares and used as fuel in the TEG Reboiler. Flare vent purging is
typically done with fuel gas introduced at the furthest point away from the flare, in
quantities to assure a velocity that will yield a visible flare from the control room.
Velocity is adjusted in the field once the flare is operational by visual inspection of the
flare at night. Based on a fuel gas velocity of 0.01 m/s the requirement of fuel gas for
flare purging is estimated as follows:
LP Fuel Gas Requirement for Purge Flare
Details
Fuel Gas to Header at 0.1 m/s for
purging at 0.5 barg, 30C (24 dia)
Fuel Gas for Pilots (3 burners & 2 kg/h for each)
Ignition Gas
Total Fuel Gas per Flare
Unit
Continuous
Intermittent
kg/h
121.0
kg/h
6.5
127.5
4.6
kg/h
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 94 of 275
b) Blanketing
LP Fuel gas will be used for blanketing (in-breathing) Produced Water Tank, TEG Drain
Vessel, Methanol and Chemical Injection Storage Tanks. In-breathing is needed because
of liquid movement (pumping out) and thermal changes (cooling). Blanketing
requirement has been calculated based on API 2000.
Typical Fuel gas composition is given in the Table given below:
Parameters
Units
Operating Pressure
Operating
Temperature
Design Pressure
Design Temperature
Molecular weight
LHV
Solid Particulates
COMPOSITION
H2S
H2O
TE GLYCOL
Nitrogen
CO2
Methane
Ethane
Propane
i-Butane
n-Butane
i-Pentane
barg
C
barg
C
kJ/kg
LP Lean Gas
LP Rich Gas
Sum
Wint
Sum
Wint
5.0
16.0
5.0
16.0
5.0
16.0
5.0
16.0
HP
Lean
Sum
5.0
16.0
Rich
Wint
5.0
16.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
82.0
82.0
82.0
82.0
82.0
82.0
19.3
18.9
19.5
18.9
19.1
18.9
44737
44736 48250 48360
47948
48360
99.9% of particles <100 microns removed
Mol %
0.00
0.0
0.0
1.4
3.3
87.57
3.97
1.92
0.38
0.69
0.30
0.00
0.0
0.0
1.4
3.3
87.98
3.96
1.87
0.36
0.62
0.22
0.00
0.0
0.0
0.8
0.4
86.51
6.50
3.09
0.56
1.04
0.35
0.00
0.0
0.0
0.8
0.46
87.52
6.50
2.94
0.50
0.86
0.23
0.00
0.0
0.0
1.4
3.3
87.47
3.97
1.92
0.38
0.69
0.30
0.00
0.0
0.0
1.4
3.3
87.98
03.96
1.87
0.36
0.62
0.22
FUEL GAS KNOCK-OUT DRUM

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Process Medium
Description
Design Temperature
Design Pressure
Operating Pressure
Liquid Quantity
321-V-001
Knock-out Drum Vertical
Hydrocarbon Gas & Condensate
Maximum
Minimum
82.0
29.0
35.0
30.0
28.0
26.0
22.0
250.0
Unit
C
barg
C
barg
kg/h
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Equipment Tag No.

Density at WPT
Vapour Quantity
Molecular Weight
Density at WPT
Dimensions
Operations
Page 95 of 275
321-V-001
750.0
4300.0
19.17
22.52
Shell: CS; Internals: SS316L
1500 ID X 4500 TT
kg/m3
kg/h
kg/m3
mm
FUELGAS HEATER
Equipment Tag No.
Type
Process Medium
Description
Design Temperature
Design Pressure
Operating Pressure
Design Duty
Density at WPT
321-H-001A/B
Electrical
Fuel gas
Maximum
15.0
95.2
9.2
Minimum
82.0
55.0
Unit
C
barg
C
barg
kW
kg/m3
Minimum
82.0
48.4
Unit
C
barg
C
barg
kW
kg/m3
85.86
85.0
69.3
SS 316L
FUELGAS SUPER HEATER

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Process Medium
Description
Design Temperature
Design Pressure
Operating Pressure
Design Duty
Density at WPT
321-H-002A/B
Electrical
Fuel gas
Maximum
15.0
35.0
28.4
85.86
55.0
68.7
SS 316L
4.8.1 Fuel Gas System Control Description

The high pressure fuel gas flows to power generator packages 323-X-001A/B. At high
fuel gas pressure PIC-3306 (set point) will actuate either PV3306 or PV 3343 through a
selector switch which is provided in HMI and allows required gas flow (22-26 barg) to
power generator packages (323-X-001A/B).
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 96 of 275
The Pressure Controller 321-PIC-3308 (set point5 barg) will actuate Control Valve
321-PV-3308 which will control the pressure of fuel gas from KO Drum to cater LP Gas
to small users.
Two Fuel Gas Heaters 321-H-001A/B (1 working + 1 standby) are provided, each
controlled by its own thyristor control panel to heat the fuel gas such that LP fuel gas
consumers in FG distribution network should have gas at a temperature of at least 15C
at their end. When the working heater is faulty, it will switch on to standby heater by
opening 321-XV-3403 On/Off valve and switching on Standby Heater and later faulty
heater is tripped. But the closing of the On/Off Valve 321-XV-3402 on faulty heater will
be after a time delay of xx seconds. Fuel Gas Heaters (321-H-001A and 321-H-001B) are
also provided with temperature High High trips 321-TAHH-3363 and 321-TAHH-3373.
Feed to Fuel Gas KO Drum gas outlet temperature is provided with High High and Low
Low temperatures trips (321-TAHH-3314 & 321-TALL-3314). Refer Cause & Effect
Diagram 250-EPR-CNE-05001 for more details.
The let-down gas is routed to a KOD where condensate is removed. At high level in the
KOD, 321-LIC-3311 will actuate Control Valve 321-LV-3311 which allows condensate to
flow to Flare Header. Level Controller works on Gap Control philosophy which opens
the Level Control Valve at a High level (1100 mm) and closes at Low level (600 mm).
The valve continues to be in closed condition until it reaches a higher level and then
opens. Fuel Gas KO Drum level is also provided with High-High level (321-LAHH-3312)
and Low-Low level (321-LAHH-3312) alarms. Refer Cause & Effect Diagram
250-EPR-CNE-05001 for more details.
The Fuel Gas for GTG will be routed through one of the super-heaters 321-H-002A/B,
each controlled by its own thyristor control panels. The heat input to the heaters will
be controlled by Differential Temperature Controllers 321-TDIC-3323 (Super-heater-A)
and 321-TDIC-3400 (Super-heater-B) which will measure the difference between the
temperature of super-heater outlet and KO Drum outlet. Fuel gas super-heater outlet
temperature is also provided with High-High temperatures trips (321-TAHH-3324 &
321-TAHH-3401). Fuel gas super-heater temperature is also provided with High High
temperature trips (321-TAHH-3383 & 321-TAHH-3393). For more details refer Cause &
Effect Chart 250-EPR-CNE-05001.
Feed to Fuel Gas KO Drum pressure is provided with pressure High-High and Low-Low
trips which are indicated by 321-PAHH-3307 and 321-PALL-3307. Refer Cause & Effect
Diagram 250-EPR-CNE-05001 for more details.
4.9
FLARE SYSTEM
The High Pressure Flare System serves the purpose of safely gathering and disposing of
any hydrocarbon released from operational Flare Valves, Relief Devices or Blowdown
Valves from equipment. Header from GGS is routed to KOD as a single HP Flare Header.
The relief discharges from various equipment in GGS is collected through a 24 Flare
Header which flows through the Flare Knock-Out drum (331-V-001). The KO Drum is
provided with Heater (331-H-001) to keep temperatures above 0C. The liquid from KO
Drum is pumped back to the Production Separator. Because of the pressure during HP
mode of operation, Booster Pumps (331-P-001A/B) and 331-P-002A/B are used in series
to transfer liquid from Flare KO Drum to Production Separator. During LP mode of
operation, 331-P-001A/B only are used.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 97 of 275
The Flare KO Drum is sized for a design droplet diameter of 300-microns. It is provided
with an elbow/diverter plate-type inlet device. Pumps are actuated by Level Control in
Flare KO Drum. LP fuel gas is to be used for purging, ignition gas and for the pilots.
Connections for start-up fuel gas are also provided. Flare header load and size shall be
determined based on relief and blowdown study.
FLARE KO DRUM
Equipment Tag No.
Type
Process Medium
Description
Design Temperature
Design Pressure
Operating Pressure
Volume
Dimensions
331-V-001
Vessel
Hydrocarbon gas/Condensate/Water
Maximum
Minimum
62.0
175.0
3.5
Amb
129.9
0.15
0.7
96.6
Shell: SS316L;
Internals: SS316L
3000 ID x 12600 Length T/T
Unit
o
C
barg
o
C
barg
m
mm
FLARE KO DRUM HEATER

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Process Medium
Description
Design Temperature
Design Pressure
Operating Pressure
Design Duty
331-H-001
Electrical
Condensate + Water
Maximum
Minimum
62.0
175.0
3.5
4
4
0.15
0.7
35.0
SS 316L
Unit
C
barg
C
barg
kW
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 98 of 275
FLARE KNOCK-OUT DRUM BOOSTER PUMP

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Fluid
Description
Temperature
Suction Pressure
Discharge Pressure
Flow
Motor Power
331-P-001 A/B
Centrifugal Pump
Saturated Hydrocarbon
Rated
45
3.71
34.53
10
765
0.85
54.02
Unit
C
barg
barg
m/h
kg/m
Cp
kW
FLARE KO DRUM PUMP

Equipment Tag No.
Type
Fluid
Description
Design Pressure
Design Temperature
Suction Temperature
Suction pressure
Discharge Pressure
S.G at Operating Temperature
Flow
Motor
331-P-002A/B
Rotary
Hydrocarbon Liquid
Rated
Unit
45.0
barg
82.0
C
30.0
C
34.6
barg
50.0
C
91.6
barg
0.62
10.0
m3/h
45.0
kW
Casing: Cr SS (12%); Impeller: Cr SS (12%)
4.9.1 Flare System Controls

All monitoring and control of the Flare system, except for the Flare Stack Package shall
be from GGS or GTP. Flare stack with the Ignition Control Skid is supplied as a standalone package and is independently controlled from a local control panel.
Flare K.O. Drum Temperature Control
Liquids received by the Flare KO drum (33-V-001) may be cold under certain
relief/blowdown conditions. 331-TIC-5110 controls the drum temperature by thyristor
control of drums electrical Heater 331-H-001. The heater is protected by the thyristor
control panel to prevent element overheating.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 99 of 275
Flare KO Drum Level Control

331-LIC-5100 controls the drum level and removes the liquids from the flare drum
periodically using an On/Off DCS control by START/STOP of Flare KO Drum Booster
Pumps 331-P-001A/B and 331-P-002A/B. However, this is inhibited when 331-TI-5110 is
below the Low control set point to protect the Pump and its associated piping.
Flare KO Drum Booster Pumps 331-P-001A/B
Flare KO Drum Booster Pumps 331-P-001A/B are configured in Duty/Standby mode.
Duty/Standby pump selection will be done by the operator from the DCS HMI. For the
Auto operations, both Duty and Standby motors shall be in Auto. For simplicity,
Pump-A is on duty and Pump-B is in Standby mode.
When 331-LI-5100 increases above the High control set point, the following sequence
takes place:
o 331-LIC-5110 output sets the output of 331-P-001A/B Duty Booster Pump Motorcontrol-block to 1 i.e. Start command for the Duty Booster Pump of 331-P-001A is
sent to PMS over the serial link.
o
In case still the level 331-LI-5100 doesnt reset below the High control set point
within xx minutes (configurable) after the Duty Booster Pump-A has started, the
Standby Booster Pump-B will automatically start and the Duty Booster Pump-A shall
be stopped, i.e. 33-LIC-5100 output sets the output of 331-P-001A/B Standby
booster pumps motor-control-block to 1 (Start command for the Standby Booster
Pump is sent to PMS). Upon receipt of Standby pump running feedback, 33-LIC-5100
output sets the output of 331-P-001A/B Duty Booster Pump-A motor-control-block
to 0 (Stop command for the Duty booster pump-A is sent to PMS).
331-P-001A/B shall continue to run till 331-LI-5100 falls below the Low control set
point. Stop command for booster pump 331-P-001A/B is sent to PMS over the serial
link. 331-P-001A/B shall stop and remain stopped till 331-LI-5100 increases above
the High control set point and the cycle will continue.
DCS Interlocks
Close 331-XV-5129 at the discharge of Flare KOD pump 331-P-002A/B when both pumps
331-P-001A and B are Stopped and open 331-XV-5129 when 331-P-001A or B starts
running.
331-P-001A/B and 331-P-002A/B start is inhibited if the Flare KO Drum temperature
331-TI-5110 is below the Low control set point.
The High and Low control set points are different from the High and LOW alarm set
points and shall be adjustable.
Flare KO Drum Pumps 331-P-002A/B
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 100 of 275
Flare KO Drum Pumps 331-P-002A/B shall be configured in Duty/Standby mode.

Duty/Standby pump selection shall be done by the operator from the DCS HMI. For the
Auto operations, both Duty and Standby motors shall be in Auto.
Flare KO Drum pump 331-P-002A/B which is in Duty will automatically start after xx
seconds (configurable) from the start of Flare KO Drum booster pump 331-P-001A or
331-P-001B.
During LP mode, Flare KO pumps 331-P-002A/B will be bypassed. Hence, the motorcontrol-blocks for these pumps shall disabled, i.e. Start operation shall be inhibited
and alarms will be suppressed.
Flare Package
The gas from the flare headers is fed to the flare package and is ignited by the local
ignition panel, which is part of the package. Local control panel performs the functions
of igniting, monitoring the flare pilots and controlling the pilot flow.
Only critical signals like the Ignition Fail, Fuel Gas Low Pressure and Common
Alarm will be generated by the package and made available to the DCS operator.
For detailed Alarms & Trips Schedule, refer to Annexure-6.
4.10
PRODUCED WATER SYSTEM
The Produced Water Treatment is designed to remove oil from the produced water
separated in the Production Separator and Condensate systems. Produced water from
the Production separator under Level Controller 302-LIC-1114 flows to the Produced
Water Degassing Drum through the Control Valve 302-LV-1114. Similarly liquid from
Condensate Coalescer under Level Controller 302-LIC-1156 flows through 302-LV-1156
to the Produced Water Degassing Drum.
Pressure inside Produced Water Degassing Drum is maintained by the Pressure
Controller 334-PIC-5449 by opening and closing 334-PV-5449 at High and Low set point
of 334-PIC-5449. Degassing Drum is fitted with two Pressure Safety Valves
334-PSV-0165A/B set at 5 barg. Degassed Produced Water from 334-V-001 flows to
Produced Water Tank under the control of Level Controller 334-LIC-5441.
Produced water storage tank (334-T-001) is sized for a capacity of 740 m 3
corresponding to a working volume equivalent to 4-days of water disposal volume. The
skimmed oil from the Produced Water Tank is routed to the closed drains.
The tank is blanketed with LP fuel gas to avoid oxygen ingress and the vent line is
connected to the TEG Incinerator system. Blanketing pressure is maintained by two
self- regulating Pressure Control Valves 334-PCV-5408 and 334-PCV-5409.
A Pressure-Vacuum Valve 334-PVV-170B set at a pressure of 140 mbarg and a vacuum of
2.2 mbarg prevents the tank from the effect of pressure. An Emergency Vent
334-EV-5433 is also fitted to the top manway.
Produced water is pumped to road tankers via LP Produced Water Disposal Pumps
(334-P-001A/B). Tie-in connections will be provided downstream of Produced Water
Disposal Pumps (334-P-001A/B) as a future provision for Methanol Injection System.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
4.11
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 101 of 275
DRAIN SYSTEM
The drainage system is designed to allow disposal of liquid inventory and surface water
run-off in a safe and environmentally acceptable manner.
4.11.1 Open Drain System
The Open drain system will collect aqueous drains that may be expected to contain
hydrocarbon liquids, greases, waxes, etc. Sources include pump drip trays, sample
points, sample coolers and equipment containing process water. It will comprise of
piped collection system. The drain liquids will be routed to a paved area drain
collection hub from where it will flow by gravity to open drain sump.
Parameter
Total Hydrocarbon Content (Inlet/Outlet)
Acidity
Temperature Increase
BOD
COD
TSS
Phenols
Sulphides
Heavy Metals (Total)
Unit
mg/l
pH
C
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
Chlorides
mg/l
Guideline Value
200/30 expected
6.0 9.0
3
25
125
35
0.5
1
5
Average 600;
Maximum 1200
Water run-off from paved areas (precipitation, vessel wash water, fire water) will be
routed to Drain Hub in each area. Liquids from Drain Hub will flow by gravity to open
drain sump. No separate accidental oily water sump is envisaged in GGS.
Open Drain Sump 332-V-001 will have 3 compartments. Water will flow into the second
compartment through an underflow. Oil skimmer in the first compartment with inbuilt
pump will route the skimmed oil to 3rd compartment. The oily water is transferred to
Produced water tanks (334-T-001) through 332-P-002A/S pump where oil is separated
by gravity from water. Vertical submersible pumps 332-P-001A/S will pump the treated
Water to Holding Pond. It is required to have oil content not more then 30 ppm (w/w)
in separated water.
The Open Drain Pump is sized for 400 m3 sump on the basis of 8 hours of two utility
water hoses operation. The Sump pump shall be designed to empty the sump in 8 hours
at the most. A storm water drainage system will be provided to collect rain water
run-off from the roads and buildings, a network of open ditches and channels will
convey this water to the holding pond. Water from this holding pond will be used as
required for irrigation purposes within the camp and administration building areas;
excess water will be discharged to the surface/disposed off as required.
The capacity of the Holding Pond is designed for the worst rainfall conditions. Partially
open manual valves in the Water Disposal Pumps will cause overflow of water from the
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 102 of 275
Holding pond to be spilled over to the surrounding environment. Normally the Holding
pond receives non-contaminated water from the Open Drain Sump and Storm water. If
entrained oil is present in the Holding Pond, it can be recycled to the open drain sump
for reprocessing. Under these conditions of entrained oil in the Holding pond, over
flow of water from holding pond will create environmental problems. A portable
skimmer can be employed to remove traces of oil in the Holding Pond so that at any
time the water is free of oil in the Holding pond. A portable skimmer available at GTP
also could be used. If heavy rainfall occurs for a considerable period, a separate
Operator can be stationed round the clock to monitor the Levels and quality of water
for the Open Drain System.
The contaminated water from the Open Drain Sump is pumped by Open Drain
Contaminated Sump Pump (332-P-002A/S) to Produced Water Storage Tanks through a
check valve and 3 dip pipeline with a siphon breaker. If Check valve is passing and
water level is below dip leg level, then there will be gas migration from Produced
Water tank to Contaminated Open Drain Sump. Hence the Operating personnel should
ensure water level above dipleg and then only open the valve to the Contaminated
Sump Drain Pump which will prevent gas migration and thereby avoiding potential Fire
and Explosion hazard.
4.11.2 Closed Drain system
The Closed drain system receives drains from equipment/vessels and low point drains
from pipelines. Prior to shutdown of a process unit, the liquid level of vessels is
reduced as low as possible through the normal process outlet in order to minimise the
final liquid inventory in the vessels. Once the process unit has been shut down and
equipment have been isolated, and depressurized, the liquid inventory remaining in
the unit can be drained to the closed drain system. Process vessels operating at very
high temperature should be allowed to cool down before discharging the residual liquid
to the closed drains.
The GGS plant Closed Drain Drum (333-V-001) is sized to have a working volume equal
to the volume contained by the Production Separator up to the top of the weir plate.
The liquid from closed drain drum will be removed by submerged Closed Drain Drum
Pumps (333-P-001A/B), (2x 100%) and routed to the Flare KO Drum. A provision is given
to empty the closed drain drum through truck. The pump is designed to empty the
closed drain drum hold-up in 8 hours. The pumps are controlled by an On/Off
Controller 333-LICA-5304 which starts and stops the pumps at the High and Low set
points of the controller. Low Low temperature of 333-TALL-5320 will trip the pumps
333-P-001A/B.
The Closed Drain Drum has an electric heating coil (333-H-001) which is provided to
heat any collected liquids to maintain the liquid temperature above 4C and prevent
ice formation. The heater is switched ON and OFF at the high and low set point of
Temperature Controller 333-TICA-5306. The heater will trip on High High element
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 103 of 275
temperature 333-TT-5313. There is a provision to empty Closed Drain drum to Road

Tanker.
4.12
POWER GENERATOR SYSTEM
The Power Generator for GTP runs only on Fuel gas system. The schematic sketch of
the Gas Turbine is given below:
Fig. 7 Schematic sketch of a Gas Turbine
The various systems of a Gas Turbine Unit are described below:

Lubrication Oil
The lubrication oil system has three pumps (Auxiliary, main and emergency) to
circulate oil to provide cooling and lubrication of the turbine, gearbox and driven unit
bearings. The control system will operate the auxiliary pump when the main gearbox
pump is unable to deliver sufficient lubrication oil pressure (during turbine run up and
run down). The Emergency Oil Pump is used to supply lubrication oil to the hot section
bearings and will be operated when the auxiliary pump has failed to deliver sufficient
pressure. Oil pressure is monitored by a low pressure transmitter and will initiate a
turbine shutdown when the oil pressure is insufficient to maintain safe turbine
operation. Lubricating oil temperature, monitored using a thermocouple, is maintained
within operating limits by the use of a tank heater and a thermostatically controlled
cooler. The lubrication oil tank is fitted with level and temperature monitoring, and
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 104 of 275
heater control to ensure there is sufficient oil at the required temperature for turbine
operation.
Up to 2 additional oil tank heaters for cold ambient
Triple oil cooler fans with vibration switches
Oil supply temperature high trip transmitter
Gas Fuel
Gas fuel is supplied to the engine burners via an off-skid block and vent system, an onskid double block and vent system, and metering valves. The control system positions
and monitors the block and vent valves dependant upon the operating requirements.
During a start the integrity of the on-skid block and vent valves is proved by pressure
rise and fall tests. In cold climates the control system can be configured to flow gas to
vent (for a short period) to ensure it is above a minimum temperature that is safe to
run the engine. The fuel metering valves are positioned by an independent integrated
gas fuel valve controller depending on current fuel demand from the turbine governor,
and local gas fuel pressure and temperature. There is also provision for the operator to
initiate a Controlled change from gas fuel running to liquid fuel running.
Liquid Fuel and Purge
Control is provided for an off-skid fuel forwarding pump (customer supply), an off-skid
block valve, an on-skid boost pump, metering valves, and block valves. Prior to the
block valves there are prime valves which are operated to ensure that the liquid fuel
system is full. A prime is initiated during a liquid fuel start, prior to a change to liquid
fuel and periodically while running on gas fuel. During the liquid fuel prime a small
amount of liquid fuel is pumped into the turbine drains tank. The controller sequences
the pumps and valves and positions the metering valve to obtain light-up, stable
running, fuel changeover and turbine shutdown.
The liquid burner system is purged using process air or air from the turbine compressor.
The valves that control the purge and air selection are operated automatically by the
control system on a shutdown or after a changeover from liquid fuel in order to
minimise carbon build up on the burners.
There is also provision for the operator to initiate a controlled change from running
liquid fuel to running gas fuel. The liquid fuel system is often used as a standby fuel in
case of a problem with gas fuel supply. As such the controller is capable of
automatically changing to liquid fuel if such condition arises. An automatic change
from gas fuel to liquid fuel will be initiated should a rapid reduction in gas pressure be
detected or the differential pressure across the gas throttle fall below 1.9 bar.
Elements
Gas assisted liquid starting
Propane assisted liquid starting
Governor
The turbine governor controls gas turbine speed by varying fuel demand to the fuel
system metering valves. The fuel demand is calculated using turbine shaft speed, gas
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 105 of 275
path temperatures, gas path pressures, and turbine load. The turbine gas path
temperatures (Gas exhaust temperatures are used to optimise the turbine performance
and keep it within operating limits. Deviation from the limits is protected by initiating
a turbine shutdown. The turbine gas path pressures (gas generator inlet, compressor
delivery, and interduct) are measured to ensure that the gas turbine is running within
its operating envelope. Any deviation from the operating envelope will initiate turbine
shutdowns.
The turbine shaft speeds (gas generator and power turbine) are measured to ensure
that the turbine is not approaching or in an over speed condition. The turbine bearing
temperatures are measured to protect the bearings from over-temperature. The radial
movement of the turbine shafts is monitored to detect high levels of vibration.
Ventilation System
The turbine enclosure is fitted with a ventilation system to provide cooling for the gas
turbine and enclosure mounted equipment and a gas free environment in which to
operate the turbine.
The control system will operate the ventilation fan to maintain a purged enclosure
while the unit is operating and afterwards during the cooling period. While the fan is
running the enclosure air flow is monitored to ensure it is sufficient to supply adequate
cooling and maintain a fully purged enclosure.
Elements
Dual vent fans operating as duty/standby where the operator has the ability to
select the duty fan.
Differential pressure monitoring of the ventilation inlet filter to indicate to the

operator that the filters are blocking and require servicing.
An inlet filter scavenge fan which runs when the enclosure ventilation system is
running.
Combustion Inlet and Exhaust

The combustion inlet is fitted with a filter across which the differential pressure is
monitored to advise the operator that servicing is required. If this does not happen,
the increasing differential pressure will eventually cause the turbine to be
automatically shutdown
Elements
A scavenge fan fitted to the combustion inlet filter.
Fire and Gas Monitoring System
The turbine controller (PLC) monitors the fire and gas detection system. If the fire
controller detects a fire it signals the PLC to initiate a turbine shutdown, the gas fuel
system will be isolated/vented, enclosure ventilation fans are inhibited, enclosure
dampers will close and the emergency lubricating oil pump will run.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 106 of 275
The level of gas present at the turbine enclosure ventilation exit is measured and if
the level detected is too high then a turbine shutdown is initiated and the gas fuel
system is isolated and vented. The enclosure ventilation fan will continue to run to
extract the gas. The level of gas present at the turbine enclosure
ventilation/combustion inlet is measured and if the level detected is too high then a
turbine shutdown is initiated and the gas fuel system is isolated and vented. The
enclosure ventilation fan will be isolated to prevent gas being drawn into the
enclosure.
Turbine Compressor Washing System
The turbine has connections for a compressor washing system. Washing can be initiated
with the turbine stopped (cold wash) or with the turbine running (hot wash). The
operator connects the wash module to the turbine and initiates a wash sequence which
comprises of a wash cycle followed by a rinse cycle.
Seal Air System
The turbine uses process air and P2 air from the compressor (when the shaft is rotating
at speed where sufficient pressure is being developed) to provide a seal which
prevents oil carry over from the bearings. The controller operates a valve to supply the
process air to the seals during turbine run up and shutdown. The pressure of the
sealing air is measured to ensure it is within turbine operational limits.
Fluid Drains System
The off package drains tanks (Supplied by Siemens for hydrocarbons, water wash, oil,
etc) are monitored by high level warning and shutdown transmitters respectively.
Control is provided for an automatic drain valve to ensure that any remaining fluids are
drained from the turbine into the drains system prior to running.
Starter System
Control is provided for a hydraulic starter system. The control system drives the starter
system to spin the gas turbine during start up and shutdown, and accelerate it during
the start sequence. The windings of the electric motor are monitored to prevent
damage by overheating.
Air Flow Control
The air flow through the engine is controlled by modulating the variable guide vanes
and blow off valve, and operating the interstage bleed valves. The interstage bleed
valves are used to prevent a compressor surge during the run up. The variable guide
vanes are used during a turbine start to control the air flow into the compressor to
prevent engine surge. They can also be used for emissions control while running. The
blow off valves are operated to prevent the engine from over speeding during a load
reduction. Control of these devices will keep the engine within its operating envelope
and prevent events such as surge and over speed.
Driven Unit Generator
The generator windings, bearings and cooling air are all monitored to protect
components against over temperature. Control of dual cooling fans and monitoring of a
filters differential pressure is provided.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
5.0
ELECTRICAL
Operations
Page 107 of 275
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
5.1
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 108 of 275
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
The Gas Gathering Station of EBLA Surface Facilities has in-house stand-alone Captive
Power Generation enough to meet the Facilitys power load requirement of HV and LV
loads. The HV Loads are being supplied at 11 kV and LV loads are supplied at 400 V.
Main power for each plant is supplied from two 11 kV, 12 MVA (Alternator rating at
35C) gas turbine-driven generators. However, at the Gas Gathering Station, the power
generation with Turbine on gas as fuel is limited to 8955 kW at 35C and to 8045 kW at
45C. The power generation with turbine on liquid fuel is limited to 7934 kW at 35C &
to 7216 kW at 45C.
Under normal circumstances i.e. up to an ambient temperature of 26C, one GTG is
expected to cater to all the loads in the plant. However, when the ambient
temperature in the plant increases beyond 26C, the GTG output ratings get reduced.
At that time the generation will have to be supplemented either with power from an
Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) or another GTG to meet the maximum plant loads.
During starting of the second Field Gas Compressor also, the second GTG will be
required.
Under normal operating condition, the HV switchboard will operate as a single bus.
The VSDS loads of Field Gas Compressors (1-operating and 1-standby) at the Gas
Gathering Station are the only load on the 11 kV bus. At the Gas Gathering Station,
11 kV is stepped down to 400 V through two 2.5 MVA and two 1.6 MVA transformers.
In addition to GTGs, there is also a 1500 kVA Emergency Diesel Generator which is
brought into service on loss of power supply from the GTGs. The EDG has been rated to
provide power to shutdown and maintenance loads of the plant, as well as the Start-up
Auxiliary load of one GTG. At times when the Plant is running at maximum plant load,
the EDG has to be run in parallel with one GTG when maximum power generated by
one GTG gets reduced at higher ambient temperatures.
During power failure from GTG, the EDG will supply power to all the Well head,
Telecom and Instrument UPSs in CCR building, Substation UPS and to the HVAC of CCR
and Substation buildings.
During initial phase of plant operation i.e. when the Field Gas Compressor is not
running, it will be powered from one GTG.
The GTGs are designed to operate continuously in a satisfactory manner without any
deterioration of its life even at low loads (i.e. load down to as low as 1.0 MW on Fuel
gas).
The various voltage levels for the power distribution to motors in Well heads and GGS
is as follows:
Motors above 1500 kW
11 kV, 3 Phase, 3 Wire, 50 Hz AC with system neutral

earthed through resistance
Motors from 0.20 kW to

(including) 233 kW
400V, 3 Phase, 3 Wire, 50 Hz AC with system neutral

solidly earthed
Motors less than 0.20 kW
230 V, 1 Phase, 2 Wire, 50 Hz AC
There is no MV (3.3 kV) load at the Gas Gathering Station.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 109 of 275
The LV loads at GGS are distributed over three 400 V switchboards, namely, Process
MCC, Utility MCC and Emergency MCC. Both Process and Utility MCCs (400V, 3 Phase,
4 wire switchboards) are fed from their respective transformers with 100% redundancy.
The Emergency Switchboard is fed from the Utility MCC during normal operation.
Emergency Diesel Generator feeds Emergency Switchboard during power failure
from GTG.
Well head loads are fed from the Emergency MCC installed at GGS Substation building.
The voltage is stepped up to 3.3 kV through Well head Step-up Transformers (one for
each of the seven Well heads) at the GGS facility and power is transmitted through
underground cables up to each Well head location where the voltages is stepped down
to 420 V through respective Well head step-down transformers (again, one for each of
the seven Well heads). Well head loads are fed from one local Power Distribution Board
which is fed by respective Well head step-down transformer. Each PDB in addition is
connected to a portable Emergency Diesel Generator capable of feeding the Well head
load during an emergency.
In case of failure of the normal power supply from the GTG, the Auto-Start of the EDG
set will be initiated by the LV emergency switchboard so that the emergency loads are
powered for safe shutdown of the plant and also to ensure that the vital systems are
running for quick restarting of plant.
Instrument systems are operated on 230 V, 1 Phase, 50 Hz supply derived from 400 V,
3 Phase, 4 wire distribution boards of two equal-rated, physically & electrically
separate UPS systems, each with its own battery. Telecom supply is 230 V, 1 phase,
2 wire derived from 230 V, 1 phase, 2 wire distribution boards of two equal-rated,
physically & electrically separate AC 50 Hz UPS systems, each with its own battery.
Instrument and telecom loads at each Well head are fed from two 230 V, 1 phase
battery backup power packs located at each Well head.
The period of battery back-up for UPS will be 6 hours. Batteries will be charged to 90%
duty within 10 hours. Systems will be capable for repeat duty in 24 hours.
Each GTG and EDG is provided with a dedicated 110 V/24 V DC battery and batterycharger to take care of the power requirements of the control system and the
emergency lube oil pumps.
5.1.1 Electrical System Controls
The Plant operation is envisaged as Automatic with the minimum number of Process
Operators. Accordingly, the electrical system is designed for automatic operation as far
as possible. Separate server and RTU-PLC based Power Management System (PMS) is
being provided at the GGS facility of the EBLA project for system monitoring and
switching control via Integrated Protection and Control devices (IPCDs) or intelligent
devices. PMS at GTP has supervisory control over PMS at GGS, through a redundant
Fibre Optic Link. PMS is time-synchronized with the Plant Telecom System using
NTP protocol.
The PMS provided at the substation of GGS will communicate with the individual
electrical equipment associated with the substation via serial link. Communication
protocol is Modbus Serial except for Siemens-make VSDS of Field Gas Compressors
where Profibus to Modbus converter will be used. In addition, the PMS is linked to the
upstream plant ICSS via serial communication link. The ICSS is provided for Plant
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 110 of 275
process control and monitoring. PMS will act as gateway between ICSS and Electrical
Power Equipment.
The control and monitoring function carried out by the PMS with respect to the
individual equipment is as detailed in the following sections. The PMS will also provide
Sequence of Event (SOE) reports including running time, number of starts, and,
number and type of trips. It will also carry out recording of all events, date- and timestamped for all circuits connected, with printout facilities including
running/stopped/alarm/
trip. Time-stamp for events will be given by Data Acquisition RTU and the same will be
communicated to SCADA for SOE logging/printing.
Load Sharing
Load sharing is performed from PMS and its signals are initiated from selected active
and reactive set points. Based on Load Monitoring results and unit operation
constraints, e.g., unit High and Low MW loading limits, maximum response rate,
system regulation margin and spinning reserve requirements, de-rating based on
ambient temperature, fuel as gas or liquid; the set points will be available for sharing
Active and Reactive power. The set points are defined such that proportionate sharing
of power happens. Depending on the load balance requirements, alarm will be
generated if the load is beyond the predefined limits. The PMS system provides request
for running of new Generator, if necessary.
Interconnection of PMS with switchboards, ICSS, UCP and location of HMI for GGS is in
line with PMS Block Diagram 300-EEL-SLD-029.
The details of electrical equipment connected with the PMS are as follows:
PMS-GGS (PMS for Gas Gathering Station: 323-PMS-1-1)
o
Two nos., Unit Control Panel (UCP) + Generator Control Panel (GCP)
Intelligent Generator Protection Relay, AVR, Exciter Controls etc. and a
common Synchronizing Panel.
11 kV Main Switchboard
VSDS Panel (2 Nos.)
400 V Utility MCC
400 V Process MCC
400 V Emergency MCC
Emergency DG Set Control Panel
230 V AC UPS (4 Nos.)
110 V DC UPS (2 Nos.)
Well head loads and UPS are monitored and controlled by ICSS via an optical fibre link
through a Well head RTU and are not under the purview of the PMS-GGS.
The MV and LV process motors Start/Stop control is carried out by the ICSS via
the PMS.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 111 of 275
For heaters without Start/Stop, control is carried out by the ICSS via the PMS
whereas for heaters with separate control panels, the ICSS controls the heaters
directly.
The ICSS will also receive the Run, Stop, Trip & Available status of all the MV and LV
motors and metering input of all the Switchboard incomers and MV motors from the PMS.
Emergency shutdown of the electrical equipment is initiated by the ESD system
through hard-wired signals to the individual equipment feeder.
The electrical LV Switchboard control philosophy for normal and emergency conditions
comprises the following options:
Normal Switchboard
a.
Local Control for the Incomer breakers under Test position.
b.
Remote Control from the PMS under Service position.
Emergency Switchboard
a.
Local Control for the Incomer breakers under Test and Service Position.
b.
Remote Control from the PMS under Service position.
The Selection of local or remote control is done manually for Incomer & Bus coupler
and outgoing ACB feeder from the switchboard. It is possible to trip every circuit
breaker from local to the panel, irrespective of position of Local-Remote (L/R) switch.
Monitoring is not affected by the position of the Local/Remote control switch.
Lock-out relays can only be reset locally, and not from the remote position. The status
of the individual feeder on switchgear can be observed at local switchgear panel and
at the PMS.
5.1.2 Electrical System Start-Up
Condition-A Plant Electrical System Start-Up Sequence
During initial start-up of the plant, the following sequence of operations shall be
followed. Seven steps are described below:
Step 1: The objective is to start the EDG for plant start-up.
o
Ensure that incomer breakers and outgoing feeders of the Plant

Emergency MCC are all OPEN.
Start manually, the Emergency Diesel Generator set from the Local
Power Panel or EDG control panel of the EDG set.
(a) Black Start: The EDG set can be started if the starting batteries are in fully
charged condition. The starting batteries of the EDG set are rated for 3-starts
with an interval of 10-sec before lockout. Alternatively, the EDG can be started
using compressed air system with sufficient storage to provide air for 3-starts
with an interval of 10-sec.
(b) Energize the Emergency MCC by closing the DG Incomer Breaker on to the DeadBus. The closing of the breaker is automatic if DC-UPS power is available and is
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 112 of 275
carried out manually from the LV switchboard if the DC-UPS supply is not
available.
Step 2:
The objective is to energize all emergency and critical process loads
connected to the GGS Substation for Plant start-up.
Following critical loads on the Emergency Switchboard are to be switched ON
manually or from MCCS.
o
Outgoing feeders to Main Emergency Lighting Distribution Board

connected to emergency switchboard
Outgoing feeder to Auxiliary Distribution Board of EDG
Outgoing feeder to substation HVAC panel
Outgoing feeder to control room HVAC panel
Outgoing feeder to substation AC UPS
Outgoing feeder to substation DC UPS
Additionally any or all of the following loads can be switched ON, as required from
the switch itself.
o
Outgoing feeder to Emergency Auxiliary Distribution Board
All outgoing feeders from 230 V AC UPS Distribution boards
All outgoing feeders from 110 V DC UPS Distribution boards
Outgoing feeder to Switchboard for GTG-A or B
Outgoing feeder to other critical loads, if any
Based on the process requirement, the following process loads fed from emergency
MCC can be started from ICSS through the PMS, as the case maybe.
o Outgoing feeder to Instrument Air Compressor-A/B/C (only one allowed

to start)
o
Outgoing feeder to HP & LP Methanol Injection Pump Electric Motor
Outgoing feeder to nitrogen Generation Electric Heater Thyristor Control

Panel
Outgoing feeder to Flare KO Drum Pump Electric Motors
Outgoing feeder to Flare KO Drum Thyristor controlled Electric Heater.
Outgoing feeder to other critical process loads (if any) connected to the
Step 3: Objective is to start GTG and energize the 11 kV switchboard.

Energization of 11 kV switchgear at the Substation: The dead-bus closing of the bus-tie
from common synchronising panel is to be carried out. PMS will generate hard-wired close
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 113 of 275
permissive interlock for closing circuit of incomer breaker after ensuring that 11 kV
switchboard is healthy and all incoming and outgoing feeder breakers are open. (In manual
mode 11 kV Incomer and Bus Tie Breakers can be closed in Test position from
switchboard). Operator to ensure that the 11 kV switchboard is a continuous bus with all
bus-coupler breakers closed before closing the incomer breaker during plant start-up
condition.
Identify and start one of the GTGs (either GTG-A, or GTG-B). The feeders of the
GTG-Auxiliaries shall be in ready to start condition, so that they can start when the
signals are received from the GTG-UCP. The list of GTG Auxiliaries is as follows:
o
Starter Motor
Lubricating Oil Pump Motor
Oil Mist Eliminator Fan
Liquid Fuel Oil Pump
Main Enclosure Vent. Fan 1 & 2
Vent Air Filter Fan Bleed Fan
Wash Water Skid Motor
ABLOC Fan 1, 2 & 3
CACA Fan 1 & 2
Lube Oil Tank Heater No-1, 2 & 3
GT Gas Fuel Trace Heating
Fire Protection System
Engine Cleaning Unit
Combustion Air Filter
Ventilation Air Intake Fan Motor Control
All these feeders are housed in the respective Gas Turbine Generator MCC Switchboard
fed from the Emergency MCC.
The first GTG is brought into circuit by dead-bus closing of its 11 kV incomer breaker.
The incomer circuit breaker Close command from CSP is routed through PMS to
ensure that 11 kV switch board is healthy and only one Neutral Earthing Resistor (NER)
is in circuit for earthing of neutral of 11 kV system.
On closing of the first GTG incomer breaker on to the HV switchboard, the 11 kV
system gets energized and the 11 kV bus Voltage, kW and current feedback along with
breaker status is available to the PMS and selectively to ICSS.
Step 4: Objective is to energize the Distribution
On receipt of the above information, the Operator from PMS initiates the closing of the
11 kV distribution transformer breakers at the HV switchboard and charges the
distribution transformers.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 114 of 275
Steps 5: Objective is to energize the Switchboards

o
Close breakers 52-U1 & 52-U2, 52-P1 & 52-P2 (323-MMS-1-1) and
energize the Utility and Process MCC Switchboard with the respective
Bus-coupler breakers kept open.
Step 6: Objective is to switchover from the EDG supply to GTG power

o
Close tie breaker -52E1 in the Utility MCC to supply LV power from the
Utility MCC Switchboard to the Emergency Switchboard.
Operator to initiate the Auto-synchronizing of the Tie Breaker-52E2 (These

tag Nos. are with respect to operating philosophy SLD) (Refer Doc. 300-EELDBP-001) (Emergency Switchboard) either from the PMS or from the EDG
GCP (EGCP) panel. The synchronizing of the EDG is done by the
synchronizing panel within EGCP. On achieving synchronism (of EDG with
normal supply) the command to close the Tie Breaker-52E2 is issued by the
EDG GCP panel automatically.
On closure of Breaker-52E2 in the Emergency Switchboard, the normal

and EDG supplies are running in parallel and feeding the Emergency
Switchboard load.
This is followed by un-loading of the EDG and tripping the EDG incomer
Breaker-52E2 from the EDG- GCP panel.
At this stage, all the main HV & LV switchboards (Utility, Process & Emergency) are
energized and in normal operation. The HV & LV loads of Process and Utility can be
started.
Step 7:
Objective is to start the other GTG (if required) and HV loads with
pre-conditions of the minimum power requirements.
With the normal and emergency LV loads in operation, the first GTG is fully loaded.
Based on the process operating requirement, the operator has to decide on the
starting of the other GTG. The standby HV motor loads are to be started considering
the running reserve capacity of the GTGs.
Identify and start the second GTG (either GTG-A or GTG-B)). The feeders for the
GTG-Auxiliaries are kept in ready to start condition, so that they can start when the
signals are received from the GTG-UCP.
Once the voltage and frequency builds, start-up of second GTG is complete, operator
to initiate the Auto-synchronizing of the Incomer breaker from the PMS. On achieving
synchronism, the command to close the Incomer breaker-52E2 is issued by the GTG
common synchronizing panel automatically.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 115 of 275
5.1.3 System under Plant Normal Operating Condition

o
Under plant normal operating condition, one or two GTGs are running
and feeding power to the 11 kV HV Switchboard. Load sharing between
GTGs is to be achieved through PMS.
All the bus-coupler breakers of the HV Switchboard are closed and the
HV Switchboard will operate as a continuous bus.
All the outgoing power transformer breakers of the HV Switchboards are

in circuit feeding loads, LV power to Utility and Process & Emergency
switchboards.
The outgoing LV Utility, Process and Emergency power and motor feeders
are in circuit based on the process operating conditions.
The Emergency DG is under standby condition.
The 230 V AC UPSs are energized and continuously feeding the

instrument, telecom and the PMS loads of the plant.
The 110 V DC UPS is energized and will feed the breaker control supply
of the HV, & LV Switchboard.
The 24V DC System of the each of the GTGs are energized and feeding
the critical loads of the GTGs.
GTG MCCs have two incomers, one connected to Utility MCC and the
other to Emergency MCC. When power is fed to plant from GTG, the
incomer connected to Utility MCC will be kept on and the other will
switched off.
5.1.4 Electrical System GTG Failure

There are five different situations as follows:
Situation 1: Tripping of the GTG (One GTG supplying the plant) due to fault
o
Under plant normal operating condition, when the GTG supplying the
entire load of the plant trips on fault, the entire plant will be shut
down.
Only the AC and DC UPS supply is available catering to the plant critical
instruments, telecom and control supply for HV/LV breaker operations.
On loss of normal supply and on sensing of sustained under-voltage

condition at the mains incomer of Emergency MCC, the under-voltage
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 116 of 275
relay at Mains Incomer of Emergency MCC will initiate an emergency

Start command to GCP of EDG.
o
The EDG is expected to develop the rated voltage in 20 seconds. The

breaker-closing
operation
switchboard
carried
is
to
out
ensure
by
the
power
PMS
to
the
emergency
automatically
without
intervention of the operator, based on initiation from the EGCP. The PMS
will also carry out the tripping of the tie feeder from Utility MCC
manually to prevent back-feed of power from the Emergency DG to
Utility Switchboard. With this, critical emergency loads at Emergency
boards is catered by the EDG set via the power feeders that will remain
closed even on loss of Main GTG power. Motor feeders shall however be
started manually since on loss of power, these feeders would have
tripped on account of supply under-voltage.
o
Once the operator has established and cleared the fault that caused the
GTG tripping, the running GTGs is brought back into circuit. In the event
of a major fault on the tripped generator, then the operator has to
establish the process power requirement by bringing in the Standby
Generator into circuit.
Situation 2: Tripping of one of the two GTGs due to Fault

o
On tripping of one of the operating GTGs, the PMS will sense a sustained
under- voltage/under-frequency condition, if the operating load on the
system at the instant of GTG tripping is greater than the capacity of the
one operating generator.
To prevent the remaining operating Generator from tripping on undervoltage or under-frequency condition, on loss of power from the tripped
GTG, load shedding shall be resorted to in real time through hard-wired
commands (for HV loads) or serial link (for LV loads) and shall be
performed by PMS. PMS shall be pre-programmed with load-shedding
priority tables.
The philosophy for load shedding in GGS will be developed in

coordination with process operation group depending on the priority of
loads.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 117 of 275
Situation 3: Tripping of a large Motor: Field Gas Compressor Motor (GGS) due to
Electrical Fault
o
Under plant normal operating condition with one or two GTGs feeding
the plant loads, when one of the large motors, say, the Field Gas
compressor motor trips, a sudden load throw-off condition is sensed by
the 11 kV System.
The GTG control panel will sense an over-voltage or over-frequency

condition. The Control Systems of the GTGs Siemens Simatic-400 PLC
which are all operating in parallel, will sense an over-voltage or overfrequency condition on the 11 kV System due to the sudden rejection of
a large load. Accordingly the PLCs will reduce the output speed and
voltage of the operating GTGs. The quantum of load rejection or load
acceptance which each GTG has to share shall be in proportion to the
inertias of the GTGs.
On loss of one of the large motors, the ICSS shall take up control of the
process by closing of the necessary loads based on the Plant Process
Operating philosophy.
Operator shall study the Electrical Fault Sequence of Events (SOE)

recorded at the PMS/ICSS causing the tripping of the large motor on
fault. Based on the type of fault, the operator shall decide if the fault is
major or minor.
If minor, the fault shall be cleared by the operator in minimum time

keeping the generator/s in operation on reduced load. On clearance of
the fault, the large motor shall be brought back into circuit by the
operator via ICSS at the specified loading conditions.
If the fault is major requiring a major process shutdown, then one of the
two GTGs may be tripped, causing the plant to operate only on one GTG
feeding the plant minimum load.
Situation 4: Sustained Overload Condition on the Running System
o During sustained overload on the system, as monitored by the PMS/DCS,

the Operator/PMS can initiate the starting of the second GTG or EDG if
time permits. Else the operator/PMS shall initiate the tripping of noncritical loads to maintain the load within the generation capability of
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 118 of 275
one GTG. The tripped loads can be brought back into circuit by the
operator after starting of the 2 nd GTG. In case any 11 kV or 400 V large
loads are being started by ICSS, it should check whether the load shall
overload the generator/s or not through the PMS. The PMS will keep the
ICSS updated by sending the total available power at any instant as an
analog signal through the serial link.
Situation 5: Tripping of Power Transformer feeding the Bus-section-A/B of
Utility/Process Switchboard
o
On loss of supply to bus-section A or B of the Utility or Process MCC,

under-voltage condition is sensed at the switchboard which will then
self-initiate a slow bus transfer, enabling the closing of the bus-coupler
breaker within a short duration, thus resuming power to the entire
switchboards.
In case of failure of Auto-transfer, the affected bus section load will lose
power. In the event of power loss to the bus section feeding the
emergency switchboard and in the event of Auto transfer fail, the
emergency switchboard associated with that section will also lose power.
The EDG is started only on sustained under-voltage on Utility switchboard
which implies a loss of main GTG power.
If the EDG is required to be operated to meet the emergency

switchboard loads which has lost normal source of power, then the
operator shall take a conscious decision and carry out manual closing of
the EDG incomer breaker and tie feeder breaker from the EDG control
panel after ensuring the normal power tie feeder is tripped due to loss
of power and not on account of fault. The starting of the EDG to meet
this scenario is purely at operator discretion. Once the normal power is
established, the reverse paralleling sequence to establish normal power
to the emergency board will also be carried out by the Operator
manually from the EDG CP.
For the generator control and protection, each of the two GTGs is provided with its
own generator control panel (GCP) which houses the Simatic-400 PLC. The GCP shall
house the generator protection, control and metering equipment and includes the
following functionalities:
o
Generator Synchronization/Breaker Control
Generator Excitation
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 119 of 275
Generator Protection Monitoring
Automatic Voltage Regulation (AVR)
Metering
Interlocks with Unit Control Panel (UCP) will have its own Simatic-400
PLC (for turbine sequencing, control, governing and protection) and
ICSS, both of which are located in the Control Room
The GCP controls and monitors the generator synchronization/excitation process and
ensures the generator does not exceed its design limits under any operating condition,
for example, the GCP protects against over-current/voltage, reverse power, etc. When
limits are exceeded, the turbine will be signalled to shutdown. Some key system
readings (such as generator power and reactive power) are passed to the Turbine
Control Panel to allow the GCP to control turbine speed during synchronization.
Generator breaker position is monitored by the Turbine Control Panel which in turn
gives permissive to the GCP during the synchronization process. The Turbine Control
Panel monitors the vibration and temperature of generator bearings and the generator
winding. High readings will result in turbine shutdown.
o
GCP will also perform the following functions: Excitation control (for
Automatic voltage regulation/power factor control/reactive power
control). The system provided has the ability to automatically
synchronise the unit to the bus through operator action initiated from
the GCP panel. The control system will also provide protection against
high temperature of generator stator windings.
Composite Generator protection with Numerical relay Siemens make

7UM6211 (part of GCP) having following protection functions: 27undervoltage protection, 32-Reverse Power protection, 40-generator
field failure protection, 51V-Voltage controlled time dependant overcurrent
protection,
protection,
51-IDMT
87-differential
over-current
protection,
relay,
58-diode
59-overvoltage
supervision,
81-under-/over-frequency protection, 46-Negative phase sequence

protection.
o
Meters ammeter, frequency meter, kW/kVAR meter, voltmeter, power

factor meter, synchroscope, exciter field ammeter, exciter field
voltmeter.
Selector/Control switches including Local/Remote selector switch,

Auto/Manual selector switch, Voltage/speed Raise/Lower pushbuttons,
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 120 of 275
Generator output breaker control switch, manual synchronizing lights,

and manual synchronizing interlock switch.
The GCP will provide facility for both manual- and Auto-synchronization of the
generators. However manual synchronizing is not envisaged for this plant under plant
normal operating condition. The GTG starting and synchronizing is carried out by the
operator from the GTG CSP. The synchronizing process can be carried out either in
manual mode or in Auto mode as decided by the operator. The CT/PT inputs required
in the GCP for synchronizing are derived from Generator and HV switchgear panel
through hard-wired analog signals. Once the system is ready for synchronizing, the
incomer HV breaker Close command is initiated by the CSP via hard-wired signal and
the generator is synchronized to the bus. The incomer breaker Close command from
CSP is routed through a close permissive interlock from PMS which ensures that 11 kV
system is healthy. Interlocking circuitry at CSP ensures that one and only one NER is in
circuit. The generator status, protection and metering signals are available on the GCP
front panel. In addition, these signals are communicated from the GCP/HV
Switchboard to the PMS via serial link. Also, necessary signals pertaining to the
generator is communicated from the PMS to the ICSS via serial link.
Voltage and speed control signals from PMS can control the Active and Reactive loadsharing components of the GTG when running in parallel.
The control supply of the GCP is 24 V DC and is derived from dedicated battery system
being supplied as part of the GTG package.
Interlocks
The generator is connected to the NER through a local operated isolating device.
The generator income breaker closing logic will ensure that the generator is
permitted to close only if the incomer earth switch is open.
5.2
EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR SET
Emergency DG Set Design

The Emergency Generator supplies power to the Emergency Switchboards to meet the
essential service/start-up loads including the following:
o
AC & DC UPS
GTG auxiliary power supply switchboards
Emergency generator auxiliary power supply switchboard
Diesel Transfer Pump
Flare Knockout drum pumps and Electric Heater
HP and LP Methanol Pumps
Start-up Fuel Gas Heaters
Ignition Transformer for flare package
nitrogen Generation Electric Heater
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 121 of 275
Instrument Air Compressor Package
Field Gas Compressor auxiliaries which require safe shutdown or quick

start-up
Main Emergency Lighting Distribution board
HVAC Loads (Substation, Control Room)
The emergency load is powered from EDG 400 V, 50 Hz, 1500 kVA, 1200 kW Emergency
Diesel Generator set. The EDG set is designed to start automatically on loss of main
power. The EDG set package is complete with Auto-mains failure control panel,
excitation system, AVR and other accessories.
The neutral of the DG set is solidly earthed.
Emergency DG Set Operation & Control
DG Control EDG Control Panel (EGCP) in substation
DG Protection EDG Control Panel (EGCP) in substation
DG Status Monitoring EGCP/PMS/ICSS
During normal operation, the Main GTGs are feeding power to the system, the incomer
breaker from 400 V Utility Switchboard to the emergency switchboard is in CLOSED
condition and the incomer breaker from EDG set is in OPEN condition. However,
during tripping of both GTGs, emergency power for plant loads including GTG
shutdown load will be fed from EDG.
The EDG set will normally be brought into service on loss of the main power supply
from the GTGs. The loss of power from the main GTGs, and the sustained simultaneous
under-voltage condition on Emergency Switchboard, will initiate an Auto-start
command for DG through EGCP.
The EDG is provided with a EGCP located in the substation which contains the
protective relays and meters. The AVR is housed in the Local Power Panel which is
housed within the EDG acoustic enclosure.
In addition to the above, the EDG set is also provided with synchronizing facility to
enable parallel operation with the main power system for regular testing of the set,
and reinstatement of normal power to the essential services system. Under plant
normal operating condition, periodic partial load test on the EDG set is carried out by
the operator to ensure the healthiness of the EDG set. The emergency switchboard is
designed to withstand the short circuit current that could occur during such operation.
The EDG control panel (EGCP) will house the protective relays, which will provide
following protection functions for EDG:
Voltage-controlled, time-dependent over-current relay (51V), over-voltage/undervoltage relay (59/27), inverse definite minimum time lag (IDMTL) over-current
relay (51), negative phase sequence relay (46), under-/over-frequency relay (81),
earth fault relay (51G), reverse power relay (32), loss of field excitation relay (40),
restricted earth fault relay (64) and rotor earth fault relay.
The EDG status monitoring is carried locally at the EGCP in substation and from remote
PMS/LV Emergency Switchboard via Serial/Hard-wired link.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 122 of 275
The Power Management System (PMS) also has the ability to generate a synchronizing
command to the EGCP for starting and synchronizing the EDG with the Emergency Bus.
During parallel operation, EDG will run at fixed power mode based on the load setting
programmed in EGCP which shall be as follows:
Control and Operating Philosophy for EDG (323-X-002)
a) Initial Status: Mains power (GTG) ON, Mains Incomer breaker of Emergency MCC
ON, EDG OFF, EDG in Auto Control mode.
Sequence of Operation
In case of failure of mains power, under-voltage relay at Mains incomer of

Emergency MCC will sense the under-voltage & will provide hard-wired engine
Start signal to EGCP to EDG. (in case there is under-voltage on mains supply of
Emergency MCC due to tripping of incomer breaker from utility MCC, EDG start
signal will be inhibited)
After build-up of EDG voltage on Emergency MCC, EGCP will provide hard-wired
signal to PMS for closure of EDG Incomer breaker.
PMS will give hard-wired Close command for closure of EDG Incomer Breaker of
Emergency MCC.
EDG will continue to run in constant frequency mode.
b) Initial Status: EDG ON, Mains power OFF, EDG in Auto Control mode.
After resumption of normal power, PMS shall give back synchronization command
(hard-wired) to EGCP
EGCP will control synchronization process & mains breaker closure signal
(hard-wired) will be send to PMS
PMS in turn will give hard-wire command to close mains breaker of Emergency MCC.
After synchronization of EDG with mains, EDG will run in constant power mode as
per set point in EGCP. EDG power/frequency parameters are received by PMS which
will be given to EGCP
Hard-wired Stop signal from PMS will be given to EGCP for stopping the EDG.
EGCP will then slowly reduce load on EDG & give EDG incomer breaker a Open
command (hard-wired) to PMS
PMS will give EDG Open command to open EDG incomer breaker at Emergency
MCC
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 123 of 275
GCP will stop engine after preset time
c) Initial Status: Mains ON, EDG OFF

In case GTG is overloaded & it is required to run EDG in parallel with mains, PMS
will give hard-wired command to EGCP for starting of EDG
EGCP will synchronize EDG supply with normal supply
EGCP will give hard-wired signal to PMS for closing of EDG incomer breaker
PMS will give hard-wired closure command for closure of EDG Incomer breaker
After synchronization of EDG with mains, EDG will run in constant power mode as
per set point in EGCP which are received by PMS via, Serial link
Further EDG stopping will be similar to procedure (b) above
d) Initial Status: Mains ON, EDG OFF

EDG is required to run for its load test
PMS will give load test command to EGCP (Hard-wire signal)
EGCP will start engine
EGCP will give EDG breaker closing signal to PMS after synchronization conditions
are achieved
PMS will give hard-wired breaker closing command to EDG Incomer breaker
EDG will run at fix load as per preset value
Manual Operation
Engine can be started from EGCP in local mode
Manual synchronization is achieved from EGCP by speed & voltage control

adjustments from EGCP
Pushbuttons on EGCP are used to give breaker CLOSE/OPEN commands. However,

these breaker close/open commands are routed to Emergency MCC via PMS
5.3
MAIN HV SWITCHBOARD
Main HV Switchboard Design

Main 11 kV HV Switchboard shall receive and distribute the generated power to the
entire plant. It is rated at 11 kV, ph, 50 Hz, 1600 A, 31.5 kA for 1 sec. The rating of the
HV switchboard is adequate for sustained parallel operation of two generators.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 124 of 275
The large VSDS-driven motors (MV) of the plant are fed from this switchboard. The
starting of the large MV motors (Field Gas Compressor Motor rated at 7 MW for GGS)
connected to this board is assisted with Variable Speed Drive Systems. The LV loads of
the plant are fed through 11/0.42 kV power transformer and LV switchboards.
The GTG incomer breakers and all outgoing breakers (except bus coupler breakers) of
the HV switchboard are all of identical rating (1250 A) and accordingly there is
flexibility of using a spare breaker in case of development of electrical or mechanical
fault by any of the operation by operating breakers.
Interlocks
Every feeder in the HV switchboard is provided with earth switch at the cable side
of the module. The operation of the earth switch is manual, but interlocked
mechanically with the feeder breaker such that the earth switch can be closed only
if the associated breaker is open.
Each of the bus section of the HV switchboard is also provided with an earth switch
which is interlocked electrically & mechanically with the bus coupler breaker so
that the earth switch can be closed only if the associated bus coupler breaker and
other breakers in the bus section that can act as a power source to the bus are
open.
5.4
POWER TRANSFORMER
Power Transformer Design

The GGS plant LV loads are catered by the following transformers:
Tag No.
Rating
Voltage Ratio
Type
Impedance
Transformer X/R ratio
Off circuit Tap Changers
In-rush Current
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
332-TML-1-1A/1B
2500 kVA
11 kV/0.420 kV
Dyn11, ONAN, 3 phase, 50 Hz
7.45% with no negative tolerance
9.2 (approximate)
5% in steps of 2.5%
5 X Rated Current
Tag No
Rating
Voltage Ratio
Type
Impedance
Transformer X/R ratio
No Load Tap Changers
In-rush Current
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
323-TML-1-3A/3B
1600 kVA
11 kV/0.420 kV
Dyn11, ONAN, 3 Phase, 50Hz
6.33%
6.17 (Approximate)
5% in steps of 2.5%
5 X Rated Current
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 125 of 275
100% redundancy has been considered for arriving at the rating of the Power
Transformers. The transformers are operating continuously and each is loaded 50%
during normal operation.
The Well head loads are catered by the following step-up transformers which are
located in GGS.
Tag No.
Rating
Voltage Ratio
Type
Impedance
Off Circuit Tap Changers
:
:
:
:
:
323-TML-1-3, 323-TML-1-4, 323-TML-1-5,

323-TML-1-6, 323-TML-1-7, 323-TML-1-10,
323-TML-1-11
75 kVA
0.4 kV/3.45 kV
dYN1, ONAN, 3 Phase, 50 Hz
3.79%
5% steps of 2.5%
The loads at Well head are catered through PDB by the following step-down
transformers located at the Well heads.
Tag No.
Rating
Voltage Ratio
Type
Impedance
Off Circuit Tap Changers
:
:
:
:
:
5.5
101-TML-1-1, 103-TML-1-1, 108-TML-1-1,

109-TML-1-1, 110-TML-1-1, 106-TML-1-1,
107-TML-1-1
75 kVA
3.3 KV/0.420 kV
dYN1, ONAN, 3 Phase, 50 Hz
3.77%
5% steps of 2.5%
LV POWER DISTRIBUTION
LV Switchboard Design
The Ebla LV three phase distribution system voltage has been selected as 400 V. The LV
loads to be fed from each substation has been classified as Utility Loads, Process Loads
and Emergency Loads and accordingly each of the Plants has been provided with a
Utility Switchboard, Process Switchboard and an Emergency Switchboard.
The incomer details and the rating of these switchboards at GGS are as follows:
o
The 400V Utility MCC (323-MCC-1-1) is fed by two incoming lines,

feeders from two nos. 11/0.420 kV, 2500 kVA distribution transformers
(i.e., 323-TML-1-1A and 323-TML-1-1B). The switchboard consists of two
incomers and a bus-coupler and various outgoing motor feeders and bulk
power feeders. The rating of the switchboard is 4000 A, 400 V, 3 Phase +
Neutral, 4 Wire, 50 Hz, 80 kA for 1 sec.
The 400 V Process MCC (323-MCC-1-3) is fed by two incoming feeder

from two nos. 11/0.420 kV, 1600 kVA distribution transformers (i.e. 323TML-1-3A and 323-TML-1-3B). The switchboard consists of two incomers
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 126 of 275
and a bus coupler and various outgoing motor feeders, heater feeders
and bulk power feeders. The rating of the switchboard is 2500 A, 400 V,
3 Phase + Neutral, 4 Wire, 50 Hz, 50 kA for 1 sec.
o The 400 V Emergency MCC (323-MCC-1-2) is fed by two incoming

feeders, one from the 400 V Utility MCC (323-MCC-1-1) and second from
1200 kW Emergency DG Set. The rating of the switchboard is 3000 A,
400 V, 3 Phase + Neutral, 4 Wire, 50 Hz, 80 kA for 1 sec.
The LV switchboards are totally enclosed, metal clad, free standing, double front semidraw-out type with ACBs for incomers and bus-couplers and MCCB/SFU for outgoing
motor/bulk power feeders.
The LV normal switchboards are rated to carry the full load current of one of its
feeding power transformer. The short circuit ratings of the switchboard and impedance
value of the power transformer have been adequately selected for isolated operation
of two power transformers connected to the switchboard. The emergency switchboard
is rated to cater to the connected emergency loads.
The PMS shall carry out the following control and status-monitoring functions with
respect to the LV switchboard:
o
Closing/opening of all LV incoming, bus coupler, outgoing ACB feeders.
Closing/opening of all LV motor breakers, heater feeders without

Thyristor Control Panels based on the command from ICSS.
Measurement of all important electrical system parameters including:
a) Ampere, kW, frequency of the LV switchboard incomer

b) Ampere, Bus Voltage, Bus Frequency for LV Bus Tie
c) Ampere, Bus Voltage, Bus Frequency for outgoing ACB feeders
d) kW for Motor Feeders and Heater feeders without Thyristor Control Panels
1.Monitoring of the fault status from the output of intelligent relays provided in
the LV switchboard.
2.Recording and reporting of Sequence of Events (SOE) of feeders including motor
feeders and Incomer Feeders following a trip.
3.Transmitting of all outgoing motor feeder contactor and fault status (as required)
to the ICSS
Control supply for the switchboard incomer, bus coupler & outgoing breaker feeders is
derived from the respective substation 110 V DC UPS panel.
Interlocks
Inter trip of the LV breaker on tripping of HV breaker is provided.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 127 of 275
Interlock between incomer and bus-coupler breakers to ensure Two-Out of Three

breakers remain closed at any point of time, with provision to defeat the interlock
during momentary paralleling of incomers.
Slow bus transfer scheme/Auto change over scheme along with momentary
paralleling scheme between incomers and bus coupler breaker of utility & process
MCC has been provided for transfer of power from one incomer to other during
failure of power to any one of the supplies.
Distribution Boards for Lighting, HVAC, Heat Tracing & Cathodic Protection
Separate conventional type distribution boards will cater to the power requirement for
lighting and small power system, HVAC system, Heat Tracing System and Cathodic
Protection System. The above distribution boards shall be controlled from the
switchboard only.
400 V/230 V AC UPS System
Two numbers of 50 Hz, equally rated, physically & electrically separate UPS systems
each with its own battery is provided in the substation to cater to each of the
following loads (which includes DCS and PMS power supplies):
(a) Individual Instrument load supplies 400V, 3 Phase UPS
(b) Telecommunication load supplies 230V, 1 Phase UPS
The UPS units will operate independently for supplying power to the load. The neutral
of each of the UPS system is solidly earthed. The rating of the Instrument Supplies AC
UPS is 60 kVA (GGS) each with UPS battery backup duration of 6 hours. The rating of
the Telecom AC UPS is 4 kVA with UPS battery backup duration of 8 hours.
Incoming supply to the UPS is provided from the Emergency MCC and the bypass supply
provided from normal switchboard. Static Switches in the UPS ensure uninterrupted
and synchronized switchover from UPS supply to bypass in the event of mains failure or
inverter/rectifier failure of UPS.
The 230 V AC UPS supply for telecom loads is distributed to the loads through
conventional 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 phase distribution boards with MCCB incomer feeders and
MCB outgoing feeders.
The 230 V AC UPS supply for Instrumentation loads is derived from 400 V, 50 Hz,
3 phase distribution boards with MCCB as incomer feeders and MCCB outgoing feeders.
The 400 V and 230 V AC UPS distribution boards are located at the substation. Provision
of receiving redundant UPS supply is made in all critical loads.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 128 of 275
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
6.0
INSTRUMENTATION
Operations
Page 129 of 275
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
6.1
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 130 of 275
INTEGRATED CONTROL AND SAFETY SYSTEM (ICSS)
ICSS of GGS consists of the following elements:

o
DCS
ESD
F&G
RTU (Remote Terminal Unit), Remote I/O and SCADA for Well heads
ESD Matrix
Fire & Gas Matrix
Operator Work Stations
Engineering/Maintenance Work Stations
Historian
Plant Management System and
Management Information System
Communication between Well heads and GGS, and communication between GGS and
GTP are through the single mode fibre optic cables. To increase the reliability of
communication, redundant fibre optic cables are used.
6.2
Distributed Control System (DCS) GGS
The HIS in the Gas Gathering Control room (GGCR) at GGS provides operator access for
all parts GGS. DCS, ESD, and F & G system for the GGS located in Instrument
Equipment Room (IER) connected by the Vnet/IP and Ethernet LAN. Engineering
workstations for the DCS and SCS is provided for development and configuration.
The GGS control building is divided in to three areas depending on the location of ICSS
equipment.
1. Gas Gathering Control Room (GGCR)
2. Engineering & Maintenance Room
3. Instrument Equipment Room (IER)
Gas Gathering control room is the principle location for the plant personnel to perform
Plant operations. For GGS, Gas Gathering control room (GGCR) is normally for process
information presentation, process operation, Control and monitoring and Maintenance
by operation personnel responsible for plant operation. The control Room house the
operator consoles with operator stations and emergency control facilities. Human
interface stations, ESD console, FGS Panel, and are mounted in GGCR.
Engineering & Maintenance Room houses the following stations and printers:
o
ENG/SENG station (Dual screen)
PRM (FDM) Station
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
o
SIOS station
Master file server
Operations
Page 131 of 275
o Color laser A3 printer 5 Nos.

o
Laser printer.
Instrument Equipment Room (IER) houses the DCS, ESD and FGS system and marshalling
cabinets. IER also contains the ICSS sub systems necessary to interface with the
package controls and local field devices.
The Human Interface Station (HIS) is mainly used for operation and monitoring. It
displays process variables, control parameters and alarms necessary for the operator
to have quick knowledge of the operation status of the process. It also incorporates
open interfaces so that supervisory computers and workstations can access trend data,
messages and other process data.
The Engineering station has all the feature of an HIS and also can provide engineering
functions such as system generation, Maintenance and test solutions.
Plant resource Manager (PRM) is provided to enhance the efficiency of the
management and maintenance of field devices that are registered and assigned to
plant hierarchy. Also, it automatically creates documents on devices so that they can
be managed electronically.
The SIOS sits on the Vnet/IP Network. In operation integration, a SIOS (System
Integration OPC Station) is used to connect FCN controllers to a CS3000.
DCS has redundancies in the following levels:
o
Processor
Power supply
Communication with ESD and F &G subsystems
Communication with UCP for major package units
Ultra high resolution 21 duel LCD monitors are used as Operator Work Stations. GGS
has two dual screen operator workstations. One single screen ultra high resolution
21 LCD monitor is used as engineering workstation in GGS.
One fascia of Fire & Gas Matrix and one fascia for ESD Matrix are present in the GGS
control room.
One number of Alarm and Event Printer, one number A3-size colour printer for
Engineering Work Station, One number of A3 size colour printer as Historian printer and
one A3 size colour printer for general report printing are also provided.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 132 of 275
Package units are connected to the DCS through Modbus serial link communication bus.
This link is redundant for some of the important packages like power generation
package and field gas compression package.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 133 of 275
Fig. 8 Overall Control System Architecture GGS
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 134 of 275
DCS I/O and control function is developed around Foundation Fieldbus (FF) technology.
Foundation Fieldbus transmitters were connected to the DCS through FF barriers which
are located in field. Power supply to FF transmitters is redundant. Conventional 4 to 20
mA analog inputs and outputs are hard-wired to the DCS via conventional I/O cards.
Similarly digital I/Os are directly hard-wired to the DCS. DCS has separate cabinets for
segregation and termination of Fieldbus and conventional instruments.
Motor Control Centre (MCC) is connected to DCS via two-way redundant Modbus serial
link cable. This cable carries control commands from DCS to the MCC switchgear panels
and status of electrical equipment and electrical data to MCC. Hard-wired are also
used between these two panels. From main trunk line maximum 10 spurs can be
connected.
Separate marshalling cabinets are provided for FF and conventional I/Os of DCS.
The data from GGS is communicated to GTP through redundant fibre optic cables.
ICSS system will be interfaced to GPS clock for the synchronization.
For communication with package units, the following packages are provided with
redundant Modbus serial link communication cables:
o
Field gas compressors
Main power generators
Non-redundant Modbus link is provided to the following packages:

o
Instrument air compressor
Instrument air dryer
HVAC systems
Nitrogen generation units
At well-sites, a RTU with Hot standby CPU and simplex IOs is included in the Well head
control panel (WHCP) which will provide monitoring and control of WHCP functions and
choke. Well RTU is lined via fibre optic cable to a SCADA unit in GGS.
DCS interfaces with electrical switchgear and PMS via remote PLCs. PLCs will send
information such as breaker status, load shed alarms and load information to DCS via
serial link.
Package units are connected to the DCS through Modbus serial link communication bus.
This link is redundant for some of the important packages like power generation
package and Stabiliser compressor package.
DCS I/O and control function is developed around Foundation Fieldbus technology.
Foundation Fieldbus transmitters are connected to the DCS through FF barriers which
are located in field. Power supply to FF transmitters is redundant power supply.
Conventional 4 to 20 mA analog inputs and outputs are hard-wired to the DCS via
conventional I/O cards. Similarly digital I/Os are directly hard-wired to the DCS. DCS
has separate cabinets for segregation and termination of Fieldbus and conventional
instruments.
Separate marshalling cabinets are provided for FF and conventional I/Os of DCS.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 135 of 275
From main trunk line, maximum 10 spurs can be connected.

The data from GTP is communicated to GGS through redundant fibre optic cables.
DCS interfaces with electrical switchgear and PMS via remote PLCs. PLCs will send
information such as breaker status, load shed alarms and load information to DCS via
Modbus serial link. Hard-wired connections are also used between these two panels.
ICSS system will be interfaced to GPS clock for the synchronization.
For communication with package units, the following packages are provided with
redundant Modbus serial link communication cables:
o
Main Power Generators GTG
Stabiliser Compressors
Expander
Sales gas compressors
De Ethanizer compressors
Non-redundant Modbus link is provided to the following packages:

o
Instrument air compressors
Instrument air dryer
HVAC systems
nitrogen generation units
MIS interface with fire wall protection is provided to enable remote monitoring, long
term trending and report generation functionality.
High reliability fault tolerant Ethernet communication network (ICSS LAN) is provided
on the facility to enable the integration of various sub systems.
For Start up of DCS refer the following Document:
Vendor
Project Doc. No.
Vendor Doc. No.
cument Title
6.3
: YOKOGAWA Engineering Middle east FZE

: JI-190-030026-EIN-M03-001 Rev A
: PHG-J01-IM-002 Rev A
: DCS Instruction Manual
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SYSTEM (ESD) GGS
It is part of ICSS system. A single common ESD system in GGS covers all the units of
GGS. ESD system is designed with the criteria of personnel safety, minimum pollutant
release to the environment, minimizing spurious plant shutdowns and protection of
plant equipment. ESD system has been designed incorporating the SIL (Safety Integrity
Level) analysis. SIL analysis includes personnel safety integrity analysis, AIS (Asset
Integrity Level) analysis such as loss due to damage and loss of production analysis,
and, EIL (Environmental Integrity Level) analysis such as release of pollutants in the
environment. The ESD system objectives are: Controlled shutdown of machinery and
other equipment; separation of pipe work and equipment by means of isolating valves;
and, blowdown of gaseous hydrocarbons to the flare system as required.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 136 of 275
Shutdown is categorized into three levels, as follows:

o
ESD Level 1 Total facility shutdown with Auto depressurization.
ESD Level 2 Total Process shutdown with depressurization enabled, but operator
has to initiate depressurization.
ESD Level 3 Unit Process shutdown/individual equipment shutdown with

depressurization as necessary.
ESD system is essential to the overall safety of the facility and so can act independent
of other systems. ESD system will sense any abnormal operation or equipment
condition and react to this condition by safely shutting down and or isolating the
facility or sections of the facility to reduce the effects of abnormal condition. On
severe condition, the system will depressurize the entire facility process systems or
sections of these systems either automatically or manually.
ESD system cabinet is located in the equipment rooms in the GGS control building. To
have the highest reliability, the ESD system is designed with redundancies at Processor
level, I/O level and power supply level. Redundant communication cables are provided
to communicate with DCS. Communication to DCS is through the high speed Ethernet
cables.
Process over-ride switches and Maintenance over-ride switches are provided in DCS as
soft switches. All analog transmitters connected to the ESD system are conventional
type (not FF type) and are directly hard-wired to the system. Since ESD system needs
the highest reliability, direct hard-wire connected 2-wire transmitters are used.
Similarly all the digital inputs and digital outputs connected to the system are hardwired. ESD system receives signals from Package unit UCPs, directly from package units
and main process units.
Output from ESD system to the F&G system and inputs from F&G systems to EDS system
are hard-wired between the panels.
An ESD matrix panel is located in between the operator work stations. This panel
contains the indications about the ESD initiators, switches for ESD reset, and unit-wise
ESD initiating switch.
ESD Operated On/Off Shutdown and Blow down Valves
These are solenoid operated On/Off valves that are controlled by the ESD and shall be
operated in accordance with the ESD Cause & Effect logic. ESD outputs are normally
energized.
The ESD repeats the valve demand signal to the DCS to enable the valve traveling &
discrepancy alarming functions to operate in the DCS & to synchronize logic.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 137 of 275
Fig. 9 ESD Initiated Air Operated Blowdown Valve with

Status Single Acting/Spring Return
The Function of this loop is to control the ON/OFF valve from DCS through ESD. The
Serial DO signal of the ON/OFF valve is connected to ESD through soft signal.
Example: Consider the Production Separator (302-V-001) Blow down valve 302-XV-1104
mounted on the Separator to Flare header line (Line no. 10-302-PG-1007-36A-N).
The Serial output signals (SDO) 302-XHSL-1104 & 302-XHSH-1104 are configured in the
DCS as Manual switches to initiate BDV Close & Open Commands respectively.
The Operator manipulates the ON/OFF valve status change command from the SIO
block faceplate displayed on DCS HMI using a computer point device such as mouse
The Operator or the automatic control logic written in the ESD can change the ON/OFF
valve status. This configuration of the Shut down valve control means that manual
control from the DCS cannot override ESD demands from the ESD system.
The Full automatic plant depressurizing only occurs as a result of ESD1. ESD Level 2
enables the blowdown valves which provide the operator with an option for Blowdown.
The List of Blowdown Valves:
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Item
Description
302XV-1104
SEP TO FLR BDV
302XV-1150
CNDST CLSR BDV
304XV-1264
FLGS CMP-A BDV
304XV-1364
FLGS CMP-B BDV
305XV-3000
GS DEHYD COL BDV
321XV-3300
FUEL GAS KOD BDV
DCS Operated On/Off Valves
Operations
Page 138 of 275
P & ID
302-EPR-PID-03101-001
302-EPR-PID-03104-001
304-EPR-PID-03112-001
304-EPR-PID-03115-001
305-EPR-PID-03121-001
321-EPR-PID-03211-002
These are solenoid operated on/off valves controlled by the DCS and have no control
from ESD. These shall be operated in accordance with the DCS logic when in AUTO and
as per operator command when in MANUAL.
Fig. 10 DCS Initiated Air Operated ON/OFF Valve with
Status Single Acting/ Spring Return
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 139 of 275
ESD & DCS Operated On/Off Valves

ESD & DCS valves have two SOVs, one wired to ESD & the other wired to the DCS,
pneumatically connected in series; when any one of the ESDs trip or DCS interlock is
active, the valve goes to its fail-safe position.
Fig. 11 ESD Initiated Air Operated Shutdown Valve with
Status Single Acting/ Spring Return
The Function of this loop is to control the On/Off valve through the DCS. The DO signal
of the ON/OFF valve is directly wired to DCS.
The operator or the automatic control logic can change the ON/OFF valve status.
Example: Consider the Field Gas Compressor Package (304-X-001A) Blow down valve
304-XV-1264 mounted on the Discharge line to Flare header line (Line No.
3-304-PG-1019-16A-P).
The Serial output signals (SDO) 302-XHSL-1264 & 302-XHSH-1264 are configured in the
DCS as Manual switches to initiate BDV Close & Open Commands respectively.
The Operator manipulates the ON/OFF valve status change command from the SIO
block faceplate displayed on DCS HMI using a computer point device such as mouse.
The Operator or the automatic control logic written can change the ON/OFF valve
status.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 140 of 275
The valve opens when the ESD trip is cleared, logic is reset & the DCS interlock is not
active.
List of ESD & DCS Operated On/Off Valves
Item
304XV-1264
304XV-1364
302XV-1157
304XV-1200
304XV-1201
304XV-1300
304XV-1301
701XV-3160
304XV-1286
Description
FLGS CMP-A BDV
FLGS CMP-B BDV
PRD SEP I/L BALL
FLGS KODA I/L VLV
FLGS KODA I/L VLV
FLGS KODB I/L VLV
FLGS KODB I/L VLV
FG HTR I/L VLV
GAS HYDRN I/L VLV
P&ID
304-EPR-PID-03112-001
302-EPR-PID-03115-001
304-EPR-PID-03101-001
304-EPR-PID-03111-001
304-EPR-PID-03111-001
304-EPR-PID-03114-001
304-EPR-PID-03114-001
701-EPR-PID-03401-001
304-EPR-PID-03111-001
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 141 of 275
Double Isolation Valves

Double isolation valves are placed parallel to each other in the pipe. After the ESD trip
causes are cleared and the operator resets the logic, the operator shall open the
bypass valve manually through HMI to gradually pressurize the down-stream system.
Fig. 12 Double Isolation Valves (ESD Initiated Air Operated Shutdown Valve)
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 142 of 275
The main valve is inhibited from opening until the differential pressure (DP) across the
valve is higher than the set point. Opening the bypass valve will bring down the DP
across the valve. The main valve will open automatically once the DP falls below the
set point.
Double Isolation Valves List
Main Valve
Tag No.
302-XV-1100
304-XV-1267
304-XV-1200
304-XV-1300
Bypass Valve
Tag No.
302-XV- 1157
304-XV- 1286
304-XV- 1201
304-XV- 1301
PDT
Tag No.
302-PDT-1107
304-PDT-1266
304-PDT-1206
304-PDT-1306
P&ID
302-EPR-PID-03101-001
304-EPR-PID-03111-001
304-EPR-PID-03111-001
304-EPR-PID-03114-001
Testing of On/Off Valve locally at the Valve via the ESD System
This test shall be carried out on ESD valves that have a local test station. The local test
station comprises a test/manual bleed point, key-operated local solenoid over-ride
valve, trip & reset pushbuttons. The key-operated local solenoid over-ride valve allows
operation of the ESD & DCS solenoid valves without tripping the actuated valve. This is
achieved by sealing in the air pressure within the actuator. The over-ride can only be
applied with the key and with over-ride valve held in the test position.
o
Test gauge is screwed into test point.
The trip over-ride valve is un-locked.
The trip over-ride valve is depressed & held in the over-ride position.
The field trip pushbutton is depressed and input signal sent to the ESD to trip the
valve.
The ESD de-energizes its output and switches the respective solenoid to vent.
The ICSS system shall annunciate valve in local test on the HMI screen/alarm
banner.
The ICSS shall inhibit valve limit switch feedback discrepancy logic since the
actuated valve will not trip.
The operator conducting the test shall verify that the solenoid vents the air
pressure.
The field reset pushbutton is depressed and input signal sent to the ESD to reset
the valve.
Valve in Local test shall be removed from the HMI screen.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 143 of 275
The ESD re-energizes its output and switches the respective solenoid to supply
air.
The operator verifies that the air pressure is restored.
The trip over-ride valve is released and key removed (if not already done).
The test gauge is removed and the test point is resealed.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
7.0
FIRE AND GAS
Operations
Page 144 of 275
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
7.1
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 145 of 275
FIRE & GAS INTRODUCTION
Fire & Gas system is part of the ICSS. The plant F&G detectors are directly hard-wired
to the F&G cabinet located inside the equipment room of the control building. Building
F&G detectors are connected to the Building Fire Alarm panel (BFA). These BFA panels
communicate with the main F&G panel via Modbus serial link. Inputs from package
units are also hard-wired to the F&G panel. Outputs from F&G system such as
Confirmed Fire and Confirmed Gas Leak are hard-wired to ESD system. F&G output to
ESD system will initiate ESD-1 or ESD-2 of a unit depending on criticality. For details
refer the F&G Cause & Effect diagrams of GGS & Well heads/GTP.
Operator interface to the F&G system is through the operator console in DCS. It will
display the status and any alarm signal from the F&G devices.
A Fire & Gas Matrix panel located in the GTP control room acts as an
alternate/emergency operator interface for the F&G element. The Matrix panel
provides indication of the following for each fire zone:
o
F&G status indication (Green LED ON when F&G system is healthy in a

zone)
MAC actuated indication (Red LED ON when MAC actuated in a zone)
Fire detection indication (Amber LED ON when a fire detector senses

fire)
Combustible gas detection indication (Blue LED ON when a gas detector

senses combustible gas leak)
Toxic Gas detection indication (Yellow LED ON when a gas detector

senses combustible gas leak)
Inhibit enabled indication (White LED ON when an input inhibited in a

fire zone)
F&G matrix panel also has facilities to start fire water pump {GTP} and to select
duty/standby pump. Pushbuttons are available to manually initiate fire alarm,
pushbuttons to acknowledge, silence F&G alarms, lamp test and F&G system reset.
Input inhibit on F&G system can be done from F&G matrix panel at control room by the
control room operator using permissive zone key switch.
Fire & Gas system is separate for GGS and GTP. Data transfer between GTP and GGS
F&G systems is through fibre optic cable.
The following types of Detectors are used:
o
Flammable Gas detectors
Toxic Gas Detector (Only in GTP)
Flame detectors
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
o
Smoke detectors
Heat detectors
HSSD
Operations
Page 146 of 275
Alert Instruments
o
Beacons/Lamps
Sounders
7.2
FIRE DETECTORS
Flammable Gas Detectors (DFR) are Infra Red (IR) type
Flame Detectors (DFR) are Infra Red radiation type or UV type. In some places
fusible plugs are also used as flame detectors
Heat detectors (ROR) are used inside buildings in non-hazardous area only and
they are rate of rise semiconductor type
The following are the gas detectors used:

o
Toxic Gas Detectors (DGT) are semiconductor type and are installed only
in GTP
One type of hydrocarbon detectors is Open Path type hydrocarbon gas

detectors (DGOR/DGOT). This has a transmitter and receiver type
arrangement to detect gas leak
Hydrocarbon is also detected by IR type point detectors (DGP)
Hydrogen detectors (DGH) are used to detect hydrogen gas alone
Smoke detectors are optical type and used in non-hazardous area only
HSSD is the High Sensitive Smoke Detection system used in buildings to

detect the fire at an early stage
7.3
o
ALERTING EQUIPMENT
Beacons (DAL) are the lamps for alerting the personnel in case of fire or gas leak.
Red lamp is to indicate Fire. Yellow lamp is to indicate Gas leak
Manual fire Alarm call points (DMC) to initiate Fire Alert Sounders (DAS) are dual
tone type. It sounds in different tones, during fire and gas leak. These dual tone
sounders are mainly used in plant area only. Fire alarm bells are used for the
buildings
The Following fixed pre-set tones are programmed in to the Sounders:
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
1.
Sweep 1200 500 Hz at 1 Hz for Toxic Gas
2.
Int 660 1.8 sec on 1.8 sec off for Fire and Gas
3.
Continuous 660 Hz for Evacuate alarm
Operations
Page 147 of 275
On actuation of the Manual Call Point, the following actions are envisaged:
o
A Zone alarm & a common Confirmed Fire alarm are indicated at the matrix
panel and ICSS
Also a common alarm is generated in ICSS and displayed in graphic display; the
event is recorded
A Local Visual & Audible alarm is initiated
A Confirmed Fire signal is sent to ESD1
If the detector is at fault, the event is printed and displayed in the graphic display.
Also a detector fault common alarm is sounded in ICSS.
In the case of IR3 type flame detection, 2oo3 Voting is carried out.
A single IR3 Flame detector signal initiates the following actions:
o
A fire alarm is indicated at the matrix panel and ICSS
event is recorded
2oo3 Voted (High) signal initiates the following actions:

o
Confirmed fire alarm at the Matrix panel/ICSS
A common alarm is displayed at ICSS and a visual alarm is initiated locally
A Confirmed Fire signal is sent to ESD1
If the detector is at fault, the event is printed and displayed in the graphic display.
Also a detector fault common alarm is sounded in ICSS.
The single flammable gas detector (LOS) signal initiates the following actions:
o
A flammable gas Low alarm/Confirmed Flammable Gas High alarm is indicated at

the matrix panel and ICSS
A common alarm is generated in ICSS and displayed in graphic display; the event
is recorded
If Voted (High), the signal initiates the following actions:

o
Confirmed Flammable Gas High alarm at the Matrix panel/ICSS
A confirmed 20% LEL/3LFLM Gas signal is sent to ESD1
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 148 of 275
If the detector is at fault, the event is printed and displayed in the graphic
display; also, a detector fault common alarm is sounded in ICSS
The single Hydrogen Gas detector/Point type flammable gas detection signal initiates
the following actions:
o
A Flammable Gas Low alarm is indicated at the matrix panel and ICSS in the case
of 10% LEL
A Confirmed Flammable Gas High alarm is indicated at the matrix panel and ICSS
in the case of 20% LEL
event is recorded
If Voted (High) the signal initiates the following actions:

o
Confirmed Flammable Gas High alarm at the Matrix panel/ICSS
A confirmed 20% LEL/3LFLM Gas signal is sent to ESD1
If the detector is at fault the event is printed and displayed in the graphic display. Also
a detector fault common alarm is sounded in ICSS.
Refer Fire & Gas System Cause & Effect Diagram (GGS) (300-EHS-CNE-002).
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
7.4
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 149 of 275
FIRE ZONES
GGS is divided in to 14 fire zones. Well heads are divided in to 5 fire zones and GTP is divided in to 15 fire zones.
Fire Zones in GGS
Fire
Zone
Description
300-01 Common
Gate House/
300-02
Accommodation
Diesel Storage/
300-03
Methanol Storage
300-04 Methanol Injection
300-05 Ware House/Workshop
300-06 Main CCR
300-07 Substations
300-08 Power Generators
Potable/Utility Water/
300-09
Plant Instrument Air/N2
Oily Water/
300-10
Open Drain System
300-11 Gas Inlet Facilities
Separator/Fuel Gas
300-12
System/Cooler
Compressor Area/
300-13
Dehydration Area
300-14 Flare Area
Total
Flame
Detection
IR 3
HC Gas
HC Gas
HC Gas Point
Open
Hydrogen
Heat
Smoke
Point
Detectors,
Path
Detector Detector Detector
Detectors Duct-Mounted
Detectors
Manual
Alarm
Call
Point
HSSD
9
3
35
14
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
10
9
7
8
1
3
3
5
1
3
1
1
1
1
22
14
3
39
0
19
4
40
1
57
17
59
2
3
2
1
4
1
Local
Local
Audible Pneumatic Visual
Alarm
Sounder Alarm
Sounder
Beacon
1
1
1
2
1
12
4
1
20
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 150 of 275
In well heads, the fire and gas detectors are connected to the local RTUs which
communicate the status of detectors to GGS via fibre optic cable. Confirmed Fire is
assumed as a result of any of the following in any single fire zone:
o
Simultaneous actuation of a minimum of two flame detectors
Simultaneous actuation of a minimum of two smoke detectors
Simultaneous actuation of a minimum of two heat detectors
Actuation of one fusible bulb or frangible bulb
Actuation of one Manual Call Point
Confirmed Gas Leak is assumed when any two gas detectors from a single fire zone
gets actuated. When any two gas detectors get actuated at 10% LEL (low level alarm),
then it is called confirmed low gas leak. When any two gas detectors get actuated at
20% LEL (high level alarm), then it is called confirmed high gas leak.
On confirmed detection of fire or gas, the F&G system will initiate executive action
such as release of extinguishant , fire damper control, electrical isolation, fire water
control or shutdown. Executive action shall be initiated manually also.
When electrical isolation is performed as part of executive action, power to the
following equipment is not disturbed:
o
Emergency lighting within building and plant
Emergency communication equipment such as radio and telephone
Fire & Gas system
Ignition panel of Flare package
ICSS in the control room
Control room and Substation building HVAC systems
On failure of power, UPS power will be supplied to these equipment. Well head and
GGS Fire & Gas System is connected to the ICSS in GGS. Well-sites have RTU based
system that will carry out all necessary functions and interface with the ICSS via SCADA
unit located in the GGCR to allow monitoring and safety executive actions. The
following page shows a tabulation of the fire zones in GGS.
7.5
HIGH-SENSITIVE SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM (HSSD)
The HSSD system is an addressable system in which each fire zone, fire detector and
smoke detector can be addressed independently. HSSD is the High Sensitivity Smoke
Detection System located inside buildings of non-process area only. This is of aspirator
type, so it has a pump for suction of smoke along with air from different corners of the
building.
The system aspirator pipeline is designed in such a way that the air through the
farthest point will not be less than 70% of that of the nearest point and the time taken
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 151 of 275
by the air to travel to the detector unit from the farthest sampling point will be less
than 120 sec.
The HSSD system has a battery backup. The system is capable of detecting the
incipient fire by detecting the air-borne particles generated during pre-combustion
stage. It consists of an aspirating pump with balanced air sampling pipe network to
transport air to the detection unit, a particle knockout and particle counting unit. The
system has a laser-based smoke detection unit. The system communicates with the
ICSS system via dual redundant data links.
The HSSD system is programmable for:
o
Smoke alarms
Alarm delays
Relay output for remote indication and system faults
Fault levels for airflow, detector monitoring and power failure etc.
Viewing the status of any device in the system
Recording an event log for later use
Aspirator pump speed control
Maintenance interval programming
Air flow supervision with High and Low flow fault setting
Sensitivity adjustment of individual detectors
The aspirator pump, detector unit etc are housed inside the wall-mounted panel of the
HSSD system. The system has built-in facility to store event logging, smoke alarms and
system alarms. The HSSD panel has the following features:
o
Field programmable alarm with corresponding output relays
Adjustable time delay for alarm threshold
Lights and audible test
Reset capability
Fire zone isolation
Test, isolate and reset from panel switches
Over-rides of outputs
Building fire alarm system is installed in GGS in the following locations:

o
Control room building
Substation building
Warehouse & workshop building
Accommodation & Gatehouse buildings
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 152 of 275
Accommodation and Gatehouse have separate HSSD systems. Control room and
substation have individual HSSD systems. The HSSD system panels have indication to
show the status of detectors. They will transmit information to the F&G element of the
ICSS via dual redundant data links.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
8.0
TELECOMMUNICATION
Operations
Page 153 of 275
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
8.1
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 154 of 275
TELECOM SUBSYSTEMS
The Permanent Telecommunication Network consists of following telecommunication

subsystems and infrastructures:
o
Fibre Optic Cable (FOC) for intra- and inter-plant connectivity
Fibre Optic Transmission System (SDH) to provide voice, video, data and
telemetry signalling transmission among various sites
Telephone System for General Voice Communication among various sites
UHF Trunk Radio System for Plant/Field Area Mobile Communication
Radio Tower for mounting radio antennas
Environment
Monitoring
System
for
monitoring
critical
weather
parameters
o
Data Network LAN/WAN
Entertainment System for distribution of audio/video programs
Telecom Supervisory System for supervision of all telecom subsystems at

a centralized location
Power Supply System for reliable power supply to all the telecom
subsystems
42-core, single mode (SM) redundant Fibre Optic Cable is installed between GTP and
GGS. 24-core SM redundant FOC are installed on separate routes between GGS and
well heads. At both ends, the FOCs are terminated on suitable Optical Distribution
Frames (ODF)/Fibre Optic Patch Panel (FOPP). In ODF, fibre terminations are sealed to
prevent entry of dust or other contaminants into the fibre end.
Reliable, fault-tolerant fibre optic transmission network telecommunication services
between GTP & GGS are provided. The system is designed to carry a variety of
telecommunications protocols such as TCP/IP and Ethernet. The system is designed to
give alarm, critical system functions and pending faults.
Following are the data communication equipment and ancillary equipment:
o
SDH transmission/multiplexing equipment
Ethernet switches
Media converters (for well head communication)
Equipment enclosures
Miscellaneous wire, cable, connectors and mounting hardware
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
8.2
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 155 of 275
SDH TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
The SDH transmission system is based on 155 MBPS, STM-1 Multiplexer. Dual redundant
STM multiplexers (one each) are provided at GTP, GGS. The system contains two
optical transceiver cards to provide redundant transmission path in the event of a fibre
break or laser failure. Dual redundant load-sharing power supply cards provided for the
sub-rack, which contains dual redundant controller cards in order to provide true 1+1
protection. The following services are extended to GGS through SDH Network:
o
Ethernet channels for Data Networks and WAN/LAN
1 x 2 Mbps channel for Trunk Radio System between GGS & GTP
Subscriber voice channels extended from the GTP PABX
Other services like Alarms, Engineering Order Wire and Supervisory

Services
FO Patch Panel
FO patch panels are provided at well-sites for transmission of telemetry signals of
control & instrumentation to GGS through the FO cable (24 Fibre FOPP per well-site).
The FOPP are mounted in instrumentation panels at the well-site. At GGS, the FOPP
shall be provided in a 42-RU cabinet within the Telecom Equipment Room. Media
converters are used to convert the signals from FOPP to electrical form.
Synchronization Plan
The SDH network; Pipeline Monitoring System (PMS) & DCS are synchronised with the
GPS clock. This synchronisation is to ensure network stability and correct event-logging
of plant systems.
8.3
TELEPHONE SYSTEM
The new telephone system equipment (PABX) is located in the GTP- TER which will
provide telephone service within plant areas. Telephone network, including telephone
sets, are provided for other sites as remote/extended subscribers through FO
transmission system. Digital PABX has PCM time-division switching, central control with
dual microprocessor and stored program on flash memory, redundant CPU & full
redundancy for major parts & power supply.
A supervisory system PC for operation, maintenance & programming of PABX is also
provided. The system scan supports both Analogue Lines and Digital Lines.
8.3.1 Telephones
Normal telephones are provided in offices. Weatherproof telephones are provided in
external safe areas. In hazardous areas, explosion0-proof telephones certified for use
in Zone 1 IIB T3 area are provided.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
8.4
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 156 of 275
RADIO SYSTEM
Trunk Radio System (UHF)

Base Stations are provided one each at GTP & GGS. Trunked mobile radio systems are
used for voice communication between IS (Intrinsically Safe) hand portable radios,
vehicle mounted radios and CCR.
The base station is provided with a capacity of five (5) channels. One channel is used
as control channel and the remaining four (4) channels shall be used as traffic
channels.
Field radios can be programmed to operate on all the frequencies allocated for all
talk-groups. All the talk-groups are user-selectable. Each radio shall be able to operate
either in talk-group or private call.
Trunked mobile radio systems consist of Base Stations, Fixed Radios, self-supported
towers, antennas, Feeder Cable and Accessories. There are twenty mobile radios
(including GTP & GGS) with accessories installed in Company vehicles and seventy
intrinsically-safe hand- portable radio sets, (including GTP & GGS) with accessories.
The antennas are mounted on 45 m tall radio towers at appropriate height to give the
required coverage. This is powered from Telecom UPS (230 V 1%, 50 Hz 5% AC
supply).
230 V AC multi-chargers are provided for charging hand-held radios. These chargers are
installed in Control Building.
8.4.1 Radio Tower
The towers are located in GTP and GGS and has a height of 45 m. These are selfsupporting (SS) type towers, 45 m with UHF Trunk Radio systems. Hot dip galvanized
steel is used for tower construction and painted with aircraft warning paint (red and
white strips). The towers have rest platform and work platforms at various levels. A
lightening rod is provided on the tower top to protect antennas by maintaining the
antennas within 45 protection cone. The towers are bonded to the grounding system,
which has grounding resistance less than 10 ohms. Aircraft warning lights are also
provided on the towers.
8.5
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING SYSTEM
Meteorological systems are provided at GTP and GGS for weather monitoring purpose.
The weather package shall comprise a server based data gathering system that will
collect and display instantaneous, average and trend analysis of data received from
sensors located in the plant. The weather monitoring system consists of the following:
o
Temperature, barometric pressure, wind speed, wind direction, rainfall

and relative humidity sensor
A heavy duty, tower/pole, hinged at ground level for instrument access

with full height grounding kit
One PC based work stations along with a printer and weather monitoring
system software at TER
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 157 of 275
One PC-based work station, with user level rights, at GTP CCR
One PC-based work station, with user level rights, at GGS Control Room
Sensor interface module
The sensors are installed on the weather tower/pole and/or in a weatherproof/

explosion proof enclosure at the base of the weather tower/pole. The system is
powered from 230 V 1%, 50 Hz 5% AC supply from telecom UPS.
8.6
LOCAL AREA NETWORK
Office area PCs are connected through LAN. The LAN is based on Ethernet switches.
Cat5e structured cable network support distribution of LAN services to the PCs, system
computers etc. Dual RJ45 socket outlets for voice and data are provided for each
work-station. The following buildings in GGS are connected by LAN: Living Quarters,
Control Room, IER and Communications Room.
8.7
TELECOM SUPERVISORY SYSTEM
A Telecoms Supervisory System is provided with an equipment rack located in the GTP
TER, with capacity for 80 digital inputs, cabled to a desk-mounted PC. The system can
provide the status of any equipment connected to the system to an operator on the
Ebla WAN, with appropriate password protection. The system can transmit a general
major or a general minor alarm to the DCS to alert the operator and enable him to
take necessary action.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
9.0
PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
Operations
Page 158 of 275
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
9.1
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 159 of 275
GAS & CONDENSATE SPECIFICATION
Dry Gas Outlet from Gas Dehydration Unit: 1.5 lb/MMSCF (31.5 ppm)
Condensate Outlet from Condensate Coalescer: 200 ppmv
9.2
GAS
Gas
Pressure
Temperature
Molecular Weight
Mass Flow Rate
Std. Vapour Volumetric Flow Rate
Unit
bara
C
kg/kmol
kg/h
Sm3/h
Maximum
86.06
51.93
19.27
106191.00
130589.00
Minimum
68.10
7.83
18.75
46213.00
58376.00
Maximum
87.3
41.1
36.7
Minimum
85.9
7.86
7.86
Gas Composition
Major Components
H2S
Water
TEG
Nitrogen
Carbon dioxide
Methane
Ethane
Propane
i-Butane
n-Butane
i-Pentane
n-Pentane
n-Hexane
Methanol
9.3
% mol
0.00133
0.00197
0.000107
1.42
3.27
87.43
3.95
1.92
0.39
0.69
0.28
0.24
0.00
0.00
CONDENSATE
Condensate
Pressure
Temperature
Flow Rate
Unit
bara
C
m3/h
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
CONDENSATE COMPOSITION
Major Components
H2S
Water
TEG
Nitrogen
Carbon dioxide
Methane
Ethane
Propane
i-Butane
n-Butane
i-Pentane
n-Pentane
n-Hexane
Methanol
% mol
0.00
0.0862
0.00
0.19
2.2
27.43
4.07
4.62
1.70
3.91
2.92
2.99
0.00
0.94
Operations
Page 160 of 275
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 161 of 275
10.0 PRE-REQUISITES FOR START-UP ACTIVITIES
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
10.1
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 162 of 275
PRE-REQUISITE SAFETY
10.1.1 Introduction
The prerequisite activities detailed below, shall be followed for restarting the Process
units and utilities, after annual turnaround or long shut down. Also the Operator is
encouraged to read the individual manufacturers Operation Manuals. The procedure
presented here will only serve as a guideline. All standard Procedure for Plant Leak
testing and purging of Hydrocarbon section of the plant shall be followed for safe and
smooth start up of the plant. The PTW system of the Company shall be followed, as
applicable for restart up the plant.
10.1.2 Safety
All personnel should be familiar with the work permit issue system, location of safety
equipment, portable fire extinguishers, safety shower and eye wash system. They
should be familiar with proper usage of Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE).
Similarly, the operator should be thorough with PTW system. The operator should be
familiar with isolation of equipment and preparation of Blind Lists. The operator
should know to do gas test and the minimum levels of oxygen required before giving
permits for vessel/column entry. Operators should know about the various levels of
harmful gases like SO2 and H2S, and about pyrophoric iron and the disposal of the
pyrophoric iron wastes. Accumulation of pyrophoric iron wastes may catch fire when
exposed to atmosphere. Hence it becomes essential to wet the Production Separator
and all the vessels in the GGS during vessel maintenance so that fire hazards are
avoided.
Process equipment operating machinery, such as pumps and compressors, should be
isolated, depressurized and purged before work is started. Electrical connections
should be locked out at the MCC or switchgear. Electrical equipment should be tagged
for proper identification and other personnel should know that it should not be
switched ON when maintenance work is in progress for the particular electrical
equipment. The loading systems, storage tanks and the diesel tankers should be
ensured for proper grounding to avoid accumulation of static charges.
10.2
PRE-REQUISITE ACTIVITIES
Before the start-up of the plant, there are several pre-start-up checks and operations,
which must be performed in order to prevent damage to the equipment and injury to
operating personnel. The attention devoted to preliminary preparations for start-up
contributes greatly to a safe and successful startup. Various Pre-requisite activities
before inert gas purging are as follows.
10.2.1 Vessels and Pipelines
Ensure all vessels, opened up for maintenance during annual turnaround/shutdown

are reinstated as per PTW procedures and ready for start up
Ensure all piping, dismantled for maintenance work, are reinstated
Ensure to fill required quantity of TEG in the Glycol Dehydration system
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 163 of 275
10.2.2 System Leak Testing and Purging

Ensure the complete plant is leak tested with Plant air. Purging of all hydrocarbon
system shall be done prior to introduction of Hydrocarbon. This purging applies to
systems taken for maintenance. Follow Companys Standard Leak Testing and Purging
Procedures, as applicable.
10.2.3 HVAC in Control Room
Ensure HVAC systems are ready .HVAC in control room shall be powered up and taken
on line before switching on DCS system.
10.2.4 Diesel and Chemicals
Ensue adequate quantities of diesel is unloaded and stored in the storage tank for
start up of Emergency Diesel Generator
Ensure Chemicals required for injection are available
10.2.5 Checking of Functional Loop and Control Valves
Ensure supply of instrument air and the Instrument air headers are lined up
Ensure DCS system is taken on line with UPS power and then supported with Power
from EDG/GTG (once lined up with Fuel Gas from trunk Line)
Check Instrument control Valves for opening and closing
Check ESD functional check
Check F&G functional check at the field and Fire alarm Panel in control room
10.2.6 Charging of Lubricants for Rotating Equipment

The following pumps and compressors must be filled with the applicable lubricants
prior to starting up the equipment:
o
Field Gas Compressor (304-K-001A/B)
Condensate Pumps (302-P-001A/B)
Early Operation Condensate Pumps (302-P-002A/B)
TEG Make-up Pump (305-P-002)
Glycol Circulation Pump (305-P-003A/B)
EDG
GTGs
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 164 of 275
10.2.7 L.P. Fuel Gas System

Isolate gas header from Production separator and Gas header from Export gas header
at the outlet of Gas Dehydration Column. Check the availability of Gas from Trunk Line
and charge the Fuel Gas system as detailed in section 11 below.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
11
Operations
Page 165 of 275
START-UP OF UTILITIES AND OFF-SITE FACILITIES
NOTE: The following section is a guideline .Refer to the

appropriate Operating Procedures if applicable.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
11.1
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Page 166 of 275
SEQUENCE OF START-UP
1.
Diesel system start-up
2.
Emergency power generator package
3.
Utility water system
4.
Potable water system
5.
Plant air system
6.
Instrument air system
7.
Nitrogen system
8.
Flare system
9.
Open drain system
10.
Closed drain system
11.
Fuel gas system
12.
Produced water system
13.
Gas turbine generator
14.
Methanol system
11.1
Operations
START-UP OF DIESEL SYSTEM
Start-up of diesel system will be done by importing diesel from outside.

1.
Ensure the diesel tank 322-T-001 is ready to receive diesel (If taken for
maintenance)
2.
Check the functioning of instruments from DCS
3.
Check suction strainer for the pumps is cleaned and reinstated
Diesel Unloading Operation and Storage

1.
Ensure F&G system and all instruments such as 322-LI-3400 and High & Low level
alarm tapings 322-LAHH-3402 and 322-LALL-3402 are ready
2.
Take sample of diesel from the truck and check whether the diesel meets
specification
3.
Close 3 valve in the pipe line for diesel transfer pump suction 322-P-001
4.
Open pump suction valve of 322-P-002
5.
Park the truck carefully. Connect the truck to earthling provided at the truck
unloading point
6.
Install unloading hose to the truck discharge line and connect it properly to
unloading line of pump 322-P-002
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
7.
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 167 of 275
Slowly open truck valve and fill pump suction and casing (Notice for any leak at
the joints and close truck valve if any leak is noticed)
8.
Check for any leak on the flanges and hoses
9.
Start 322-P-002 and check the performance of the pump
10.
Open discharge valve and note down the discharge pressure and check the flow
to tank through the minimum-flow line
11.
Check all flange joints in tank as the level builds up
12.
Record the level rise in tank 322-T-001
13.
Stop 322-P-002 after completing unloading. Close truck unloading valve
14.
Close valve in suction of 322-P-002
15.
Disconnect the hose connection and earthling connection. Advise the truck
operator to leave the point with utmost care
Diesel Transfer from Diesel Storage Tank to Distribution

1.
Close the Diesel Storage tank 322-T-0011 drain valve
2.
Close drain and vents in suction and discharge line for pumps 322-P-001A/S
3.
Open isolation valves for 322-PSV-0155 and 322-PSV-0156
4.
Open valves for Diesel Filter 322-F-001A/B. (Only one filter will be on line)
5.
Close drain valve and vent valves for 322-F-001A/B
6.
Close drain valve for Diesel Filter Coalescer (322-F-002A/B)
7.
Ensure to close valves at diesel supply header for Power Generation Packages
323-X-001A/B and Emergency Power Generator package 323-X-002
8.
Ensure the spill-back line from 322-P-001 to diesel storage tank is lined up
9.
Start 322-P-001A/S and check performance
10.
Check the 322-FO-3406 in the recycle line by watching the flow and discharge
pressure of the pump
11.
On stabilization of pump operation, open valves to the diesel filter

(322-F-001A/B) and watch 322-FI-3410 and the level in diesel tank 322-T-001
12.
All level indications in Tank 322-T-001 shall be monitored at DCS. Also note down
the local level indication of tank whenever diesel is transferred to avoid
spillage/overflow
Normal Operation
13.

Analyse Diesel quality prior to unloading from Diesel Truck. The diesel quality
shall meet the specification including water content of less than 1000 ppm free
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 168 of 275
water. After the Diesel unloading into the Diesel tank 322-T-001receipt, proper
settling time to be given so that water settles and water is drained out from the
bottom drain of the tank. Again check diesel quality by taking a sample at the
outlet of Diesel Filter Coalescer. The water content shall be less than 100 ppm.
This sampling should be done during normal operation to ascertain the quality of
diesel and proper functioning of Diesel Filter Coalescer. Hence proper monitoring
of Diesel quality shall be ensured. Otherwise water in diesel more than
specification will cause loss of ignition in EDG.
14.

The Diesel tank (322-T-001) is also provided with heating coils which can be used
during winter when the temperature may reach below sub zero. Maintain proper
temperature of diesel in the Diesel tank so that high water content does not lead
to ice formation and thereby choking filter/pipeline. Ensure to drain water from
Coalescer periodically to maintain diesel quality.
15.
Monitor and record diesel level in the tank and storage tank.
16.
Check the temperature of tanks and working condition of heaters
17.
Maintain record of diesel import into diesel storage tank
18.
Clean strainer in the suction line for pumps 322-P-002 and 322-P-001A/S
19.
Clean filters 322-F-001A/B if the pressure drop increases more than 0.5 bar
20.
Check the performance of pumps
21.
Check lubrication of pumps and refurbish, if required
22.
Keep the diesel transfer pump 322-P-001A/S as hot standby
23.
Monitor the water separated in 322-F-002A/B (whichever is in operation) at

322-LG-3420/3421.Drain the water as and when the water collection is observed
24.
Keep the diesel system on line for start-up of the power unit/emergency diesel
generator
11.2
START-UP OF EMERGENCY POWER GENERATOR PACKAGE
1.
Check lubrication and coolant level
2.
Check the battery is healthy
3.
Ensure adequate level in diesel day-tank
4.
Line-up all instruments to local control panel and DCS
5.
Line-up diesel supply to EDG.
6.

Transfer diesel from Diesel Tank (322-T-001) to EDG by monitoring tank level
when the level in the Day tank is low. Transfer diesel from Tank with
322-P-001A/S pump to day tank and closely watch the Day tank level.
Malfunction of the Day tank float valve will lead to diesel overflow/spill and
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 169 of 275
possible fire hazards. Hence an operator has to manually check and ensure
proper coordination while filling day tank of EDG.
7.
Ensure that incomer breakers and outgoing feeders of the Plant Emergency MCC
are all open.
8.
Start manually the emergency diesel generator set from the local power panel or
EDG control panel of the EDG set
9.
Black Start: The EDG set can be started if the starting batteries are in fully
charged condition. The starting batteries of the EDG set are rated for 3-starts
with an interval of 10 sec before lockout. Alternatively, the EDG can be started
on compressed air with 3-starts with an interval of 10 seconds
10.
Energize the Emergency MCC by closing the DG incomer breaker on to the deadbus. The closing of the breaker is automatic if DC-UPS power is available and is
carried out manually from the LV switchboard if the DC-UPS supply is not available
11.
The following critical loads on the emergency switchboard are to be started

manually or from the PMS:
a) Outgoing feeders to Main Emergency Lighting Distribution Board connected
to emergency switchboard
b) Outgoing feeder to Auxiliary Distribution Board of EDG
c)
Outgoing feeder to substation HVAC panel
d) Outgoing feeder to control room HVAC panel

e) Outgoing feeder to substation AC UPS
f)
12.
Outgoing feeder to substation DC UPS
Additionally any or all of the following loads can be started, as required:

a) Outgoing feeder to Emergency Auxiliary Distribution Board
b) All outgoing feeders from 230 V AC UPS Distribution boards
c)
All outgoing feeders from 110 V DC UPS Distribution boards
d) Outgoing feeder to Switchboard for GTG-A or B

e) Outgoing feeder to other critical loads, if any
13.
Based on the process requirement the following process loads can be started
from ICSS through the PMS as the case maybe:
a) Outgoing feeder to Instrument Air Compressor-A/B/C (only one allowed to
start)
b) Outgoing feeder to HP & LP Methanol Injection Pump Electric Motor
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
c)
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 170 of 275
Outgoing feeder to nitrogen Generation Electric Heater Thyristor Control

Panel
d) Outgoing feeder to Flare KO Drum Pump Electric Motors

e) Outgoing feeder to Flare KO Drum Thyristor controlled Electric Heater
f)
Outgoing feeder to other critical process loads (if any) connected to the
Refer to Section 5 on Electrical Systems of this Manual for more details.

11.3
1.
START-UP OF UTILITY WATER SYSTEM

Ensure Utility Water Tank 326-T-002 is cleaned and ready to receive water (If
taken for maintenance)
2.
Line-up level instruments to DCS
3.
Ensure 326-P-003A/B utility water pump motors are solo run and coupled
4.
Ensure lubrication for the pumps
5.
Ensure power supply to 326-P-001A/S Borehole water pump
6.
Start 326-P-001A/S from local pushbutton and check the discharge pressure at
326-PG-4731
7.
Check the water flow at 326-FI-4726 to utility water tank
8.
Fill up the tank to 80%
9.
Set 326-LIC-4760 to Auto mode
10.
326-LIC-4760 gives command to 326-P-001 bore well pump to start at Low level
and stop at High level of water in the utility water tank
11.
Ensure valves at utility water points are closed
12.
Ensure suction strainers for 326-P-003A/B utility water pumps are cleaned and
reinstated
13.
Check the pump shaft is free
14.
Energise 326-P-003A
15.
Open the suction valve and keep the pump discharge valve closed
16.
Start the pump. Check performance
17.
Open pump discharge valve and control the discharge flow and pressure by
controlling 326-PV-4723 in the recycle line to utility water tank
18.
Gradually open the utility header battery limit isolation valve and charge the
header
19.
Keep 326-P-003B as standby pump
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
11.4
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 171 of 275
START-UP OF POTABLE WATER SYSTEM
1.
Ensure Potable Water Tank 326-T-003 is cleaned and ready to receive water
2.
3.
Ensure 326-P-004 water tanker unloading pump and 326-P-005A/B potable water
pump motors are solo run and coupled
4.
Ensure lubrication for the pumps. Ensure power supply to 326-P-004A/S water
tanker unloading pump
5.
Ensure suction strainer at water tanker unloading pump is cleaned and lined up
6.
Park the water tanker at designated place, nearer to the unloading pump
7.
Connect unloading hose from tanker to suction of the unloading pump

326-P-004A/S
8.
Start 326-P-004A/S from local pushbutton and check the discharge pressure at
326-PG-4775
9.
Check the water flow to potable water tank
10.
Fill up the tank to 80%
11.
Monitor the level at 326-LIA-4770
12.
Ensure valves at potable water points are closed
13.
Ensure suction strainers for 326-P-005A/B potable water distribution pumps are
cleaned and reinstated
14.
Open the suction valve and keep the pump 326-P-005A discharge valve closed
15.
16.
Open pump discharge valve and control the discharge pressure at 4 barg
17.
Charge the potable water distribution header
18.
Header pressure is maintained by controlling 326-PV-4786 in the recycle line to

potable water tank
19.
Keep326-P-005B as standby pump
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
11.5
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 172 of 275
START-UP OF PLANT AIR
General
Ensure the pre-start and functional checking activities are successfully completed.
When the system is started, the entire system should be checked at regular intervals
for abnormal conditions. If an abnormal condition is observed, the system must be
shutdown immediately and the cause investigated as given in Operation & Maintenance
Manual of the package unit. All pertinent operational data and observations must be
recorded.
The following are the sequential steps for start-up of plant air system:
Start-up of Plant Air System
1.
Ensure all instruments for the package and connected auxiliary systems are
operable from Local control panel and DCS
2.
Ensure Compressor after cooler is lined up
3.
Line-up Plant air header and air receiver instruments:325-PI-4732 & 325-TI-4660
4.
Perform a pre-start check of the compressor
5.
Confirm that compressors are set for local control.
6.
Following the start-up procedure as per the vendors Installation, Operation &
Maintenance Manual. Start Compressor No. 1 from local control panel.
7.
Confirm lube oil circulation and check operation of the lube oil separator
8.
Check the compressor for abnormal conditions (pressure, temperature, noise,

etc.).
9.
After compressor reaches operating conditions, start recording data and

observations on a Log Sheet
10.
Once satisfactory operation is obtained, keep the compressor on-line.
11.
Keep the Compressor 325-K-001B as standby
12.
Ensure all isolation valves in the field utility station are closed
13.
Once the compressor performs and meets the design criteria, slowly pressurize
the Plant Air Receiver 325-V-001
14.
Close 2 vent valve and blind it. Open outlet valve of 325-V-001 for admitting
Plant Air to the system network. Blow air through main header and each utility
station header to confirm the Plant Air system is clean
15.
A service test is carried out at 8.5 barg to check the joint integrity of the system.
Gradually pressurise the plant air distribution network
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 173 of 275
16.
Ensure plant air user valves are closed
17.
Open 325-XV-4665 at the outlet of 325-V-002 plant air receiver
18.
Line-up 325-PV-4660 manually and charge the plant air header. Check the flow at
325-FI-4663
19.
Set 325-PV-4660 at 8.5 barg and take the controller on AUTO mode
Refer Vendor Operating and Maintenance manual for further details.

11.6
1.
START-UP OF INSTRUMENT AIR

Select Instrument Air (IA) Dryer to be on-line from Selector Switch. Line-up
325-X-002A; 325-X-002B goes to Standby Mode
2.
Line-up Plant Air to IA Dryer 325-X-002A
3.
Open the outlet valve of Instrument Air Dryer 325-X-002A to Instrument Air
Receiver 325-V-002
4.
Ensure 325-XV-3275 in IA line to nitrogen is closed
5.
Start the Instrument Air Drier as per Vendor O&M Manual
6.
Check dew point and line-up On-Line Analyzer
7.
Controls from Local Panel for steady operation of the Compressor
8.
Ensure drain valve and bypass valve for Instrument Air Receiver 325-V-002 are
closed
9.
Open 4 vent valve on Instrument Air Receiver 325-V-001 and close outlet valve
10.
Open inlet valve of 325-V-002
11.
Check instrument air pressure at 325-PI-4661
12.
Open outlet valve of 325-V-002 for admitting Instrument Air to the system
network. Blow air through main header and each utility station header to confirm
the Instrument Air system is clean and dry
13.
Check the dew point at the farthest point and ensure the dew point is 35C at
7.5 barg
Hazop Action No: 550
Monitor the dewpoint analyzer (325-AI-4520 for Train-A and 325-AI-4570 for TrainB) for Train-A continuously and ensure the dewpoint is maintained at -35 0C at 7.5
barg. If the dewpoint increases to -340C at 7.5 barg, immediately high alarm 325AIH-4520 is activated. Always keep the standby Air Drier regenerated and kept
ready so that it can be lined-up immediately if there is high dewpoint alarm.
Excessive content of moisture in Instrument air may create acclerated corrosion
in downstream users.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
14.
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 174 of 275
Monitor compressor discharge pressure, dryer pressure drop, change over of

dryers and dew point of dried air; log data on a daily basis
15.
Refer Vendor O&M Manual for further details
Normal Operation
Ensure Plant Air Compressor is operating normally
Check pressure and flow rate of IA at DCS
Ensure the dew point 35C at 7.5 barg is maintained through On-Line Analyser
The following are set for the Auto-Start of the Running Compressor and Start/Stop
of the Standby Compressor:
Unload Compressor-B
Unload Compressor-A
Load Compressor-B
Load Compressor-A
Plant Shutdown
11.7
: 8.6
: 8.4
: 8.0
: 7.7
: 4.5
barg
barg
barg
barg
barg
START-UP OF NITROGEN SYSTEM
Pre-requisites for Start-up

a)
Energise Local Control Panel
b)
Check for installation of all instruments in the system and control loops are
checked (if taken for maintenance)
Start-up
1.
Start-up of nitrogen generator will be carried out as specified in the vendor

manual
2.
Ensure the Instrument Air Receiver is under normal pressure (7-9 barg)
3.
Check Instrument Air dew point and confirm it is within specification limits
(-35C @7.5 barg)
4.
Ensure all instruments are hooked up to DCS. Ensure calibration of Oxygen

Analyzer (324-AIT-4619) is completed, as described in the vendor manual
5.
Open 2 valve at the inlet of nitrogen .Package 324-X-001. Ensure closure of

isolation valves at nitrogen utility stations
6.
Reset 325-XV-4725 and admit IA to nitrogen Membrane Unit 324-X-001
7.
Line-up nitrogen membrane unit 324-M-001, 324-M-002 and 324-M-003
8.
Line-up the inlet block valve and outlet ball valve of the membrane unit
324-M-001, 324-M-002 and 324-M-003
9.
Commission the Analyser 324-AIT-4619 and 324-PCV-4612
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 175 of 275
10.
Start membrane unit from Local Control Panel
11.
Line-up product block valve
12.
The product will automatically be vented through the product vent valve
324-XV-4620 & 324-HCV-003 until On-Specification N2 (98% purity) is generated
13.
Adjust purity control valve until the purity of product nitrogen is achieved
14.
When the O2 level in N2 product stream reaches 2%, the system will automatically
switch product valves 324-XV-4616 and 324-HCV-002 to OPEN and product vent
valve 324-XV-4620 & 324-HCV-003 to CLOSE
Refer Vendor O&M Manual for further details.

15.
Line up Nitrogen receiver
16.
Open block valve in the product outlet line from nitrogen generator and slowly
admit nitrogen to Receiver 324-V-001.
17.
Pressurize the receiver and vent the nitrogen through drain from receiver
18.
Open outlet valve for the receiver and charge the nitrogen header
19.
Flush all nitrogen headers by opening respective isolation valves
20.
Stop flushing and check for any leak at flange and valves
21.
Change controls of nitrogen generator from local control panel to DCS
22.
Check the controls of nitrogen generator, both on Manual and Auto from PCS
23.
Monitor nitrogen purity
Normal Operation of Plant Air, Instrument Air and nitrogen Systems
Line-up plant air header from 325-V-002instrument air receiver by opening

325-PV-4660
Set 325-PICA-4660 at 7 barg and take the controller on Auto
Line-up Master Pressure Controller 325-PT-4732 on Auto:
The instrument air header pressure is protected by following actions of Master

Pressure Controller 325-PT-4732 of the systems:
1.
At 6 barg 325-PT-4732 commands closure of 325-XV-4665 plant air

supply
2.
At 5 barg 325-PT-4732 commands closure of 325-XV-4725 instrument

air supply to nitrogen package unit
3.
Monitor the operation of plant air compressor, instrument air system

and nitrogen system; keep them running for start-up of the plant
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
11.8
1.
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 176 of 275
START-UP OF FLARE SYSTEM
Ensure lining up of all instruments in Flare Headers, Flare KO drum, Flare KO Drum
Booster Pumps and KO Drum Pumps to DCS
2.
Ensure to line-up PSVs as shown in the P&IDs and equipment blowdown valves as
given in P&IDs
3.
Purging of Flare Header shall be done with nitrogen .Ensure O 2 level is reduced
to 2.5%
4.
Simulate and check the healthiness of 331-H-001 Flare KO Drum Heater
5.
Check the seal oil for the KO Drum Booster Pumps
6.
Check the lubricant for the Booster Pumps 331-P-001A/B
7.
331-X-001 Flare shall be lit as per vendor start-up procedure
8.
Ensure the flare is started with propane gas; keep the flare with propane supply
until LP fuel gas system is established
9.
Ensure condensate collection in 331-V-001 Flare KO Drum
10. Start the heater if the level is above 50%; Start the heater; Line-up all instruments
for the heater
11. Heater shall maintain 50C. The heater will start at 40C and stop at 60C
12. Keep ready KO Drum Booster Pump 331-P-001A (B as standby) on recycle by setting
331-FV-5160 on auto.
13. Line-up condensate from Booster Pump to suction of 331-P-002A
14. Check the operating pressure of Production Separator
15. Reset 331-XV-5129 and open the shutdown valve.
16. Start Flare KO Drum Pump 331-P-002A,if condensate level is more than 50%
17. Check the performance of the pump. Ensure condensate flows to production
separator
18. Keep 331-P-002B as hot standby (keep open both suction and discharge valves
open).
11.9
1.
START-UP OF OPEN DRAIN SYSTEM

Ensure 332-V-001 Open Drain Sump is cleaned and kept empty (to collect any
spill or storm water drain)
Start-up after electrical power supply is resumed

1.
Check the oil skimmer 332-Z-001 is positioned properly, after the shut down job
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 177 of 275
2.
Line-up all instruments in open drain sump and holding pond
3.
Keep the pumps 332-P-001A/S and 332-P-003A/S are energised
4.
Line-up 332-P-001A/S to holding pond and 332-P-002A/S to produced-water

storage tank
5.
Ensure holding pond overflow line is clear
6.
Ensure 332-P-003A/S water disposal pump is in running condition.
11.10 START-UP OF CLOSED DRAIN SYSTEM

The drains from the following sources are cleaned during shutdown and reinstated:
o
Gas Flow Lines Manifold
Production Separator
Sample collection SC-301
Condensate Coalescer 302-F-002A
Sample Collection SC-314
Condensate Coalescer 302-F-002B
Condensate Solid Filters (302-F-001A/B)
Early Operation Condensate Pumps (302-P-002A/B)
Produced Water Storage Tanks 334-T-001
Fuel Gas KO Drum (321-V-001)
Field Gas Compressor Aftercooler (304-E-001A/B)
Flare KO Drum Pump (331-P002A/B)
TEG Regeneration System (305-X-001)
Gas Dehydration Column (305-C-001)
Field Gas Compressor Suction KO Drum (304-V-001A/B)
Field Gas Compressor Package (304-X-001A/B)
Ensure the vessel 333-V-001 is ready to receive drains from plant.

Open valve at
inlet to Closed Drain Vessel. Ensure valves in the Closed Drain Header from process
equipment connected to 333-V-001 are closed.
Open 4valve in Flare Header from the closed drain vessel.
Start-up after power availability
1.
All required electrical and instrumentation (including safeguarding) systems

required for the Drain System is fully tested and commissioned
2.
Check and confirm lube oil level is at the correct level for the pumps
3.
Reset 333-XS-5321 for the heater
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
4.
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 178 of 275
Ensure power supply to Heater Control Panel and 333-P-001A/B
Normal Operation of 333-P-001A/B

1.
Set 333-LICA-5304 to AUTO mode. Line-up the pump discharge to 331-V-001 Flare
KO Drum
2.
Open 333-P-001A/B Discharge Valves
3.
Open 333-P-001A/B discharge battery limit Valve
4.
Ensure the level of liquid is at Low Low level before draining from any process
equipment
5.
Check level in 333-LIC-5304
6.
Drain out the liquid by pump 333-P-001A/B, if the liquid level is above Low Low
7.
Switch ON Heater E-333-H-001 and ensure the temperature of liquid is 50C

before pumping out liquid
8.
Coordinate the draining of Vessel to avert High-High Level situations in Closed

Drain system. The Drum levels are monitored during this activity both from
Control Room and at field. Check in DCS
9.
Assess the quantity of liquid to be drained. If the inventory is more than liquid
hold-up volume, then there is the possibility of overflowing or back-up of liquid
in HC Drain Header
Normal Operation of Heater E-333-H-001

1.
Ensure collection of drained liquid (hydrocarbon) above Low Low level
2.
Ensure heater Healthy signal
3.
Start heater E-333-H-001 from DCS
4.
Set 333-TICA-5306 to AUTO mode

Set Point = 50C
333-TICA-5306 works on: Temperature: L - Start Heater; H - Stop Heater
5.
Ensure liquid level in the Closed Drain Vessel before starting heater
6.
Switch OFF the heater manually from DCS when there is no liquid level in the
Closed Drain Vessel
7.
Frequent start-up and stopping will damage the heater. Switch off the heater
when not required
8.
Also switching on heater element without liquid will damage heater (Level shall
be above Low-Low level alarm)
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 179 of 275
11.11 START-UP OF FUEL GAS SYSTEM

The high pressure fuel gas is supplied to Power Generator Packages 323-X-001A/B.
The supply sources of fuel gas are:
o
Trunk Line: Start-up of GGS after planned shutdown
Production Separator: For start-up after complete shutdown/commissioning
Gas Export Header: After start-up and stabilization of GGS for normal operation of
plant
1.
Ensure fuel gas system is purged with nitrogen (if the line is opened up with the
resultant air ingress)
2.
Ensure Emergency Diesel Generator is supplying power to GGS (start-up

requirement)
3.
Ensure flare is lined up
4.
Line-up PSVs for heater 321-H-001A/B , 321-H-002A/B and 321-V-001
5.
Ensure all drain valves and vent valves are closed
6.
Ensure supply of fuel gas from trunk line (large sink of gas)
7.
Ensure valves at the inlet of GTG are closed
8.
Line-up fuel gas through 3 line from trunk line to fuel gas system
9.
Drain the condensate from the pipe line to closed drain header
10. Gradually open 321-PV-3306 and admit fuel gas to KO Drum 321-V-001
11. Drain the condensate from the KO Drum 321-V-001 to Flare Header through the
level control valve 321-LV-3311. Take 321-LV-3311 on Auto mode
12. Line-up fuel gas superheater 321-H-002A
13. Line-up 321-F-001A or B Fuel Gas Filter
14. Drain out the condensate from filter (first time) and close the drain valve
15. Energise heat tracing
16. Reset and start the heater 321-H-001A
17. Set 321-TIC-3352 at 15C and take it on AUTO
18. Ensure gas flow to superheater 321-H-002A
19. Start the heater 321-H-002A by switch 321-HS-3420
20. Set heater temperature at 321-TDIC-3323 at 15C and take it on Auto
21. Check the pressure drop across filter at 321-PDI-3319.
22. Fuel gas is ready to be admitted to GTG
23. Line-up fuel gas to field gas compressor (seal gas)
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 180 of 275
11.12 START-UP OF GAS TURBINE GENERATOR (GTG)

The objective is to start GTG and energize the 11 kV Switchgear.
Under normal conditions the sequence for the start-up of the Gas Turbine is given in
the diagram given below. Normal healthy operation would follow the sequence on the
left hand side of the diagram, though in the event of an abnormal stop, known as a
shutdown or trip, an extra stage is included called turbine reset which requires
the operator to acknowledge the condition which caused the engine to stop (as seen on
the right hand side of the diagram).
Fig. 13 Start-up sequence of Gas Turbine
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 181 of 275
After initiation of any start, the turbine Operating state changes to Active. Within
this Active state, there are a number of further sub-states:
Start Stage 1: The enclosure is purged and any other processes that dont require
the enclosure to be fully purged are carried out (e.g. testing of the emergency
lubricating oil pump)
Start Stage 2: Processes that require a fully purged enclosure are carried out.
(e.g. testing of fuel valves)
Acceleration to Spin Speed: The starter motor is engaged and the turbine is
accelerated to spin speed
Spin Period: The engine is held at its nominal spin speed to allow for the exhaust
and associated duct work to be purged of any gas fuel vapour from previous
operation (Nominally 3000 RPM)
Pre-Ignition: Any processes that are required prior to ignition are carried out
(e.g. priming of liquid fuel system)
Ignition: The igniters are energised and fuel is introduced. A failed ignition on gas
fuel will cause the start sequence to revert back to the spin period in order to
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 182 of 275
allow ignition to be attempted several times. On liquid fuel the unit will trip in
the event of a failed ignition attempt
Acceleration to Dwell Speed: The fuel and starter motor demand is increased to
cause the engine to accelerate. During this phase the starter motor will be
disengaged once the speed exceeds a required limit
Dwell Period: The engine is held (if required) at dwell speed to allow for warming
of the engine (Nominally 8500 RPM)
Acceleration to Minimum Governed/Nominal Speed: The engine is accelerated to

its minimum governed PT synchronous speed for a generator set (50Hz speed is
9525 rpm). Achieving this speed marks the end of the start sequence and the
start of the running period
Loaded Operation: The engine is available for loading/unloading as required
Stop Holds: The engine is held for any processes that need to be carried out
following the initiation of a normal stop sequence. (e.g. change to gas fuel for a
short period on gas to purge liquid fuel nozzles)
Ramp to Minimum Governed Speed: The unit is automatically unloaded and

lowered to minimum governed PT speed. On a generator set the generator
breaker will be automatically opened once the load drops below a set minimum
level (500 KW). A generator set will enter the Shutdown state at this point.
The typical start sequence for the twin shaft generator unit is shown in the Fig 14. A
twin shaft mechanical drive unit would be similar except that the PT speed would vary
dependant on loading. A single shaft generator set would only have a single speed
curve which is similar to the GG speed curve for the twin shaft up until the breaker is
closed when it will then behave in the same manner as the PT speed of a twin shaft
generator. Typical start times are given in Table. 1.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 183 of 275
Fig. 14 Start Sequence of Gas Turbine Unit
Table 1 SGT Start Time
Control Modes
Various engine speed/load control modes are available (dependant on configuration/
running condition).The various operating modes and output demand can be controlled
either from the HMI or remotely (either via hard-wired connections or over a
communications link). The output demand may be adjusted by using either raise/lower
commands or by supplying an analogue demand signal.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 184 of 275
The available modes are:

Droop Control
A proportional control mode where the difference between the speed demand and the
actual speed will be dependant on the output power. Typically this will be based on a
4% difference equating to full load.
Isochronous Control
The output shaft speed is controlled to match the demand speed. This mode is
available only when operating in island mode.
Load Control
Only used for generator drive units connected to a utility grid. Output power is
controlled to match the demand.
Temperature Control
Only used for generator drive units connected to a utility grid, and without part load
emissions control. Output power is controlled such that limiting temperature is
controlled to a set demand
Energization of 11 kV Switchgear at the Substation
The dead bus closing of the bus-tie AB from GTG-A UCP and GTG-B UCP is to be carried
out. The breaker close command from individual GCP is routed through a close
permissive from the PMS which ensures that the 11 kV system is healthy. All incomer
and outgoing breakers are in open condition and the switchboard is healthy with no
faults. (In manual mode 11 kV Incomer and Bus Tie Breakers can be closed in Test
position only). Operator to ensure that the 11 kV switchboard is a continuous bus with
all bus coupler breakers closed before starting of the GTGs under plant start-up
condition.
Identify and start one of the GTGs (either GTG-A, or GTG-B). The feeders for the
GTG-Auxiliaries shall be kept in ready to start condition, so that they can start when
the signals are received from the GTG-UCP. The GTG Auxiliaries are:
o
Starter Motor
Main Enclosure Vent. Fan 1 & 2
ABLOC Fan 1, 2 & 3
CACA Fan 1 & 2
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 185 of 275
All these feeders are located in the respective Gas Turbine Generator MCC Switchboard
The first GTG is brought into circuit by dead bus closing of its 11 kV incomer breaker.
The incomer circuit breaker close command in the GCP is routed through a PMS close
permissive contact which will ensure that the NER of the first GTG that is being
brought into circuit is connected to the system, thus ensuring that the 11 kV System is
earthed.
System gets energized and the 11 kV bus Voltage, kW and current feedback along with
Refer Section 5 of this manual and Vendor Operating Manual for more details.
11.13 START-UP OF PRODUCED WATER SYSTEM
1. Ensure Produced Water Storage Tank 334-T-001 is cleaned of sludge
2. Line-up all instruments for the produced water degassing drum and produced water
storage
3. Ensure flare system is in operation
4. Ensure the tank and degassing drum are purged and under nitrogen pressure
5. Take the following control valves and keep them closed
o 334-PV-5409 to Flare, 302-LV-1114 Production separator level control valve and
334-LV-5444 for degassing drum
6. Open Suction valve for 334-P-001 LP Produced water disposal pump
7. Line-up tank vent valve 3354-PCV-5409 and fuel gas line control valve to tank
3354-PCV-5408
8. Line-up blanket fuel gas to 334-T-001 by opening 334-PCV-5408
9. Control the tank pressure by operating 334-PV-5409 to TEG incinerator
10. Line-up Degassing drum 334-PCV-5449 to flare
11. Take all controllers on Auto
12. Keep the degassing drum and the produced water tank to receive produced water
ready for operation
13. Keep the water disposal pump ready for normal operation
11.14 START-UP OF METHANOL SYSTEM
1.
Ensure Methanol Storage Tank 329-T-001 is cleaned and ready to receive water (if
taken for maintenance)
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 186 of 275
2.
Line-up instruments to DCS
3.
Line-up blanketing (LP Fuel gas) gas to methanol storage tank by taking
329-PCV-4905 on line
4.
Control the tank pressure at 100mbarg by 329-PCV-4906 vent valve
5.
Set both control valves 329-PCV-4905 and329-PCV-4906 to Auto
6.
Ensure power supply to 329-P-001A/S methanol unloading pump
7.
Ensure suction strainer for methanol unloading pump is cleaned and lined up
8.
Park the methanol tanker at designated place close to the unloading pump
9.
Connect the earthing of truck and tote tank
10. Connect unloading hose from tanker to suction of the unloading pump
329-P-001A/S
11. Ensure 329-LT-4901 is taken on line (trips unloading/loading pump at Low-Low
level and High-High level of the tank
12. Start 329-P-001A/s from local pushbutton and check the discharge pressure at
329-PG-4905
13. Check the methanol flow to methanol storage tank. Control the tank pressure
Hazop Action No-300
The Methanol transfer to Tank 329-T-001 as well as tote tank is carried out using
329-P-001A/S. Ensure there is always continuous supply of LP fuel gas for the
blanketing of Methanol Storage Tank 329-T-001. During methanol transfer ( Either
to storage Tank 329-T-001 or to tote tank) if there is outage of LP fuel gas, stop
the methanol transfer immediately. The transfer/unloading of methanol during LP
fuel gas outage will lead to oxygen ingress into the tank and mix with oxygen to
form a potentially explosive mixture.
14. Fill up the tank to 80%
15. Monitor the level at 329-LI-4900
16. Ensure valves at methanol loading point are closed
17. Loading of the tote tank is done by running 329-P-001A/S. Earth tote tank before
filling with methanol.
Start-up of Methanol Injection Package
18. Ensure adequate level of methanol in the supply tank
19. Line-up the suction from the Methanol Supply Tank to Methanol Injection Pump.
20. Line-up the suction strainer and flow meter at the discharge by opening isolation
valves and close bypass valve.
21. Ensure priming of the pumps by draining water through the pump upstream drains.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 187 of 275
22. Line-up the discharge relief valve and sight glass.

23. Start the injection pump. Monitor the discharge pressure, flow, current and
vibration.
24. In case of any problems in the pump, stop it and then attend the problem.
25. Keep the pump stroke rate at maximum and observe the pump discharge flow
rate.
26. Line-up the suction Calibration Tube and once level in calibration tube is
stabilized, close the suction from tank. Monitor the level decrease in the
calibration tube at fixed time intervals to find out the rate of pumping. Carry out
this measurement for 25%, 50%, 75% and 100% of the stroke rates/lengths of the
pump.
27. Once the calibration is over, keep the pump energised for plant start-up.
The system is ready for methanol injection.
11.15 START-UP OF GLYCOL STORAGE AND TRANSFER SYSTEM
1.
Ensure Glycol Storage Tank 305-T-001 is cleaned and ready to receive Glycol
2.
3.
Ensure nitrogen purging of the tank and the system
4.
Line-up blanketing nitrogen gas to Glycol storage tank by taking 305-PCV-3049 on

line
5.
Ensure the tank and pipelines are purged with nitrogen
6.
Ensure 305-V-001 drain vessel is ready to receive drains from dehydration and
regeneration sections. Line-up drain vessel to flare
7.
Keep the drain pump 305-P-001 ready and line-up TEG regeneration system
8.
Control the tank pressure at 100 mbarg by 305-PCV-3048 vent valve
9.
Ensure suction strainer for make-up pump 305-P-002is cleaned and lined up
10. Park the glycol tanker at designated place close to the unloading pump
11. Connect the earthing of truck and tote tank
12. Connect unloading hose from tanker to 305-T-001 glycol storage tank
13. Start the truck pump and fill the glycol storage tank
14. Stop filling once the tank level reaches 80%. Close tanker side valve and unloading
valve
15. Make sure the requirement of glycol in dehydration system
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 188 of 275
16. Start 305-P-002 from local pushbutton and check the discharge pressure at
305-PG-4905
17. Run the make-up pump on recycle to glycol storage tank
18. Line-up 305-F-001. Open make-up pump discharge and transfer glycol to
regeneration section. Stop the pump once desired quantity is transferred
19. The glycol from drain vessel is recovered by running 305-P-001 and the glycol is
transferred to regeneration section.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 189 of 275
12.0 START-UP OF PROCESS PLANT
NOTE: The following section is a guideline .Refer to the

appropriate Operating procedure if available
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
12.1
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 190 of 275
START-UP SEQUENCE OF GGS
Ensure availability of power
Ensure all utilities are available at specified conditions as detailed under

Section 11 above
Ensure safety systems are in place
Ensure DCS and ESD systems are taken on line
Line-up one Well head to start with (subsequent Wells are lined up after start-up
of Production Separator)
Establish glycol circulation in dehydration column and regeneration section
Start Production Separator
Start Condensate System
Start Field Gas Compressor (LP system)
Start Dehydration System
Start Oily Water System
Plant Start-up Safety Meeting with all Parties Involved

When all the utilities are started and available at the Process Plant, the plant is said to
be ready for start-up. The operators should get involved in all stages of start up at the
field and in control Room Activities. Regularly hold Pre-start-up meetings with various
departments like Maintenance and Safety regarding the progress of work and safety
involved in executing the work. Regularly conduct safety talks and model mock-drills
for the Plant Operators.
Test Safety and ESD Systems
As part of the Pre-requisite activities for Plant Start-up, the Process Control
System/ESD/Safety Shutdown System will be put on line. After this is completed, all
level, pressure, temperature, flame failure and vibration switches should be activated
to ensure their proper operation. Solenoid valves should be energised to check proper
operation, especially for solenoid valves that activate emergency shutdown valve or
depressurizing valves. Gas and fire detection devices should be made fully operational.
The plant control panel and the local panels should be checked and made fully
operational for start-up.
All ESD input devices and switches should be loop-checked up to the control system to
verify that the appropriate contacts are connected as shown in the PLC ladder logic
function.
o
Set all the Fail-Closed valves to the open position and all Fail-Opened valves to
their closed position.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 191 of 275
Activate each one of the unit blocks for ESD Level-1, ESD Level-2 & ESD Level-3
and check for the sequence of tripping. Refer Cause & Effect Diagram No:
250-EPR-CNE-05001 for all the ESD-1, 2 & 3.
Verify that the ESD valves function as per the ESD logic. The ESD Level-1 will
open depressurizing valves; ESD Level-2 will enable depressurization and ESD-3 is
used to only isolate or shutdown systems.
Reset the system and verify all valves have returned to normal operating
positions.
Similarly activate Fire & Gas Shutdown System and check whether the indicated
valves failed as indicated in the C&E diagram.

12.2
PURGING OF HYDROCARBON SYSTEM
Purging of Hydrocarbon handling systems; Production Separator, Field Gas

Compressors, condensate system, Dehydration Units and pipeline will be done as per
Company Procedure prior to introducing Hydrocarbon.
12.2.1 Facility Leak Test with Pressurization of Feed Gas
1.
After the nitrogen purging of the total GGS plant is completed, arrange for the
leak test at 7 barg
2.
Keep the Flare system ready and commission all the utilities
3.
Ensure all vessel drains, level control valves, PSV bypass valves, vent and bleed
valves, and instrument bleeds to atmosphere are closed
4.
Ensure all the PSVs are lined up to flare to take care of any pressure surges in the
system
5.
Inform and readily keep Fire Trucks for any fire contingencies near the Well heads
as well as near the GGS plant area
6.
Confirm the ESD valve 302-XV-1100 U/S of the Production Separator is kept closed
and 302-XV-1157 (bypass of 302-XV-1100) and 302-HV-1158 are kept in open
condition (to control the pressurization rate at downstream system)
7.
Force open 304-XV-1286 (bypass valve of 304-XV-1267) and line-up to Gas

Dehydration Column 305-C-001
8.
Force open 302-XV-1102 (Condensate outlet of Production Separator) and line-up

till the Gas Dehydration Column outlet ESD valve 305-XV-3004
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
12.3
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 192 of 275
START-UP OF PRODUCTION SEPARATOR
After purging and leak testing of the Production Separator, the Production Separator is
started up as per the following sequence:
1.
Take 302-PV-1132 pressure control valve on manual and keep it closed
2.
Keep the level control valves at condensate line and produced water closed on
Manual
3.
Ensure blowdown valve 302-XV-1109 is taken on line
4.
Ensure the shutdown valves 322-XV-1102, 302-XV-1101 and 304-XV-1200 are in

closed condition
5.
Line-up all instruments to DCS
6.
Hazop Action No. 26

In case of extended shutdown period during winter conditions, the water in the
Produced water lines from Production Separator should be completely drained.
During Start-up, line-up heat tracing for all instruments and process lines before
start-up. Ensure to switch ON heat-tracing lines for Produced water lines so as
to avoid ice formation in water lines and reduce corrosion. While Start-up after
Prolonged/Annual shutdown in winter, ensure to fully drain the Produced water
lines so that freezing of the water lines are avoided. It is also recommended to
drain out Produced water lines when the plant is taken on line after Annual
shutdown. Failure of the heat tracing will lead to ice formation in the produced
water lines and this will result to water carryover in condensate and causes
accelerated corrosion in the pipeline.
7.
Ensure Well head is lined up to ESDV 302-XV-1100 at the inlet to Production

separator
8.
Reset 302-XV-1157 at the inlet of Production separator
9.
Open 302-XV-1157 and pressurize the header up to 302-HV-1158
10. Gradually open 302-HV-1158 and pressurize the Production separator

11. Check the differential pressure at 302-PDIT-1107 is less than 2.5 barg
12. Open 302-XV-1100; 302-XV-1157 closes automatically
13. As the pressure is increased in the production separator, liquid starts condensing in
the weir. Establish interface level and after the condensate level reaches the weir
height, condensate overflows to the condensate side
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 193 of 275
14. Control the Production separator pressure at 87 barg with 302-PV-1137. Stabilise
the separator pressure
15. Set the pressure controller 302-PIC-1137 to Auto. Continue flaring till stabilising
the operation of separator
16. Commission the condensate level transmitter 302-LIC-1119 and the local level
gauge 302-LG-1118; check both show the same level
17. After the condensate level 302-LIC-1119 reaches 30% level, this would require the
following valves to be opened:
Force open 302-XV-1102 and line-up condensate to the Early Operation

Condensate Pumps (302-P-002A)
Suction valve of 302-P-002A

Discharge valve of 302-P-002A
Pump safety valves 302-PSV-0135A should be car sealed in the open position.
18. At this time, the plant should have been purged free of air and leak tested to
operating pressures.
19. Start Early Operation condensate pump 302-P-002A and line-up one of the
Condensate Solid filters (302-F-001A) and Condensate Coalescer (302-F-002A).
Take 305-LCV-1119 in Manual mode and keep it 20 % open
20. Ensure the condensate system is lined up as below
21. Ensure produced water system is also lined up to receive the produced water as
detailed in below sections
22. Initial level of condensate can be lined up to Closed Drain header and later when
the dry gas from Gas Dehydration column meets specification, it can be pumped
back from Closed Drain Drum and Flare K.O Drum to Production Separator and
avoid slug accumulation in the GTP trunk line
Line-up of Gas to Fuel Gas System
(Separator gas is lined up if gas from trunk line is not available)
Ensure production separator operation is stabilised
Ensure Fuel Gas system is ready as detailed in Section 11.12 above
Open block valves at the inlet of 321-H-001A/B Fuel Gas heater
Open 302-XV-1207 and charge gas to Fuel Gas system
Refer Section 11.13 for lining up fuel gas.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
12.4
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 194 of 275
START-UP OF THE CONDENSATE SYSTEM
After purging and leak testing of the Condensate System, it is started up as per the
following sequence.
1.
After the condensate level reaches the weir height of the Production Separator,
the condensate overflows to the condensate chamber in the production separator
302-V-001.
2.
Ensure all instruments are lined up to DCS and active.
3.
Line-up the suction valves of the Condensate Pumps 302-P-001A/B (LP Phase) or
302-P-002A/B (HP Phase).
4.
After the condensate reaches the Level Low height of 610 mm on the condensate
side of the Production Separator, the ESD Valve 302-XV-1102 is forced open and the
condensate flows to the suction side of the Condensate Pumps.
5.
Start the Condensate Pump 302-P-001A and commission the condensate system
through the minimum-flow line 302-LV-1119.
6.
After the Condensate Pump performance is satisfactory, open the inlet block
valves of the Condensate Solid Filters (302-F-001A) first and pressure up the
A-filter. Commission the differential filter 302-PDI-1144. Line-up the isolation
valves for the safety valve 302-PSV-105. In the same way, commission the
Condensate Solid Filter (302-F-001B) and the safety valve 302-PSV-106.
7.
After start-up of the condensate solid filters, crack open the inlet valves of the
Condensate Coalescer (302-F-002A) and slowly fill the Condensate Coalescer.
8.
Crack open the safety valve bypass of the safety valve 302-PSV-107 to release any
nitrogen hold-up in the system.
9.
Water droplets start to coalesce in the mesh of the condensate Coalescer and
develop a level in the boot of the Condensate Coalescer. Line-up the Interface
Level Controller 302-LIC-1156A. As Level starts to appear as indicated in the Level
Controller 302-LIC-1156A, open the level control valve 302-LCV-1156 manually and
maintain the interface level.
10. In the similar way, Line-up the Condensate Coalescer (302-F-002B) as per steps 6,
7, 8 & 9. Start analysing the condensate samples; once it meets the specification
it can be routed to the GTP trunk line. The condensate normally meets the
specifications earlier than the dry gas from gas dehydration system; normal delay
will not affect the Slug Catcher in receiving a bigger slug at GTP. If there is more
delay in the Gas Dehydration and TEG Regeneration system, condensate can be
drained to the Closed Drain Drum.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 195 of 275
11. After the condensate meets the specification, adjust the Condensate Flow
Controller 302-FIC-1182 flow such that the level in the Production Separator 302LIC-1119 is maintained at a normal level of 1510 mm. Then the condensate flow
controller 302-FIC-1182 can be put in cascade with the Production Separator Level
Controller 302-LIC-1119 (LP Mode operation).
12. In HP mode, level in the production separator is maintained by recycle line to
production
separator
through
302-LV-1119
as
302-P-002A/B
are
positive
displacement pumps.
13. Check the condensate specification and it shall be lined up to trunk line.
14. Start corrosion inhibitor injection, after lining up condensate to Trunk line.
12.5
START-UP OF FIELD GAS COMPRESSOR (LP OPERATION)
12.5.1 Purging of Feed Gas Compressor Circuit

As the Field gas Compressor loop for A and B are similar, the purging procedure for
Compressor-A is given here; the same may be followed for Compressor-B also.
1.
Hook up nitrogen on the 2 utility connection on the bottom of FG Compressor

Suction KO Drum-A (304-V-001A).
2.
Open the 2 valve to admit nitrogen into 302-V-001 and observe the pressure
increase by observing 304-PI-1208.
3.
Force open 304-XV-1202. Take 304-LV-1210 in Manual mode and open fully to drain
the condensate in 304-V-001A. Ensure that the condensate is drained fully; force
close 304-XV-1202 and close 304-LV-1210 fully.
4.
Remove the blind for the 2 vent line for FG Compressor Suction KOD 304-V-001A
and crack open the block valve for 5 minutes. After minutes, close the vent block
valve and blind it.
5.
Hook up nitrogen in the 2 line (2- 324-UN-1010-11J-V) on the suction piping of

Feed Gas Compressor 304-K-001A.
6.
Open the casing drains of the compressor and keep it open for 15 minutes to drain
any condensate in the casing of the FG Compressor-A. After 15 minutes, close the
casing drains of Compressor-A.
7.
Slowly pressure up nitrogen up to ESD valve (304-XV-1219) at the discharge of the

Compressor Aftercooler-A. Line-up to the Closed Drain header via line
2-333-CD-1030-11K-V valve.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
8.
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 196 of 275
Collect sample and analyse for oxygen content. If the oxygen content is less than
2.5 vol%, stop the purging operation.
12.5.2 Start-up
The Start-up sequence takes care of all necessary controls and valve sequencing during
the start-up. The Compressor is started with an open Antisurge valve. Once the motor
is running at minimum speed, the Compressor can be loaded and the antisurge control
will be switched from SEQUENCE to AUTO.
12.5.2.1 Start-up requisites
Prior to initiating the Start sequence all trips have to be cleared and all start
interlocks have to be fulfilled.
The casing and seal cavity shall be drained before every start-up.
Ensure the Compressor is in Standstill condition as indicated by 304-XA-1592
Check Availability of Seal Gas/Nitrogen as Seal Gas for Compressor
Line-up seal gas (N2) to the compressor seals.
Ensure blowdown of compressor is reset and taken on line.
Energising Electrical Systems for Compressor (CRU)

VSD system consists of 11 kV Incoming Power, VSD Switchboard, VSD with Converter
transformer, Bypass Transformer, Remote Control Panel, Motor and Motor Local Control
station.
Refer to VSD Preliminary Start-up Manual of Electrical Motor supplier for start-up checks.
Refer Vendor Motor Operating Instructions for start-up checks.
Ensure termination of all power and control cables in each compartment of VSD
system.
Ensure the Incoming-side switchboards located in Substation are ready for energizing.
Ensure Load-side equipment e.g. Switchboard, RCP, Bypass Transformer, Motor, LCS are
ready for energizing.
Testing of Variable Speed Drive System (VSD) for Initial Start-up
VSD system includes the following equipment:
VSD Switchboard
Testing will be similar to HV Switchboard testing.
Variable Speed Drive
Testing shall be as per Vendor Preliminary Start-up Manual.
11/6 kV Step-down Bypass Transformer
Testing will be similar to that of power transformers.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 197 of 275
Compressor Motor
Testing will be in accordance with vendor instructions.
Remote Control Panel
Testing will be similar to standard Control Panel.
Energization of Electrical Equipment
11 kV, 6 kV Switchboards along with remote control panel located in CRU substation.
Refer Vendor instruction manual for start-up checks.
Ensure that load side Equipment e.g. VSD, bypass transformer and motor are ready
for energization.
Insert the circuit breaker in test position for initial checks and then in service
position for energization.
Bypass Transformer
Ensure the load side equipment e.g. motor is ready for energization.
Refer vendors O&M Manual for more details
Variable Speed Drive System for Compressor

Variable Speed Drive in Test Mode
With Test/Normal/DCS selector switch (SW1) located on VSD in Test position, the VSD
will Start/Stop via PBs located on VSD keypad. This shall be used for testing,
commissioning & maintenance purposes only.
Variable Speed Drive in Local (Normal) Mode
With Test/Normal/DCS selector switch (SW1) located on VSD in Normal position, the
VSD will operate based on the position of a second switch Local/Off/DCS (SW2) located
at the Motor Local Control Station.
With SW2 in DCS, the VSD will operate via Start/Stop signal from Compressor PLC.
Speed demand will be 420 mA signal input from Compressor PLC.
With SW2 in Local position, the VSD will operate via Motor Local Control Station
Start/Stop PBs. Speed Raise/Lower will be via PBs located on Motor Local Control
Station.
Variable Speed Drive in DCS Mode
With Test/Normal/DCS selector switch (SW1) located on VSD in DCS position, VSD
will operate via Start/Stop signal from Compressor PLC. Speed demand will be 420 mA
signal input from Compressor PLC.
Bypass Mode (Fixed Speed)
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 198 of 275
For any fault on VSD or maintenance, Compressor Motor will operate in bypass mode
(through bypass transformer) in fixed speed.
For more detailed operation sequence of VSD in all the above modes, Auto/Manual
Synchronous Transfer of VSD to Bypass and vice versa, please refer vendor VSD
Operation philosophy
Line-up of Instrumentation for Compressor
Check compressor controls are integrated with DCS and functional

checks of instruments are carried out - both from UCP and DCS
Ensure compressor Unit control panel and VSD compressor motor

control panel are powered up.
Check the healthiness of control panel
Line-up Compressor - Condition monitoring

Ensure line-up of condition monitoring system as per vendors instruction manual.
Power up the system and check for healthiness of alarm, trip and process variables.
Refer vendors instruction manual for details
Line-up Compressor-Antisurge Control System
Ensure Line-up of condition monitoring system as per vendors instruction manual.
Power up the system and check for healthiness of alarm, trip and process variables
Refer vendors instruction manual for details
Blowdown System
Line-up PSVs as shown in the P&IDs.
Line-up flare header from compressor.
Reset 304-XV-1364. Keep it closed.
Line-up of Seal Gas System
Line-up of nitrogen as seal gas.
Ensure nitrogen bottles are connected to the seal gas manifold.
Line-up electrical tracing.
Line-up seal vent to flare through 304-PV-1464.
Ensure seal gas pressure is 27 barg.
Line-up of Secondary Seal & Separation gas
Ensure N2 pressure is 5.0 barg
Ensure N2 as seal gas is lined up to the secondary seal and as separation seal gas
Line-up Field Gas Compressor After Cooler
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 199 of 275
Ensure lubrication for cooler fans; Start the fans and check performance.
Take 304-TIC-1315 on manual; Set the temperature at 60C.
Lube Oil System

Start-up of Lube Oil System
1.
Lube oil is supplied to VSD (motor), gear box and compressor
2.
Ensure lube oil system is flushed (initial start-up)
3.
Check the oil level indication in 304- LG-1510 in the tank
4.
Ensure lube Oil Filters are cleaned; line up one filter with the other as standby.
5.
Ensure trial run of the oil system is completed and ready for continuous operation
6.
Switch on Oil heater 304-H-001A
7.
Open Oil inlet valves to bearings and other points. Open all valves in the return
line to tank
8.
Open the valve in the bypass line of Oil pressure control valve 304-PV-1510
9.
Check the oil temperature in the oil tank (to keep the desired viscosity of oil)
10. Start the Auxiliary Lube oil pump 304-P-002A

11. Ensure the oil temperature reaches 35C
12. Gradually close bypass valve for 304-PCV-1510
13. Check the pressure drop across the filter
14. Remove the entrapped air in the oil cooler by opening vent valve. Close the vent
valve on noticing No air bubbles in the oil being drained through vent valve
15. Start the Oil cooler fans and take them on Auto mode
16. Similarly vent oil in the filter to ensure that air in the oil system is completely
removed
17. Check the oil supply pressure and the return oil flow in the sight glass
18. Check the oil temperature in supply lines to bearings
19. Check the Auto start of standby auxiliary pump
20. Now lube oil system is established
Refer the section on operating instruction manual of the vendor for more details.
Start-up of Compressor
1.
Ensure pre-requisite for Compressor start-up is completed
2.
Ensure DCS, anti-surge control system, temperature monitoring system and

condition monitoring system are lined up as per Vendors instruction manual
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
3.
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 200 of 275
Check the operation of anti-surge valve 304-FV-1212 and flare vent valve
304-PV-1294 from local control panel
4.
Ensure healthiness of seal gas system and lube oil system
5.
Ensure trial run of VSD is completed and coupled to compressor (initial start-up)
6.
Ensure healthiness of motor local control station, remote control panel, ESD
panel, Compressor PLC system and VSD switchgear
7.
Power up VSD and check the readiness of motor (Check the interlock for start-up is
active). Refer the section on operating instruction manual of vendor
Charging of Gas to Compressor

1.
Ensure the system is under nitrogen pressure
2.
Ensure gas pressure at Production Separator is 27 barg or greater.
3.
Line-up KO Drum 304-V-001A. Take 304-LIC-1210 on Auto
4.
Reset 304-XV-1219 at compressor discharge and keep it closed
5.
Reset 304-XV-1200 and 304-XV-1201 at KO drum inlet.
6.
Select the Compressor start-up in Sequence start-up mode
7.
Line-up antisurge control system. Open 304-FCV-1212
8.
Open 304-XV-1201 and admit gas to compressor.
9.
Ensure the pressure drop is less than 2 barg. 304-PDT-1206 automatically opens
304-XV-1200 and suction of the compressor is pressurized
10. Drain the condensate from compressor casing, pipe lines and KO drum
Starting of Compressor
1.
Check the compressor suction pressure is about 27 barg as indicated by

304-PI-1226.
2.
Make sure that start-up interlocks have been released by the control system of the
compressor unit.
3.
Ensure the Start-up permissive from DCS is clear.
4.
Check the indicators in the compressor control panel.
5.
Check for any alarms and healthiness of start-up system. In case of malfunction or
start-up conditions are not achieved, take corrective action and ensure Ready for
Start is indicated in the panel. Ready for start-up permissive appears as
indicated by 304-XA-1693.
6.
Check the speed control is at minimum.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
7.
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 201 of 275
Ensure compressor discharge cooler fans are running and 304-TIC-1215 on Auto
mode.
8.
Select compressor suction pressure 304-PI-1226 as control set pressure.
9.
Set the compressor discharge at 87 barg and take it on Auto control.
10. Now the Compressor Start-up Auxiliaries complete/Pressurized is completed and

Ready to Start Motor indication appears.
11. Inform electrical substation for Starting of the Compressor Motor.
Following is the sequence for start of motor in VSD Mode
1.
Close the VSD input breaker using T/N/C switch.
2.
Keep the selector switch in Normal mode on VSD system.
3.
Keep the selector switch in Local mode on Local control station.
4.
See the VSD ready indication on Unit Control Panel.
5.
Press the VSD Start pushbutton on the Unit control Panel.
6.
See motor running on VSD indication on Local control station as indicated by

304-MXI-1634.
7.
Check the speed, discharge pressure, lubrication, seal gas pressure and secondary
seal gas pressure.
8.
Check compressor vibration and temperatures at the bearings.
9.
Check the compressor discharge pressure and performance of the compressor.
10. Check the gas temperature at the discharge cooler outlet of first stage.
11. Monitor the gas cooler outlet temperature and control at 60C by taking
304-TIC-1215 in Auto Mode.
12. Raise the compressor speed by selecting speed increase.
13. Raise the speed of the compressor to 1200 rpm and check the compressor
discharge pressure at 304-PI-1232.
14. Gradually raise the compressor discharge pressure to 87 barg, with careful
monitoring of compressor for vibration, temperature at the bearings, discharge
pressures and the gas outlet temperature at the outlet of gas coolers.
15. Set the discharge pressure at 87 barg and take the compressor operation on Auto
mode.
16. Check the performance of the compressor for vibration, discharge pressure,
bearing temperature, gas flow etc as detailed in the compressor vendors
instruction manual.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 202 of 275
17. Now the speed of the compressor is controlled by the suction pressure 304-PI-1221
of the compressor.
18. Monitor liquid level 304-LIC-1210 in suction KO Drum
19. Take electrical tracing heater on Auto mode.
20. Monitor the condition of the compressor and its auxiliaries.
21. Check Dehydration column operating pressure.
22. Open 304-XV-1219 at the compressor discharge and allow the gas to Dehydration
Column.
23. Control 305-C-001A Dehydration Column pressure by taking 305-PV-3024 on
Manual. Set 305-PIC-3024 to Auto mode after stable operation of dehydration
column.
24. Take 304-PIC-1294 on Auto mode.
25. Monitor the seal gas flow and pressure. Maintain the seal gas vent to flare through
304-PV-1464 by maintaining 1 barg above flare header pressure.
26. Once the compressor performance is established, change the selector switch in
VSD to DCS position (or change the selector switch in motor LCS to DCS position).
27. Now the compressor control shall be taken over by compressor PLC in control
room.
28. Monitor the performance of the compressor from compressor PLC in control room.
29. Once the compressor is loaded, the anti-surge and performance controllers will be
switched from SEQUENCE to AUTO.
Line-up of Seal Gas from Process Gas
1.
Isolate nitrogen supply. Commission the seal gas supply from 1 seal gas take-off
from the Compressor discharge side. (In case of settle-out pressure (46.4 barg),
the seal gas supply is supplied from the HP Fuel Gas tapped from the D/S of Fuel
Gas Heater (321-E-001A/B) to ensure dry heated gas supplied to Dry Gas Seals.
2.
Ensure fuel gas system is lined up.
3.
Open 304-XV-1295 and line-up fuel gas to compressor.
4.
Ensure to drain any condensate collected in the KO Pot.
Refer the section operating instruction of Vendor Operating Manual for more
information.
12.6
START-UP OF GAS DEHYDRATION SYSTEM
The glycol regeneration and circulation systems should be started prior to passing
process gas through the glycol column. Once the glycol is present on the chimney tray
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 203 of 275
inside the column, the gas flow and glycol flow may be started or stopped
independently with no harm to the system. With the column charged with glycol, the
pump may be stopped for some minutes without seriously affecting the drying of the
gas, which will be effective to a decreasing extent as the glycol standing on the
structured packing becomes saturated with water. Glycol system shall be started prior
to lining up gas to Dehydration column.
Pre-Start-up Requisites
Inspect all glycol and gas lines; ensure they are all tight. Hot glycol can leak
through connections which might be considered tight when cold. Hence it is
necessary to re-tighten some connections once the hot glycol is being circulated
under pressure.
Inspect all instruments and adjust where necessary.
Check the levels inside the vessels.
Check the pressures of the Gas Dehydration Column 305-C-001 to be atleast upto 7
barg.
Check the pressures of the Flash Drum 305-V-002 to be 3.8 barg.
Check the pressure of the Fuel gas KO drum (305-V-004) to be 5 barg.
Check the availability to operate of all electric motors (Pumps, Blowers and Air
Fans)
Hazop Action Action No. 758

Drain the liquid accumulated in the Vent Gas KO Drum (305-V-003) by observing
the Level gauge 305-LG-3135. If it is prolonged shutdown drain KOD and also
ensure to switch on the heat tracing on the pipelines to maintain the fluidity in
the line. The Field operators should ensure regular observance of the Vent Gas
KOD liquid level and drain the liquid at frequent intervals. If the level builds up,
then entrainment to Blowers will cause potential damage to the Blowers.
Drain the Blowers casing of the selected Vent Gas blowers 305-K-002A/B or C/D by
opening eight ball valves on each Blower casing assuring that all possible
condensate is drained off before burner ignition and then close the drain valves.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 204 of 275
12.6.1 Initial Start-up

12.6.1.1 Pressurizing of 305-C-001 with Gas Feed
1.
During the early phase (HP Phase) as the pressure is on the higher side, the Field
Gas Compressor section is kept in bypass condition. Ensure the following valves are
kept in closed condition.
The block valves upstream of ESD valves 304-XV-1200 and 304-XV-1201 for
Field Gas Compressor-A is kept in closed condition. Install blind in the D/S
flange of second block valve.
The block valves upstream of ESD valves 304-XV-1300 and 304-XV-1301 for
Field Gas Compressor-B are kept in closed condition. Install blind in the D/S
flange of second block valve.
2.
Open the 2 Nos 6 Ball valves on the Feed Gas line from the Production Separator
to the Gas Dehydration Column (305-C-001).
3.
Arrange to force open valve 304-XV-1286.
4.
Slowly admit Feed Gas to the Dehydration Column (305-C-001) and pressurize
305-C-001 up to 7 barg.
5.
Take 305-PIC-3024 on Auto mode with a set point of 7 barg to HP flare. After this,
take 305-PIC-3009 on Manual mode and set 305-PV-3009A and 305-PV-3009B MV to
zero. Closely watch the pressure in the column as indicated by 305-PIC-3024 and
305-PIC-3009 maintaining 7 barg. During the first start-up and every time the Gas
Dehydration Column is depressurized, restarting of pressurization is done manually
for checking of leak
12.6.1.2 Glycol Filling in TEG Reboiler and TEG Surge Drum

1.
Charge the TEG Reboiler (305-H-001) and TEG Surge Drum (305-V-005) through the
2 glycol filling connection line 2-305-GY-1818-11J-E.
2.

In cold weather conditions TEG (Tri-Ethylene Glycol) is viscous and has to be
warmed up to facilitate pouring.
During winter months, when air temperature might fall to -15C (min. ambient
temperature) ascertain that Gas Dehydration Column bottom, the wet
condensate outlet line and the chimney tray portion of the column are heated
by electrical tracing.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 205 of 275
Switch on the electric tracing system on the level instruments installed on the
Flash Drum 305-V-002, on the TEG Reboiler 305-H-001, TEG Surge Drum
305-V-005, stand-by pump and in general where electrical tracing is given.
Increased viscosity of glycol in Surge vessel may affect the pumping and
potentially damage the glycol circulation pumps at cold operating conditions. As
the glycol lines are heat traced and insulated to retain the hot condition, it
becomes necessary to restart the electrical heat tracing and then start the
Glycol Pumps especially after prolonged shutdown and cold winter conditions.
3.
Start filling to about two-thirds level in the TEG Surge Drum (305-V-005) as
indicated in level gauge (305-LG-3114), leaving one third empty space for liquid to
expand on heating.
4.
The TEG Reboiler has an internal overflow weir through which the glycol will flow
into the TEG Surge drum, through the stripping column.
5.
Continue to fill the TEG Reboiler, until a liquid level appears in the surge drum. Stop
filling when the surge drum level reading on the level gauge 305-LG-3114 is 500 mm
(from lower part of Surge). Reset Low-Low shutdown level 305-LALL-3116.
12.6.1.3 Glycol Filling in Glycol Flash drum & Glycol Filters

1.
Make sure that that the ball valve on the outlet line from the Pumps
305-P-003A/B (going to 305-E-004) is kept closed.
2.
Line-up the Ballvalve/Globe valve on the start-up lines 2-305-GY-1023-11A-P and

2-305-GY-1015-11A-P.
3.
Open the isolation valves on the start-up line 2-305-GY-1023-11A-P on the Glycol
Circulation Pumps (305-P-003A/B) discharge line which routes the glycol to the
Flash drum (305-V-002).
4.
Start one glycol pump 305-P-003A. While the pump is running visually check the
pipelines. If any leaks are present tighten the bolts and arrest the leak.
5.
Continuously monitor the level inside the Surge drum and the Flash drum. The
level in the Surge drum (305-V-005) should be topped up before reaching the
minimum level of 300 mm.
6.
When the level in the Flash drum (305-V-002) reaches the normal level of 750 mm
or is higher than 370 mm (LLLL), stop the Glycol Pump. Top up the Surge drum
level if required.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
7.
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 206 of 275
Pressurize the Flash drum with the blanketing gas upto 3.8 barg by opening the
manual valves around 305-PV-3201. Manual valves around 305-PV-3211 must also
be opened.
8.
Once the Flash drum is pressurized to 3.8 barg, reset the LLLL and then open the
shutdown valve 305-XV-3213 on the Glycol outlet line.
9.
Open the manual valves upstream of the TEG Catridge Filters (305-F-003A/B).
Slowly open vent valve to completely fill the filter and vent. Fill and vent both
the filters so that one will be on service and the other active stand-by.
10.
Slowly line up the TEG Carbon Filter (305-F-002) as explained above for the Rich
TEG Catridge Filters.
11.
Line up the Hot Lean/Rich Glycol heat exchanger (305-E-002) upto the TEG Still
column (305-C-002) and check for any leaks. Arrest leaks if any.
12.
Line-up 305-LV-3210 and glycol can be kept under circulation in order to establish
the levels inside both the vessels. Top the surge drum if required.
12.6.1.4 Glycol Circulation/Pressurization of Gas Dehydration System

1.
Close the manual valves on the start-up line 2-305-GY-1023-11A-P previously

opened to fill the Flash drum (305-V-002). Open the Ball valve and line up to
305-E-004.
2.
Line-up one of the Glycol Circulation Pumps 305-P-003A/B. Open suction and
discharge valves of the pump 305-P-003A which is selected for use. Line-up block
valves on 305-E-001, 305-E-002 and 305-E-004 exchangers and Gas Dehydration
Column (305-C-001).
3.
Select the Local mode by pressing 305-MHSM-3121 on the Local panel and start the
pump 305-P-003A by pressing start pushbutton 305-MHSH-3121. Check for the
Running indication 305-MIXI-3121 of 305-P-003A in the DCS Panel.
4.
Lean Glycol starts flowing to the Dehydration column. Check the Glycol pressure
and the flow as indicated by 305-PI-3129 and 305-FI-3113.
5.
The Glycol lines get filled up before a glycol level appears in the chimney tray of
Gas Dehydration Column at 305-LG-3018 and in DCS by 305-LIC-3017. Observe the
pump (305-P-003A) for lubrication, discharge flow and discharge pressure.
6.
TEG entering the Gas Dehydration absorber passes through the structured packing
and then it is collected at the bottom of chimney tray. When the glycol level
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 207 of 275
appears on the Level Gauge 305-LG-3018, stop the glycol circulation pump
305-P-003A.
7.
At this point Column is ready to be pressurized by admitting some gas up to the

pressure of 85.2 barg. Do not start the gas flow at this stage. Only pressurize the
Dehydration Column (305-C-001). Keep 305-PIC-3024 on auto with set point of
85.2 barg. Take 305-PIC-3009 on manual mode with 305-PV-3009A and B kept in
fully closed condition.
8.
When the level inside the Chimney tray is higher than LLLL of 4320 mm, reset the
Low-Low Level trip and the shutdown valve 305-XV-3002 can be opened allowing
the glycol to be discharged from the Dehydration Column.
9.
Observe level build-up in the chimney tray of 305-C-001. Once the normal liquid
level of 4780 mm level reaches on the chimney tray, put level controller
305-LIC-3017 into Auto with 305-LV-3017 to return TEG back to the Glycol
Regeneration Package.
10. Shut-off the Glycol Pumps 305-P-003A and top up the TEG Surge Drum if level is
low. Once the Glycol Pump is stopped, the glycol level control valve 305-LV-3017
closes.
11. Ensure 305-PCV-3211 to flare from Flash drum is set 4 barg and taken on Auto.
12. Line-up the manual block valves in Blanketing Gas Line to Flash Drum (305-V-002)
and pressurize to 3.8 barg by setting 305-PCV-3201 at 3.8 barg.
13. Put the level controller 305-LIC-3017 on Auto and return the rich TEG to the TEG
Reflux Condenser (305-E-003). Rich TEG will then flow down to the Flash Drum
through the Exchanger (305-E-002).
12.6.1.5 Heating of Glycol in the TEG Reboiler
1.
The gas burner assembly for the TEG Reboiler can be started either from DCS or
from Local panel.
Pilot ignition will be carried out with Ignition Electrode through Ignition HighEnergy Transformer.
Temperature Control will be carried out through an air/gas ratio control valve
actuated by Temperature controller 305-TIC-3109.
The burner can be lighted only after the complete filling of the Reboiler with
glycol. Attempt to light on the burner without Glycol will damage the firetube.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 208 of 275
The logic sequence describes the starting and fully automatic controlling with
ESD for the forced draft burner.
Ignition sequence can start only if none of the following shut-off causes occurs:
ESD-1, ESD-2 & ESD-3 Emergency shutdown
305-LAHH-3016 - High-High Glycol level on 305-C-001
305-LALL-3110 Low-Low Glycol level in Reboiler 305-H-001
305-LALL-3116 - Low-Low Glycol level in Surge Drum 305-V-005
305-PAHH-3173 Low-Low Gas pressure to Burner
305-TAHH-3107 High-High Glycol temperature in Reboiler 305-H-001
305-BSL-3163 - Lack of Pilot Flame
305-PAHH-3128 High-High discharge pressure of glycol circulation pumps

(305-P-003A/B)
305-FALL-3147 Low-Low Air pressure to Burner.
305-LAHH-3208 High High condensate level in Glycol Flash Drum (305-V-002)
305-LAHH-3209 High- High Rich TEG Level in Glycol Flash Drum (305-V-002)
Flame Scanner Fault.
Sequence for Burner Ignition

Burner start-up sequence will start only when the following permissives are met:
The flame detector tag 305-BE/BSL-3163 does not signal flame presence.
The limit switch 305-XZSL-3169 does signal that the Shutdown Valve
305-XV-3169 in the pilot fuel gas line is closed.
305-XV-3168 in the pilot fuel gas line is closed.
The limit switch 305-XZSH-3165 does signal that the Shutdown Valve
305-XV-3165 in the pilot fuel gas vent line is open.
305-XV-3167 in the main burner fuel gas line is closed.
305-XV-3166 in the main burner fuel gas line is closed.
305-XV-3170 in the main fuel gas line is open.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 209 of 275
305-XV-3171 in the stripping gas line is closed.
Burner Ignition Sequence

Burner can be started either from the DCS by (305-HS-3151A) or from Local panel by
(305-HS-3151B). During start-up cycle if any shutdown signal is received, then the
start-up sequence will be aborted.
1.
Press Start Burner pushbutton and the following operation are done in automatic
sequence:
Start the selected Burner Air Fan (305-K-001A/B)
Start the Burner Air Fan 305-K-001A by pressing the Start pushbutton
305-MHSM-3182.
The Burner Gas Blower 305-K-001A running indication is displayed on DCS
panel by 305-MXI-3182.
Start the selected Vent gas Blowers (305-K-002A/B) by the following actions
and line-up to the TEG Incinerator.
Select Local mode by pressing the Local/Remote Selector switch
305-MHS-3131 and 305-MHS-3132 in the Local Panel.
Start the Vent Gas Blower 305-K-002A by pressing the Start pushbutton
305-MHS-3131B in the local panel.
The Vent Gas Blower 305-K-002A running indication is displayed on DCS
panel by 305-MXI-3131.
Similarly start the other Blower 305-K-002B and ensure the two Vent gas
Blowers are running in series
Force Open Fuel Gas Control Valve 305-TV-3109.
When both the blowers Running signal appears for 305-K-001A or B,

305-K-002A/B or (C/D) and the valve 305-TV-3109 is open, and air flow is
established by 305-FALL-3147 (reset).
Start Purging gives signal with Purge On (305-XL-3158) indication on local

panel 305-PKG-LCP-01 for 60 seconds.
After 60 seconds of purging, force open control valve 305-TV-3109 to

minimum position, switch off the indication Purge On on local panel beside
the burner.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 210 of 275
After the control valve 305-TV-3109 is set to minimum (confirmed by limit

switch 305-TZSL-3109, open shutdown valves 305-XV-3168 & 305-XV-3169 and
close 305-XV-3165 on pilot gas line.
Power is given to the Spark Ignitor for 30 seconds 305-EE-3164.
When the limit switches 305-XZSH-3168, 305-XZSH-3169 and 305-XZSL-3165

give signal that the valves have reached the desired position, the spark
ignitor 3005-EE-3164 ignites for 30 seconds.
If the flame scanner detects the flame within 30 seconds Pilot On lamp
(305-XL-3157) glows on the local panel.
If the flame is not detected within 30 seconds, Flame Scanner Fault

indication glows indicated by 305-UA-3154 and once again the purging
procedure starts.
Check the pressure of the pilot gas to 0.3 barg and adjust 305-PCV-3176 if
required.
Check the flame quality adjust the gas flow and the air flow using dedicated
valves on the pilot gas Assembly.
12.6.1.6 Lighting of TEG Reboiler Main Burner

1.
Once the Pilot flame is detected, following operations are done in automatic.
Pilot On lamp (305-XL-3157) lights on in local panel.
After the Pilot flame is stabilized, open shutdown valves 305-XV-3167 and
305-XV-3166 and close 305-XV-3170 on the main gas burner line.
When the limit switches 305-XZSH-3167, 305-XZSH-3166 and 305-XZSL-3170

give signal that the valves have reached the desired position, start 30 seconds
of main flame stabilization.
When the Main flame stabilization time is over and the burner start-up
sequence is completed, Burner On indication appears on the local panel
(305-XL-3156B) and on DCS (305-BAH-3156A).
At this point the automatic sequence should remove the force controls on
305-TIC-3109 but some adjustments on the main burner shall be required.
Therefore it shall be convenient to keep the control in manual mode since the
main flame is properly adjusted.
2.
Put 305-TIC-3109 on temperature control with 305-TV-3109 on Auto.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
3.
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 211 of 275
Set maximum temperature gradient of 60C/hr and set point for 305-TIC-3109
at 204C.
12.6.1.7 Circulation of Hot Glycol in the System

1.
After performing the Burner start-up, progressively increase the set point for
305-TIC-3109 up to 204C. (If the heating process is slow, then the inventory in
reboiler is heated, raise the temperature to 204C and circulate through the
system).
Open the valves on the start-up line 2-305-GY-1015-11A-P and start the glycol
circulation starting a pump and allowing the warm up of the Reboiler and
surge drum.
When the temperature inside the Surge drum reaches approximately 90C,
open the valves on the start-up line 2-305-GY-1023-11A-P and close the line
2-305-GY-1015-11A-P allowing to warm-up the Flash drum and the glycol
filters.
When the temperature inside the Reboiler reaches 150 0C, start the Glycol
circulation to the Gas Dehydration Column 305-C-001.
Open the shutdown valve 305-XV-3003, then close the valves on the
recirculation line previously opened (Globe valve first then the Ball valve).
The pressure on the pump outlet will increase upto the required pressure to
allow the glycol enter the column and then open the shutdown valve on the
outlet line 305-XV-3002
The level inside the Chimney tray shall be controlled by the valve 305-LV-3017.
2. The glycol circulation is complete and the glycol temperatures should reach the
design values. Do not exceed 204C in the reboiler and increase the temperature
at a rate of 60C/hr. During this operation, care should be taken for the free
expansion of equipment and piping. Sliding supports shall be free to slide and no
stress or constraint shall develop on equipment saddles, nozzles or pipes supports.
3. During this heating operation, one shall also check for leaks and tight wherever
necessary (the low surface tension of glycol at high temperatures encourages
leakage). Check the liquid level in particular inside the Surge drum because of
thermal expansion.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 212 of 275
12.6.1.8 Putting Stripping Gas into Service

Quantity of stripping gas depends on the operating conditions of TEG Regeneration
system. Five operating cases have been evaluated and stripping gas quantity is given
on the PFD. The flow rate quantity can be measured by the local flow indicator
305-FIT-3177/DCS indicator (305-FI-3177) and adjusted by means of the globe valve
installed on the stripping gas line.
NOTE: Stripping gas flow can be started manually by opening the shut down valve
305-XV-3171 on the stripping gas line and is allowed only if the burner is ON. Once the
burner is switched off, 305-XV-3171 will close automatically. After burner restart, the
valve has to be re-opened manually by first resetting in the Local panel and open by
operating the switch 305-XHS-3171A in DCS panel. The open position of the valve is
indicated by 305-XZH-3171 and the close position is indicated by 305-XZL-3171. If the
valve has not reached the requested position within 20 seconds, then an alarm is
indicated by 305-XZIM-3171 on the DCS panel.
12.6.1.9 Glycol Circulation through TEG Regeneration and Gas Dehydration
Column
1.
The process gas flow is established through the Gas Dehydration Column soon after
the Glycol circulation. It is also important to circulate glycol through 305-C-001
before the gas is introduced and then contactor is pressurized. Experience have
shown that too long a circulation of Glycol in the Gas Dehydration Column without
process gas counter-flow could cause foaming. As a result of this, process gas flow
shall be established through the Gas Dehydration Column soon after the glycol
circulation.
2.
Observe the following parameters:
Pressure and temperature profile along the unit
Operating levels in the Gas Dehydration Column process vessels
Pressure drop across glycol filters
Pressure drop inside contactor (across the structured packing)
Operation of glycol pump
Glycol flow rate
12.6.1.10 Gas Introduction in Gas Dehydration Column

1.
Introduction of process gas through 305-C-001 should be established soon after the
hot glycol circulation is established to avoid potential foaming problem in the
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 213 of 275
column. Feeding the feed gas to the Gas Dehydration Column should be as smooth
as possible.
2.
Increase the feed gas rate in steps of 25% of the maximum flow, each step reached
in 30 seconds or more.
3.
As the process gas feeds the internal Gas/Liquid separator of the Gas Dehydration
Column (the bottom section of the Column), the water droplets trapped will form
a level at the bottom of the Contactor. When the level is above LLLL trip, open the
shutdown valve 305-XV-3001 and put in service the control valve 305-LV-3013. The
level control valve (305-LV-3013) can be put into service in Auto with the Level
Controller 305-LIC-3013.
4.
Continue routing dehydrated feed gas to HP Flare via 305-PCV-3024. Send gas
samples for analysis of water content. Slowly rise the gas feed rate up to 50% of
design gas feed rate.
5.
Coordinate with the Ash-Shaer Well head Personnel and maintain the choke valves
so as to maintain a pressure of 50 barg at the Gas dehydration Column. Set the
lean Glycol flow to 4.5 m3/h.
Maintain a constant temperature of gas feed at 50C (LP mode) as indicated

by 305-TI-3019. Accordingly maintain the lean Glycol temperature of 55C
i.e., 5C above the inlet gas temperature to avoid hydrocarbon condensation.
The temperature is maintained by dry gas/lean glycol heat exchanger
Collect samples at the outlet of the Gas Dehydration column SC-502 to find
out the dew point and the water content of the dehydrated gas.
12.6.1.11 Lining up TEG Reflux Condenser into Service (305-E-003)

1. The TEG Reflux Condenser 305-E-003 is considered in service when:
Water is boiled off glycol at the TEG Reboiler and water & aromatic vapours
pass on to the tube side of the reflux exchanger.
Cold rich glycol from the glycol absorber passes through the shell side of the
exchanger and partly condenses the water vapours.
2. Too much reflux (condensation) will overload the reboiler; too little reflux or no
reflux will increase the glycol losses. For adjusting the reflux rate, it is necessary
to control the flow of Glycol through the reflux exchanger by a 3-way control
valve.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 214 of 275
3. The temperature of the vapours leaving the still column is monitored by

305-TI-3103 (readable in Local) and from 305- TIC-3102 in DCS. The top
temperature of the vapours leaving the still column is maintained at 95C by
automatically controlling the flow of Rich TEG from the Gas Dehydration Column to
TEG reflux condenser. The rich TEG on the shell side cools the vapours in the TEG
Reflux Condenser by the 3-ways control valve 305-TV-3102. The control valve
305-TV-3102 will bypass the glycol entering the Reflux condenser 305-E-003.
4. The normal top operating temperature of the Reflux Condenser will depend on the
condensation temperature of the vapours. This in turn depends on the amount of
hydrocarbon vapours present along with the water vapour and therefore the partial
pressure of the water vapour. This temperature has been estimated at 9398C
depending on the amount of hydrocarbon. Water absorbed by the glycol in the
absorber will be boiled off from the glycol at the TEG Reboiler reflux coil.
12.6.1.12 Filtration of Glycol
1.
When TEG Catridge Filter or TEG Carbon Filter will be plugged, the pressure
differential across the filter is readable on DCS by 305-PDT-3216/3122 for
cartridge filter and 305-PDT-3218 for carbon filter will increase.
2.
When the differential pressure reaches 0.8 bar, then it is necessary to put the
standby filter is taken into service.
Filter Change-over Operation (Cartridge Filter)
Open the upstream and downstream valves of the Standby filter and open the
vent valve; the standby filter is in service.
The service filter can be isolated from the process by closing its own upstream and
downstream valves and drained. No relevant effects on hydrocarbon content are
expected during filter by-pass time.
Cartridges or carbon loads shall be replaced with new ones at that time. Estimated
by-pass time required for cartridge replacement is two hours. Carbon filter is
bypassed during change-over of carbon cartridge.
NOTE: It is advisable to start the glycol package with new sets of cartridges and
carbon loads in glycol filters. Also always, maintain new replacement cartridges and
carbon loads for the standby filters. During first start-up, cartridges with 25 microns
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 215 of 275
filtration capacity will be used. For subsequent change-overs, cartridges with 5

microns filtration capacity shall be used.
12.6.1.13 Stabilising Gas Dehydration/TEG Regeneration System
1.
Coordinate with the Well heads to open the choke valves so that pressure of 86
barg is maintained at the top of the Gas dehydration column. Maintain the
methanol and corrosion inhibitor injection flow rates as per the design flow of dry
gas.
2.
Maintain the lean glycol flow and temperature as per the increase of the gas feed
rate in the Gas Dehydration Column. Maintain the lean TEG temperature 5C above
the wet gas entering the Gas Dehydration Column.
3.
In case of foaming in the dehydration column, start the anti-foam and the
corrosion inhibitor injection to various points in the TEG regeneration system.
4.
Stabilise the TEG regeneration system with temperatures and flows optimised for
efficient operation of the gas dehydration system.
5.

Check for potential leaks in the glycol circuit and arrest leaks on TEG lines
wherever possible. Look for potential leaks like foaming in Contactor, escape of
TEG vapours from TEG Reflux Condenser and Glycol pump gland leaks and top up
when required. If the Glycol surge drum level reaches the LLLL value
(305-LALL-3116) of 300mm, it will cause tripping of Glycol Pumps. Loss of Glycol
circulation will lead to off-spec dehydrated gas as indicated 305-AIH-3022. Due to
this water carryover it will cause accelerated corrosion of the trunk line. In case of
losing glycol circulation and initiation of off spec gas alarm 305-AIH-3022 the
operator has to initiate ESD-3 trip of Gas Dehydration Package.
6.
Check two or more samples to confirm the water content of the dry gas and
Condensate.
7.
It is recommended to have frequent analysis of Gas and Glycol. It is very important

to check the glycol concentration at surge drum outlet, gas water content at Gas
Dehydration Column inlet, Glycol pH at Surge drum outlet periodically. pH values
should be maintained between 7.0 & 8.0.
8.

Operator should inspect the Vent Gas KOD (305-V-003) level by monitoring liquid
level of KOD at regular intervals by observing level gauge 305-LG-3135. Check the
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 216 of 275
Liquid trap installed on the drain line of the Vent Gas KOD for its operability.
Ensure to drain the liquid periodically with care to avoid gas blow-off. If the liquid
level is higher it should be drained to avoid carryover to Vent Gas Blowers
(305-K-002A/B/C/D) and causing potential damage to the Vent Gas Blowers.
9.
After the condensate and the dry gas meets the specifications, route both to the
GTP trunk line.
10. Hazop Action No. 42

During the Start-up phase, the Gas Dehydration pressure is controlled by operating
305-PV-3024. After stabilization of unit, the Dehydration column pressure control is
switched over to Split Range controller 305-PIC-3009. In case of inadvertent action
to open 305-PV-3024 fully, will result in depressurisation of the Dehydration
Column. This lower pressure will lead to lower efficiency of the Dehydration
column. The following trouble shooting points alerts the Operator in case of
inadvertent opening of 305-PIC-3024:
The operator will be alerted at 80.6 barg by Low pressure alarm 305-PAL-3009
and should take immediate action to identify the cause and close 305-PV-3024
High flow alarm in the Flare Header by 331-FAH-5126.
The bigger control valve 305-PV-3009A closes fully and the pressure is
controlled only by smaller control valve 305-PV-3009B
However if the Operator does not respond to the above mentioned alarms at 80.6
barg, then at 76.3 barg, the actuation by 305-PALL-3012 will cause ESD-3 shutdown
which will cause unnecessary flaring at the upstream section of GGS.
Hazop Action No. 47
The ESD-3 shutdown of Gas Dehydration/TEG Regeneration unit closes 305-XV-3001,
the TEG Column 305-C-001 Bottom liquid outlet ESD valve. After the ESD shutdown the
steps of glycol circulation, Heat-up of Glycol and the pressurisation of feed gas and the
other requirements are to be followed as given below in Section 12.6.2. If the glycol
circulation, Gas pressurisation and other set of requirements are not followed, it will
lead to foaming which will cause glycol carry over to the trunkline.
12.6.2 Start-up at normal conditions
Subsequent start-up after a normal shut down requires less operations of a first start
up, since the operating parameters should be already set to their correct values.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 217 of 275
The following sequence can be followed:

1.
Assure that all the operating parameters (i.e. levels, pressures, etc.) are correct
and the plant is ready for start-up.
2.
Check that no causes of shut down are present.
3.
Check the pressures of the Gas Dehydration column 305-C-001 to be at least up to

7 barg.
4.
Check the pressure of the Flash Drum 305-V-002 to be 3.8 barg.
5.
Check the pressure of the Fuel Gas KO drum 305-V-004 to be 5 barg.
6.
Drain the blowers casing of the selected Vent Gas Blowers 305-K-002 A/B or C/D by
opening the eight ball valves installed on each blower case assuring that all the
possible present condensate vapour inside is drained off before burner ignition,
then close the drain valves.
7.
Start the burner from the Local Control Panel or DCS.
8.
After performing the burner start-up, progressively increase the set point of the
temperature indicating controller 305-TIC-3109 by DCS, then if the temperature in
the reboiler is lower than 90C.
Open the valves on the Start Up line 2-305-GY-1015-11A-P and start the glycol
circulation starting a pump allowing the warm-up of the Reboiler and Surge
Drum.
When the temperature inside the Surge Drum reach approximately 90C, open
the valves on the start-up line 2-305-GY-1023-11A-P and close the ones on
line 2-305-GY-1015-11A-P allowing to warm up also the Flash Drum and the
filters. This will allow all equipment to slowly warm-up and will avoid thermal
shock. When the temperature inside the reboiler reaches 150 C, can start the
Glycol circulation on the Gas Dehydration Column 305-C-001.
If the temperature in the reboiler is already above 90C, warm up can be

avoided.
9.
Open the shut down valve 305-XV-3003 and then close the valves on the
recirculation line previously opened (globe valve first then the ball valve). The
pressure on the pump outlet line will increase up to the required pressure and
allow the glycol to enter the column.
10. Then open the shut down valve on the outlet line 305-XV-3002. The level inside
the chimney tray shall be controlled by the valve 305-LV-3017. The glycol
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 218 of 275
circulation is complete and the glycol temperatures should reach the design
values.
11. Put the stripping gas in service by manual opening from DCS the shut down valve
305-XV-3171 on the stripping gas line.
12. Start circulation of process gas through the Glycol contactor soon AFTER the glycol
circulation is established to avoid potential foaming problem in the column. Feed
the glycol contactor with the process gas as smooth as possible.
13. It is not possible to indicate an accurate value on the feeding rate, it is advisable
to have few steps of 25% of the maximum flow, each step being reached in 30
seconds or more.
As the process gas feeds the internal gas/liquid separator of the glycol contactor
(the bottom section of the column), the water droplets trapped will form a level
at the bottom of the Contactor. When the level is above the LLLL trip, open the
shut down valve 305-XV-3001 and put in service the control valve 305-LV-3013.
Note: During heating the following parameters must be strictly followed:
Increase the temperature in the reboiler at a maximum rate of 60C per hour.
Do not exceed 204C in the reboiler.
The start up sequence is complete and the plant is in operation.

12.7
Start-up of TEG Incinerator System
The start-up of the incinerator involves the following steps:

1.
Combustion Chamber purge by Incinerator Air fan 340-K-001A/B.
2.
Pilot burner lighting.
3.
Main Burner lighting.
4.
Combustion Chamber Pre-heating.
5.
Waste gases feeding after combustion chamber temperature reaching to 750C.
6.
Combustion chamber temperature increasing up to pre-set operating value (850C)
7.
Dilution Air damper controlled by low value of Oxygen Analyzer and high
combustion chamber temperature.
8.
Normal operation.
12.7.1 Pre-requisites before starting the TEG Incinerator

The Start-up sequence cannot be carried out if the following lock alarms are on:
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 219 of 275
ESD system checks whether there is main burner start check failure BSL-6051
& BSL-6048 and detection of the burner main flames (alarm BAX-6051 and
BAX-6084) before the opening of the gas valves XV-6033A & XV-6033B and
closing of the vent valve XV-6033C.
ESD system checks whether there is pilot flame detection, start check failure
BSL-6070 before pilot ignition trial. Also, ESD checks if there is detection of
the pilot flame (alarm BAX-6070) before the start of its ignition
ESD system checks whether the air fan is not running before giving the start
command of the system.
Start-up of the TEG Incinerator

The TEG incinerator is manually started from the field by operator by means of the
pushbutton HS-6052B or from DCS by pressing HS-6052A and enable sequential start-up
of the incinerator.
The start-up follows the sequence as listed below:
1.
Press the field push-button HS-6052B if none of the lock alarms listed in the
previous point 12.6.15 is appearing on the system.
2.
The ESD signal starts the air fan 340-KM-0001A.
3.
Air fan 340-KM-001A is started and the sequence checks whether the air fan is
running.
4.
ESD checks whether the combustion air pressure PALL-6030 is not in alarm
condition after a short time period of 40 seconds (this alarm is overridden for
40 seconds from the time of starting the air fan).
5.
DCS signal to FY-6031 fully opens air valve FV-6031.
6.
Starts purge timer after FT-6031 confirms adequate purge airflow rate. During
purge time, LCP will illuminate Purge On lamp XL-6060.
7.
After completion of purge time Purge Complete lamp XL-6061 will illuminate in
LCP (Local Control Panel).
8.
Starts ignition transformer and continues sparking for 10 seconds. 2 seconds after
ignition has started, pilot valve XV-6032A, XV-6032B and XV-6032C are activated.
9.
ESD checks Pilot flame detection and de-energizes ignition transformer (both have
preset time periods). If the flame is not detected, it de-energizes XY-6032A,
XY-6032B and XY-6032C and raises an alarm.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 220 of 275
10. When the pilot flame is detected, it illuminates Pilot On lamp XL-6063 and
commences 20 seconds flame establishment period.
11. This is followed by activation of the main fuel gas valves XV-6033A, XV-6033B and
XV-6033C.
12. ESD checks whether main flame scanner has detected the flame and informs LCP
that the main flame is ON; ESD will enable Main Flame Present indication lamp
XL-6051.
13. ESD will enable PAHH-6056 function.
14. Heat incinerator up to a operating temperature of 750C.
15. DCS will send a signal to ESD (via HS-6055A) to activate valve XV-6041A, XV-6041B
and XV-6041C (TEG Off-Gas).
16. DCS will send a signal to ESD (via HS-6056A) to activate valve XV-6045A, XV-6045B
and XV-6045C (Produced Water Tank Off-Gas)
17. Once the burner is in operation, the next step is to increase the combustion
chamber temperature up to the minimum value for Off-Gas injection (pre-heating
of the incinerator). A temperature ramp-up control gradually heats up the
combustion chamber over a time period (to prevent thermal shock of the
refractory due to full burner output when refractory is cold).
18. The steps of off-gases feeding to incinerator are the following:
Minimum TT-6047 temperature value for gas injection is reached after

establishment time of 10 min;
Opening TEG Off-Gas valves XV-6041A & XV-6041B and closing XV-6041C to
consent off feed.
Opening Produced Water tank Off-Gas valves XV-6045A, XV-6045B and closing
XV-6045C to consent off feed.
In case of burner shut-down for any reason or incinerator low temperature TI-6047, the
valves of TEG off-gas and Produced Water tank off-gas close immediately.
Open the shut down valve 305-XV-3003 then close the valves on the
recirculation line previously opened (globe valve first then the ball valve). The
pressure on the pump outlet line will increase up to the required to allow the
glycol enter the column then open the shut down valve on the outlet line
305-XV-3002. The level inside the chimney tray shall be controlled by the valve
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 221 of 275
305-LV-3017. The glycol circulation is complete and the glycol temperatures

should reach the design values.
Put the stripping gas in service by manual opening from DCS the shut down
valve 305-XV-3171 on the stripping gas line.
Start circulation of process gas through the glycol contactor soon AFTER the
glycol circulation is established to avoid potential foaming problem in the
column.
Feed the glycol contactor with the process gas as smooth as possible.
Despite it is not possible to indicate an accurate value on the feeding rate, it

is advisable to have few steps of 25% of the maximum flow, each step being
reached in 30 seconds or more.
As the process gas feeds the internal gas/liquid separator of the glycol contactor (the
bottom section of the column), the water droplets trapped will form a level at the bottom
of the Contactor. When the level is above the LLLL trip, open the shut down valve 305-XV3001 and put in service the control valve 305-LV-3013.
Note: During heating the following parameters must be respected:
Increase the temperature in the reboiler at a maximum rate of 60C per hour.
Do not exceed 204C in the reboiler.
The start up sequence is complete and the plant is in operation.

12.7
START-UP OF OILY WATER SYSTEM
12.7.1 Line-up of Oily Water System

The Oil-water system comprises of the open drain sump and the oily skimmers.
The source of water is mainly the water from the Well heads and floor washings from
the process system and the sample points.
1.
Line-up the waste water to a Produced Water Degassing Drum (334-V-001)
2.
Ensure the Produced Water system is ready for start-up as detailed in Section
11.13 above
3.
Ensure to line-up blanketing gas (Fuel Gas) to Degassing Drum and Produced Water
storage tank
4.
Ensure water separation in Production Separator 302-V-001 and the level controller
302-LIC-1114 is lined up to 334-V-001
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
5.
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 222 of 275
Take 302-LIC-1156 on Manual and separated water at the boot of Coalescer

302-F-002A/B to Produced Water Degassing Drum. Set the level at 50% and take
the controller on Auto
6.
Check the level build-up in degassing drum
7.
Set the level controller 334-LIC-3441 at 50% and take it on Auto. Check flow of
water to 334-T-001
8.
Ensure the tank is always kept under fuel gas blanketing and the pressure is
maintained by 334-PV-5409
9.
Line-up open drain contaminated pump to Produced Water storage tank
10. Ensure 334-V-001 is pressure is controlled by 334-PIC-5449 and off-gas flows to

flare
11. Observe the separation of hydrocarbon condensate at the top surface of water
12. Skim off HC condensate manually to closed drain by monitoring the interface level
at 334-LI-5400
13. The separated water from the produced water tank is disposed off to tankers using
Produced Water disposal pumps 334-P-001A/S.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 223 of 275
13.0 NORMAL OPERATION AND MONITORING
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
13.1
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 224 of 275
PRODUCTION SEPARATOR NORMAL OPERATION
The following are to be maintained and controlled for stable operation of Production
Separator:
o
Monitor the operating pressures, liquid levels and production rates of

condensate, gas and water (measured by the flow meters in respective lines) of
separators.
Ensure that the pressure and level controllers of Production Separator are in Auto
mode. The operating pressure of the Production Separator shall be steady under
normal operating conditions. In case of frequent variations, check the
functioning of the pressure and level controllers.
Ensure that all methanol injection systems are running and the chemicals are
injected at the required rate during winter.
The vapour and liquid flows to and from the Production Separator may change
depending on the variation in Gas to Oil Ratio (GOR) of the production fluid and
the change in operating conditions of the plant like turndown etc.
Ensure that liquid level in the oil compartments is steady.
Regularly check and ensure that the drain valves of Production Separator are
closed and the spectacle blinds are in closed position
Periodically cross-check the levels, temperatures and the pressures of the

Production Separator between control room and field wherever possible. Any
discrepancies should be rectified.
Ensure free flow of produced water. Check heat tracing on regular basis. Prevent
maintenance of H.T.Coil shall be done as per schedule.
The pressure is maintained at 86.75 bara during the HP mode and 26.85 bara
during the LP mode. The pressure in the Production Separator is controlled by
back-pressure of the gas dehydration column. If for any reason, the Production
Separator increases beyond 86.75 bara, then the pressure control valve
302-PCV-1137 will open to flare to maintain normal pressure. If the pressure still
increases and leads to popping of Production Separator PSV, the choke valve
opening can be adjusted or isolate one of the well heads to control the pressure
immediately. If the Production Separator pressure reduces, this may be due to
tripping of any well head and can be normalised by restarting the well head after
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 225 of 275
attending its fault. If the pressure is still low, then adjust the choke valve
opening to get normal pressure in the Production Separator.
The interface level is maintained by the Interface Level Controller 302-LIC-1114
which controls the Produced Water flow through 302-LV-1114 to Produced Water
Tanks. The interface level is maintained at a normal level of 650 mm. If the
interface level increases quickly, this may be due to increased production flow of
gas or increased water content of the well head fluids. Sometimes the bypass of
the control valve 302-LV-1114 is operated to control the increased level of water
level in the Production Separator.
Key Performance indicators for Production Separator and Coalescer Circuit
Tag No.
302-PI-1112
302-TI-1138
302-FI-1108
302-LIC-1119
302-LIC-1114
302-FI-1106
302-FIC-1182
302-PDI-1168
302-PDI-1169
13.2
Description
Production Separator pressure
Production Separator Gas temperature
Gas flow to Gas Compressor/Gas Dehydration
Column
Production Separator Condensate level
Production Separator Interface level
Production Separator Water flow rate
Condensate flow rate
Differential pressure for Coalescer 302-F-002A
Differential pressure for Coalescer 302-F-002B
Required
Value
86.75
42
131.0
50.0
50.0
40.0
36.0
0.2
0.2
Unit
bara
C
Sm3/h
%
%
m3/h
m3/h
bar
bar
GAS DEHYDRATION & TEG REGENERATION SYSTEM
The following are the main points for periodical checks of the normal operation of Gas
Dehydration and TEG Regeneration system.
Maintain the lean glycol flow and temperature as per the increase of the gas feed
rate in the gas dehydration column. Maintain the lean TEG temperature 5C
above the wet gas entering the gas dehydration column. Adjust the final
parameters so that the final moisture content of the dry gas is met.
Pressure drop across the Gas dehydration column should have a normal value of
0.2 to 0.3 bar. In any case, if the differential pressure reaches 0.35 bar, then it
indicates foaming problem in the dehydration column. Collect both lean and rich
glycol samples frequently to determine the purity of glycol and eliminate
foaming.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 226 of 275
Vaporisation losses in the regenerator still column can be reduced by satisfactory

glycol condensation. Monitor the reflux condenser outlet temperature and
maintain it at a temperature of 95C. Also, maintain the temperature of lean
glycol within 3 to 6C to the inlet gas temperature. Avoid excessive gas velocities
which will lead to foaming by reducing the gas feed appropriately.
During winter months when air temperature might fall to 15C (minimum
ambient temperature), ensure heating the Gas dehydration column bottom,
condensate outlet line and the chimney tray of the gas dehydration column
these are heated by electrical tracing.
When there is foaming in the column, start the antifoam and the corrosion
inhibitor injection to various points in the TEG regeneration system
efficient operation of the gas dehydration system.
Check the two or more samples to confirm the water content of the dry gas and
condensate.
Do not operate the glycol reboiler above 204C as it will lead to premature glycol
degradation.
Chemical Requirement
o
The estimated TEG make-up requirement is 400 kg once a week.
Antifoam requirement is 10 litres per week. Regular TEG chemical analysis will
determine the exact requirement.
Corrosion Inhibitor requirement is 10 litres per week. Glycol pH will determine

the exact requirement.
Key Performance Indicators for Gas Dehydration System and TEG Regeneration System
Tag No.
305-TI-3019
305-LIC-3017
305-LIC-3013
305-PIC-3009
305-PDI-3007
305-TI-3076
305-FI-3113
305-TIC-3102
305-TI-3101
305-TG-3100
Description
Gas Inlet to 305-C-001 Temperature
Lean TEG level in 305-C-001
Bottom Condensate level in 305-C-001
305-C-001 Top pressure
305-C-001 Packing differential pressure
Lean TEG to 305-C-001
Lean TEG flow to 305-C-001
OVHD temperature of 305-E-003
Rich TEG temperature to 305-E-003
Rich TEG Inlet temperature to 305-E-001
Required
Value
Unit
50.0
C
50.0
%
30.0
%
84.8
barg
0.3
bar
55
C
6.0
m3/h
95
C
53.5
C
62.0
C
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Tag No.
305-TG-3119
305-TG-3144
305-TG-3127
305-LIC-3210
305-PDI-3216
305-PDI-3222
305-PDI-3218
305-LI-3115
305-TIC-3109
305-PI-3178
305-PI-3174
305-PI-3189
13.3
Operations
Page 227 of 275
Description
Rich TEG Outlet temperature from 305-E-001
Lean TEG Inlet temperature to 305-E-001
Lean TEG Outlet temperature of 305-E-001
Flash drum TEG level
305-F-003A Differential Pressure
305-F-003B Differential Pressure
305-F-002 Differential Pressure
Lean TEG Surge drum level
TEG Reboiler vapour temperature
Stripping gas pressure
Main TEG Burner FG pressure
TEG Pilot burner FG pressure
Required
Value
Unit
150.0
C
103.0
C
73.8
C
50.0
%
0.2
bar
0.2
bar
0.15
bar
50.0
%
204
C
0.4
barg
0.5
barg
0.3
barg
COMPRESSOR NORMAL OPERATION
Ensure all control and safeguarding functions of the Field Gas Compressor and its
auxiliaries are normal.
Check vibration and displacement at the compressor monitoring system and Human
Machine Interface (HMI).
Monitor the functioning of anti-surge control system
Check the compressor suction pressure at 304-PT-1221.
The suction pressure controller sends a speed set-point signal to the VSDS (Variable
Speed Drive System).
The VSDS tends to decrease the speed of the compressor in case the suction
pressure is decreasing below the set point.
Lube Oil
The Lube Oil Reservoir temperature is controlled by 304-TIC-1527 which controls the
heater by a thermister control which switches the heater ON and OFF at a desired
temperature. The lube oil header temperature is maintained at 59C by a temperature
controller acting on a three-way valve 304-TCV-1503 which bypasses the lube oil across
the lube oil cooler (304-X-1500).
The lube oil supply pressure is controlled by self-actuated pressure control valve
304-PCV-1510 which maintains the header pressure at 2.5 barg by opening to the Lube
Oil Reservoir.
Seal Gas
Ensure the seal supply pressure and temperature are maintained
Ensure seal leak monitored by the back pressure controller 304-PV-1464
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Monitor the seal gas filter pressure drop at 304-PDI-1451
Check the nitrogen bottle availability
Operations
Page 228 of 275
Compressor
Check condensate level in the suction KO drum is controlled. Check the secondary
seal air pressure and quality.
Monitor the suction and discharge pressure of the compressor
Monitor the bearing temperature
Ensure field gas compressor cooler fans are running and the gas temperature is
controlled at 60C
Early Plant (HP) Operation

During this mode, the suction KO drums, the Field Gas Compressors and their
Aftercoolers will be bypassed. Hence, all controllers, as listed on the next page,
related to the suction KO drums, the Field Gas Compressors and the Aftercoolers shall
be forced to Manual and outputs driven to 0% during HP mode operations.
304-TICA-1268
304-TICA-1275
304-TICA-1215
304-LIC-1210
304-TICA-1368
304-TICA-1375
304-TICA-1315
304-LIC-1310
Field
Field
Field
Field
Field
Field
Field
Field
Gas
Gas
Gas
Gas
Gas
Gas
Gas
Gas

Compressor Aftercooler-A outlet temperature control
Compressor Suction KO Drum-A level control
Compressor Aftercooler-B outlet temperature control
Compressor Suction KO Drum-B level control
In addition to the above, the compressor faceplate for DCS operations like compressor
start sequence, compressor motor start, lube oil standby pump start and lube oil
coolers start shall be disabled during HP mode.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 229 of 275
14.0 PLANT START-UP AFTER EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
14.1
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 230 of 275
GENERAL EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN LEVELS - ESD1, ESD2 & ESD3
The ESD levels adopted for the facilities are as follows:

ESD Level -1 Shutdown: ESD Level-1 shutdown will open all the depressurizing
valves at the same time.

ESD Level-2 Shutdown: ESD Level-2 shutdown will enable depressurization,
allowing for operator action if required.

ESD Level-3 Shutdown: ESD Level-3 shutdowns are used only to isolate or
shutdown systems. Individual unit/equipment may be depressurized if necessary.

Whenever any ESD is initiated either by the process conditions or by the operator, all
the ESD outputs will be de-energized and final control element are driven to fail safe
position.
ESD system will maintain this fail safe position as long as ESD condition persists. Even
after ESD initiating condition becomes normal and as long as manual reset for
individual output is not given by operator, ESD will hold the fail-safe position. Once the
operator initiates reset for individual tags (through DCS graphics), ESD will drive those
outputs to normal state (i.e. State 1).
If the trip is initiated by ESD Level-2 or ESD Level-3 shutdown, then the plant can be
started immediately after manually resetting the ESD by the Control Room Operator
provided the parameter which had initiated abnormal process condition returns to
normal value. If it is ESD Level-1 shutdown, then after ensuring the reason for
abnormal condition, the CCR Operator should confirm with the operator concerned
whether the condition has returned to normal before proceeding with the start-up of
the unit.
For the normal start-up of the unit after depressurization, follow Section-12. However
the initial purging and the pressurization of the unit need not be followed and proceed
with starting the various motors equipment and stabilisation of the unit. For the ESD
Level-2 and ESD Level-3, the plant can be started directly with only stabilising of the
unit.
14.2
PLANT START-UP AFTER ESD1 SHUTDOWN
If it is ESD Level-1 shutdown, then after ensuring the reason for abnormal condition,
the CCR Operator should confirm with the operator concerned whether the condition
has returned to normal before proceeding with the start-up of the unit.
EDG is stopped or not getting started (Due to confirmed presence of 10% LEL)
Ensure the plant normalcy is returned and cleared by the supervisor for restart-up of
the plant.
PLANT START-UP (EDG not available due to presence of LEL > 10%)
1.
Ensure the cause for ESD level-1 shutdown.
2.
Take all Level Control Valves and keep them closed. Take Pressure Control Valves
and keep them closed or control the pressure as the process warrants.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
3.
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 231 of 275
Ensure LEL 10% level at HVAC suction or 20% level at field is not active. Signal is
healthy.
4.
Check DCS and safety system are healthy with power supply from UPS.
5.
Check battery system is healthy and lube oil is powered. EDG control supply is
available.
6.
Rest ESD1 button by pressing ESD level 1 RESET at Control Room.
7.
Ensure all blowdown valves are closed. Check the indication at DCS.
8.
Start Emergency Diesel Generator

a.
Check the diesel level in the day tank. Ensure the Emergency Diesel Generator
Local control Panel is powered from the battery
b.
9.
Start the EDG as detailed in Section 5 of this manual
Start-up shall be done as detailed below.
14.2.1 Start-up of Utility Water Systems
Ensure 326-P-003A/B utility water pump is ready for start-up
Ensure lubrication for the pumps
Ensure valves at utility water points are closed
Ensure power supply to 326-P-001A/S borehole water pump
Start 326-P-001A/s from local pushbutton and check the discharge pressure at
326-PG-4731
Check the water flow at 326-FI-4726 to utility water tank
Set 326-LIC-4760 to Auto mode
326-LIC-4760 gives command to 326-P-001 borewell pump to start at Low level
14.2.2 Start-up of Potable Water Systems
Ensure Potable Water Tank 326-T-003 has adequate level
Ensure valves at potable water points are closed
Ensure suction strainers for 326-P-005A/B potable water distribution pumps are
cleaned and reinstated
Check the pump 326-P-005A shaft is free
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 232 of 275
Energise 326-P-005A
Open pump discharge valve and control the discharge pressure at 4 barg
Charge the potable water distribution header
Header pressure is maintained by controlling 326-PV-4786 in the recycle line to

potable water tank
Keep 326-P-005B as standby pump
14.2.3 Start-up of Plant Air System
Ensure drain valve and bypass valve for Plant Air Receiver 325-V-001 are closed
Ensure all instruments are lined up to DCS (No change made since shutdown of the
plant-ESD1 activation)
Open 2 vent valve on Plant Air Receiver 325-V-001 and close outlet valve
Open inlet valve to 325-V-001 Wet Air Receiver on discharge of compressor
Open inlet valve of 325-V-001 Wet Air Receiver
Ensure compressor after cooler is lined up
Confirm that compressors are set for local control
Following the start-up procedure as per the vendors Installation, Operation and
Maintenance Manual. Start Compressor No. 1 from local control panel.
Confirm lube oil circulation and check operation of the lube oil separator
Check the compressor for abnormal conditions (pressure, temperature, noise, etc.)
Once the compressor is started, slowly pressurize the plant air receiver 325-V-001
Ensure all isolation valves in the field utility station are closed
Close 2 vent valve and blind it. Open outlet valve of 325-V-001 for admitting Plant
Air to the system network
Ensure plant air user valves are closed
Open 325-XV-4665 at the outlet of 325-V-002 plant air receiver
Line-up 325-PV-4660 manually and charge the plant air header. Check the flow at
325-FI-4663
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 233 of 275
Set 325-PV-4660 at 8.5 barg and take the controller on AUTO mode
Refer vendor operating and maintenance manual for further details.

14.2.4 Start-up of Instrument Air
Select Instrument air Dryer to be on line from the Selector switch. Line-up
325-X-002A; 325-X-002B goes to Standby mode
Line-up plant air to IA Dryer 325-X-002A
Open the outlet valve 325-X-002A of instrument air dryer to instrument air receiver
325-V-002
Ensure 325-XV-3275 in IA line to nitrogen is closed
Line-up all instruments to DCS
Start the Instrument Air Driers as per vendor operating and maintenance manual
Controls from Local Panel for steady operation of the compressor
Ensure drain valve and bypass valve for Instrument Air Receiver 325-V-002 are
closed
Open inlet valve of 325-V-002
Check instrument air pressure at 325-PI-4661
Close 4 vent valve and blind the pressure. Open outlet valve of 325-V-002 for
admitting instrument air to the system network
Monitor compressor discharge pressure, dryer pressure drop, change-over of dryers,

and the dew point of dried air; log data on a daily basis
Refer vendors operating and maintenance manual for further details

Normal Operation
Ensure Plant Air Compressor is operating normally.
Check pressure and flow rate of IA at DCS.
Ensure the dew point 35C at 7.5 barg is maintained through on-line analyser.
The following are set for the Auto-Start of the Running Compressor and Start/Stop of
the Standby Compressor:
Unload Compressor-B
Unload Compressor-A
Load Compressor-B
Load Compressor-A
: 8.6
: 8.4
: 8.0
: 7.7
barg
barg
barg
barg
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Plant Shutdown
Operations
Page 234 of 275
: 4.5 barg
14.2.5 Start-up of Nitrogen System
Ensure power supply from EDG set and MCC is energised
Energise Local Control Panel
Ensure pre-requisite activities of nitrogen generator, nitrogen receiver and other

utility systems are completed
Ensure the instrument air receiver is under normal pressure (79 barg)
Check instrument air dew point and confirm it is within specification limits
(35C at 7.5 barg)
Ensure all instruments are hooked up to DCS
Open 2 valve at the inlet of 324-X-001 nitrogen package
Reset 325-XV-4725 and admit IA to nitrogen membrane unit 324-X-001
Line-up nitrogen membrane units 324-M-001, 324-M-002 and 324-M-003
Ensure to line-up the inlet block valve and outlet ball valve of the membrane units
324-M-001, 324-M-002 and 324-M-003
Ensure the analysers 324-AIT-4619 and 324-PCV-4612 are lined up to DCS
Start membrane unit from Local Control Panel
Line-up product block valve
The product will automatically be vented through the product vent valves
324-XV-4620 & 324-HCV-003 until on-specification N2 (98% purity) is generated
Adjust purity control valve until the purity of product nitrogen is achieved
When the O2 level in N2 product stream reaches 2%, the system will automatically
switch product valves 324-XV-4616 and 324-HCV-002 to open and product vent
valves 324-XV-4620 & 324-HCV-003 to close
Refer vendor operating & maintenance manual for further details.

Line-up Nitrogen Receiver
Ensure drain and vent for the receiver 324-V-001 are closed
Open block valve in the product outlet line from nitrogen generator and slowly
admit nitrogen to the receiver 324-V-001
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 235 of 275
Pressurize the receiver and vent the nitrogen through drain from the receiver
Open outlet valve for the receiver and charge the nitrogen header
Change controls of nitrogen generator from local control panel to DCS
Check the controls of nitrogen generator, both on Manual and Auto from PCS
Monitor nitrogen purity
Normal Operation of Plant Air, Instrument Air & Nitrogen Systems
Line-up plant air header from instrument air receiver 325-V-002 by opening
325-PV-4660
Set 325-PICA-4660 at 7 barg and take the controller on Auto
Line-up master pressure controller 325-PT-4732 on Auto
Monitor the operation of plant air , instrument air and nitrogen systems; keep them
running for the start-up of the plant
14.2.6 Start-up of Flare System
Ensure lining up of all instruments in flare headers, Flare KO Drum, Flare KO Drum
Booster Pumps and KO Drum Pumps (Normally not disturbed after ESD1 shutdown)
Check the seal oil for the KO Drum Booster Pumps
Check the lubricant for the booster pumps 331-P-001A/B
331-X-001 Flare shall be lit as per vendor start-up procedure (if the flare is put off.
Normally the flare continues with gas hold up in the flare network)
Ensure flare is started with propane gas and keep the flare with propane supply
until LP fuel gas system is established
Start the heater if the Flare KO Drum level is above 50%. Start the heater. Line-up
all instruments for the heater
Heater shall maintain 50C. The heater will start at 40C and stop at 60C
Start KO Drum Booster Pump 331-P-001A (B as Standby) and keep it under recycle
by operating 331-FV-5160 to ensure minimum flow through the pump
Line-up condensate from booster pump to suction of 331-P-002A
Check the operating pressure of production separator
Reset 331-XV-5129 and open the shutdown valve
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 236 of 275
Keep 331-P-002B as hot Standby (keep both suction and discharge valves open)
14.2.7 Start-up Open Drain System
Start-up after electrical power supply resumed
Keep the pumps energised
Line-up 332-P-001A/S to holding pond and 332-P-002A/S to Produced Water storage

tank
Line-up level instrument in holding pond
Ensure holding pond overflow line is clear
Ensure 332-P-003A/S water disposal pump is in running condition
14.2.8 Start-up Closed Drain System

All required electrical and instrumentation (including safeguarding) systems required
for the drain system is fully tested and commissioned.
Check and confirm that the lube oil level is at the correct level for the pumps
Reset 333-XS-5321 for the heater
Ensure Power Supply to Heater Control Panel and 333-P-001A/B
Set 333-LICA-5304 to AUTO mode. Line-up the pump discharge to 331-V-001 Flare
KO Drum
Open 333-P-001A/B Discharge Valves
Open 333-P-001A/B discharge battery limit valve
Ensure the level of liquid is at Low Low level before draining from any process
equipment.
Check level in 333-LIC-5304
Drain out the liquid by pump 333-P-001A/B, if the liquid level is above Low Low
Ensure collection of drained liquid (hydrocarbon) above Low Low level
Start Heater E-333-H-001 from DCS
Set 333-TICA-5306 to AUTO mode
Set Point = 50C
Ensure liquid level in the Closed Drain Vessel before starting Heater
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 237 of 275
Switch OFF the Heater manually from DCS when there is no liquid level in the
Closed Drain Vessel
14.2.9 Start-up of Fuel Gas System
The high pressure fuel gas is supplied from the trunk line to power generator
packages 323-X-001A/B
Ensure Emergency Diesel Generator is supplying power to GGS (start-up

requirement)
Ensure DCS and instruments are lined up
Ensure flare is lined up
Ensure supply of fuel gas from trunk line (large sink of gas)
Ensure valves at the inlet of GTG are closed
Line-up fuel gas through 3 line from trunk line to fuel gas system
Drain the condensate from the pipe line to closed drain header
Gradually open 321-PV-3306 and admit fuel gas to KO Drum 321-V-001
Drain the condensate from the KO Drum 321-V-001 to flare header through the
level control valve 321-LV-3311.Take 321-LV-3311 on Auto mode
Line-up fuel gas superheater 321-H-002A
Line-up fuel gas filter 321-F-001A or B
Drain out the condensate from the filter (first time) and close the drain valve
Energise heat tracing
Reset and start the heater 321-H-001A
Set 321-TIC-3352 at 15C and take it on Auto
Ensure gas flow to superheater 321-H-002A
Start the heater 321-H-002A by switch 321-HS-3420
Set heater temperature at 321-TDIC-3323 at 15C and take it on Auto
Check the pressure drop across filter at 321-PDI-3319
Fuel gas is ready to be admitted to GTG
Line-up fuel gas to field gas compressor (seal gas)
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
14.2.10
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 238 of 275
Start-up of Gas Turbine Generator
Ensure EGD is running and supplying power to auxiliaries of GTGs.

Ensure Instrument air supply is restored.
Ensure fuel supply pressure is maintained by the gas from Trunk Line.
Energization of 11 kV switchgear at the Substation: The dead bus closing of the bus-tie
AB from GTG-A UCP & GTG-B UCP is to be carried out. The breaker close command
from individual GCP is routed through a close permissive from the PMS which ensures
that the 11 kV system is healthy. All incomer and outgoing breakers are in open
condition and the switchboard is healthy with no faults. (In Manual mode, 11 kV
Incomer and Bus Tie Breakers can be closed in Test position only). Operator to ensure
that the 11 kV switchboard is a continuous bus with all bus-coupler breakers closed
before starting of the GTGs under plant start-up condition.
Identify and start one of the GTGs (either GTG-A, or, GTG-B). The feeders of the
GTG-Auxiliaries shall be kept in ready to start condition, so that they can start when
the signals are received from the GTG-UCP. The GTG Auxiliaries are:
o
Starter Motor
Main Enclosure Vent Fan 1 & 2
ABLOC Fan 1, 2 & 3
CACA Fan 1 & 2
All these feeders are located in the respective Gas Turbine Generator MCC Switchboard
The first GTG is brought into circuit by dead-bus closing of its 11 kV incomer breaker.
The incomer circuit breaker Close command in the GCP is routed through a PMS
Close permissive contact which will ensure that the NER of the first GTG that is being
brought into circuit is connected to the system, thus ensuring that the 11 kV system is
earthed.
system gets energized, and the 11 kV bus voltage, kW and current feedback along with
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 239 of 275
Refer Section 5 of this manual and the vendor operating instruction manual for more
details.
14.2.11
Start-up of Produced Water System
Check the level at 3344-T-001 Produced Water storage tank
Line-up all instruments for the Produced Water storage tank
Line-up all instruments for Produced Water degassing drum
Ensure to line-up blanket fuel gas to 334-T-001 by opening 334-PCV-54408
Control the tank pressure by operating 334-PV-5409 to TEG incinerator
Line-up degassing drum 334-PCV-5449 to flare
Take all controllers on Auto
Keep the degassing drum and the Produced Water tank to receive Produced Water
ready for operation
Start-up of Methanol System
Check the level at Methanol Storage Tank 329-T-001
Ensure Methanol unloading pump 329-P-001A/S and 329-P-001A/S methanol

unloading/loading pump are ready and powered up for plant start-up
Line-up blanketing (LP Fuel gas) gas to methanol storage tank by taking
329-PCV-4905 on line
Control the tank pressure at 100mbarg by 329-PCV-4906 vent valve
Set both control valves 329-PCV-4905 and 329-PCV-4906 to Auto
For top of level in methanol storage tank, unloading shall be done as detailed in
Section 11 above.
Check the methanol flow to methanol storage tank. Control the tank pressure
Ensure the tank level is above 50%
Monitor the level at 329-LI-4900
Ensure valves at methanol loading point is closed
Loading of the tote tank is done by running 329-P-001A/S.
Start Methanol Injection as required while starting the plant
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
14.2.12
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 240 of 275
Start-up of Glycol Transfer System
Ensure Glycol Storage Tank 305-T-001 is cleaned and ready to receive water
Ensure glycol make-up pump 305-P-002 and TEG drain pump 305-P-001A/S are
ready for start-up of the plant after shutdown
Make sure the requirement of glycol in dehydration system
Start 305-P-002 from local pushbutton and check the discharge pressure at
305-PG-4905
Run the make-up pump on recycle to glycol storage tank
Line-up 305-F-001.Open make-up pump
discharge and transfer glycol
to
regeneration section. Stop the pump once the desired quantity is transferred
14.2.13
Start-up of Production Separator
Check the pressure of Production Separator
Ensure blowdown valves are in closed position
Take the pressure control valve 302-PV-1132 on Manual and keep it closed
Keep the level control valves at condensate line and Produced Water are kept
closed on Manual
Ensure blowdown valve 302-XV-1109 is taken on line
Ensure the shutdown valves 322-XV-1102, 302-XV-1101 and 304-XV-1200 are in

closed condition.
Ensure all instruments are lined up to DCS
Ensure heat tracing for all instruments and process lines
Ensure well head is lined up to ESDV at the inlet to separator
Reset 302-XV-1157 and 302-XV-1100 at the inlet of production separator
Open 302-XV-1157 and pressurize the header up to 302-PV-1156
Gradually open 302-PV-1156 and pressurize the production separator
Check the pressure drop at 302-PDIT-1107 is less than 2 barg
Open 302-XV-1100. 302-XV-1157 closes automatically
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 241 of 275
As the pressure is increased in the Production Separator, liquid starts condensing in

the weir. Establish interface level and after the condensate level reaches the weir
height, condensate overflows to the condensate side
Control the separator pressure at 87 barg with 302-PV-1132. Stabilise the separator
pressure
Set the pressure controller 302-PIC-1132 to Auto. Continue flaring till stabilising the
operation of separator
Commission the condensate level transmitter 302-LIC-1119 and the local level
gauge 302-LG-1118; check that both show the same level
After the condensate level 302-LIC-1119 reaches 30% level, this would require the
following valves to be opened:
Force open 302-XV-1102 and line-up condensate to the Early Operation

condensate pumps (302-P-002A)
Suction valve of 302-P-002A

Discharge valve of 302-P-002A
Pump safety valve 302-PSV-0135A should be car sealed in the open position.
At this time, the plant should have been purged free of air and leak tested to
operating pressures.
Start Early Operation condensate pump 302-P-002A and line-up one of the
Condensate Solid filters (302-F-001A) and Condensate Coalescer (302-F-002A). Take
305-LCV-1119 in Manual mode and keep it 20% open.
Note: Initial level of condensate can be lined to Closed Drain header and later when
the dry gas from Gas Dehydration Column meets specification, it can be pumped back
from Closed Drain Drum and Flare K.O Drum to Production Separator and avoid slug
accumulation in the GTP trunk line.
Line-up of Gas to Fuel Gas System
(Separator gas is lined up if gas from trunk line is not available).
Ensure operation of production separator is stabilised
Ensure Fuel Gas system is ready as detailed in Section 11.12 above
Open block valves at the inlet of Fuel Gas heater 321-H-001A/B
Open 302-XV-1207 and charge gas to fuel gas system
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
Operations
Page 242 of 275
Refer Section 11.12 for lining up Fuel Gas
14.2.14
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Start-up of the Condensate System
After the condensate level reaches the weir height of the Production Separator, the
condensate overflows to the condensate chamber in the production separator
302-V-001.
Ensure all instruments are lined up to DCS and active.
Line-up the suction valves of the condensate pumps 302-P-001A/B (LP Phase) or
302-P-002A/B (HP Phase).
After the condensate reaches the Level Low height of 610 mm on the condensate
side of the Production Separator, the ESD valve 302-XV-1102 is forced open and the
condensate flows to the suction side of the Condensate Pumps.
Start the Condensate Pump 302-P-001A on minimum-flow line 302-LV-1119.
Line-up the Condensate Solid Filters (302-F-001A) first and pressure up the A-filter.
Check the differential filter 302-PDI-1144.
Line-up Condensate Coalescer (302-F-002A) and slowly fill the Condensate

Coalescer.
Check the Interface Level Controller 302-LIC-1156A. As level starts to appear as

indicated in the level controller 302-LIC-1156A, open the level control valve
302-LCV-1156 manually and maintain the interface level.
Keep the Condensate Coalescer (302-F-002B) as Standby.
Check the condensate samples; once it meets the specification, it can be routed to
the GTP trunk line. If there is more delay in the Gas Dehydration and TEG
Regeneration system, condensate can be drained to the Closed Drain Drum.
The condensate flow controller 302-FIC-1182 can be kept in cascade with the
Production Separator Level Controller 302-LIC-1119.
14.2.15
Start-up of Field Gas Compressor (LP Operation)
Ensure the cause for ESD level-1 shutdown
Ensure the Compressor Discharge Depressurization valve 304-XV-1264 is opened due

to ESD-1 shutdown. Reset 304-XV-1264. Keep it closed
The Antisurge valve 304-FV-1212 is in Open condition
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 243 of 275
Since the Compressor discharge side is depressurised and the antisurge valve is
opened, the compressor will be in depressurized condition and the start-up will be
like initial start-up
Check the availability of seal gas. Alternatively, use nitrogen as seal gas for the
compressor
Line-up seal gas (N2) to the compressor seals
Ensure blowdown of compressor is reset and taken on line
Energise electrical system for compressor as detailed in Section 12 of this manual

and also refer the vendor manual
Line-up flare header from compressor
Reset 304-XV-1264. Keep it closed
Line-up of Seal Gas System

Line-up Fuel Gas and thereafter the Seal Gas system for the compressor (nitrogen as
seal gas if compressor is at settled-out condition).
Ensure seal gas pressure is 27 barg.
Instrument air (Secondary Seal)
Ensure IA pressure is 58 barg.
Line-up Field Gas Compressor Aftercooler
Ensure lubrication for cooler fans; Start the fans and check performance.
Take 304-TIC-1213 on Manual. Set the temperature at 60C.
Line-up Lube oil system.
Start-up of Compressor
Ensure pre-requisite for compressor start-up is completed
Ensure DCS, antisurge control system, temperature monitoring system and

condition monitoring system are lined up as per vendors instruction manual
Check the operation of antisurge valve 304-FCV-1212 and flare vent valve
304-PCV-1294 from the local control panel
Ensure healthiness of seal gas system and lube oil system
Ensure healthiness of motor local control station, remote control panel, ESD panel,
compressor PLC system and VSD switchgear
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 244 of 275
Power up VSD and check the readiness of motor (Check that the interlock for startup is active). Refer operating instruction manual of the vendor
Charging of Gas to Compressor
Ensure the compressor is at locked up pressure or completely depressurized after

ESD1 level shutdown
Ensure gas pressure at separator is 27 barg or greater
Ensure to line-up KO Drum 304-V-001A. Take 304-LIC-1210 on Auto
Ensure compressor discharge valve is open
Reset 304-XV1219 at compressor discharge and keep it closed
Reset 304-XV1200/1201 at KO drum inlet
Select the compressor start-up in Sequence Start-up Mode
Line-up antisurge control system. Open 304-FCV-1212
Open ESD-V1201 and admit gas to compressor
Ensure the pressure drop is less than 2 barg. 304-PDT-1206 automatically opens
ESD-V1200 and suction of the compressor is pressurized
Drain the condensate from compressor casing, pipe lines and KO drum
Starting of Compressor
Set PIC1226 at 27 barg (Check the vendor manual)
Check the compressor suction pressure is about 27 barg
Make sure that start-up interlocks have been released by the control system of the
compressor unit
Check the indicators in the compressor control panel
Check for any alarms and healthiness of start-up system. In case of any
malfunction, or the start-up conditions are not achieved, take corrective action
and ensure Ready for Start is indicated in the panel
Check the speed control is at minimum
Ensure compressor discharge cooler fans are running and TCV1215 is on Auto mode
Ensure electrical heat tracing of compressor suction headers are activated
Select compressor suction pressure PIC1226 as control set pressure
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 245 of 275
Set the compressor discharge at 87 barg and take it on Auto control
Inform electrical substation
Following is the sequence for start of the motor in VSD mode:
Close the VSD input breaker using T/N/C switch on RCP
Keep the selector switch in Normal Mode on VSD system
Keep the selector switch on local control station in Local Mode
See the VSD ready indication on local control station
Press the VSD Start pushbutton on the local control station
See Motor Running on VSD indication on local control station
Check the speed, discharge pressure, lubrication and seal gas pressure, and
secondary seal gas pressure
Check compressor vibration and temperature at the bearings
Check the compressor discharge pressure and performance of the compressor
Check the gas temperature at the discharge cooler outlet of first and second stages
Monitor the Air cooler outlet temperature and control at 60C by taking
304-TIC-1215 in Auto mode
Raise the compressor speed by selecting speed increase
Raise the speed of the compressor to 1200 rpm and check the compressor discharge
pressure at PI-1232
Gradually raise the compressor discharge pressure to 87 barg, with careful

monitoring of compressor for vibration, temperature at the bearing, discharge
pressures, gas outlet temperature at the outlet of gas coolers
Set the discharge pressure at 87 barg and take the compressor operation on Auto
Mode
Check the performance of the compressor for vibration, discharge pressure,

bearing temperature, gas flow etc as detailed in the compressor vendors
instruction manual
However, the speed of the compressor is controlled by the suction pressure of the
compressor (tank pressure)
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Unit : GGS
Operations
Page 246 of 275
Monitor liquid level in Suction KO Drum
Adjust the seal gas supply as specified in the Vendors O&M
Switch off the lube oil heater
Take electrical tracing heater on Auto Mode
Monitor the condition of the compressor and auxiliaries
Check dehydration column operating pressure
Open 304-XV-1219 at the compressor discharge and allow the gas to Dehydration
Column
Control 305-C-001A Dehydration Column pressure by taking 305-PV-3024 on Manual.

Set 305-PV-3024 to Auto after stable operation of dehydration column
Gradually close 304-PCV-1294 and close flaring
Take 304-PCV-1294 on Auto mode
Once the compressor performance is established, change the selector switch (SW1)
in VSD to DCS position (or change the selector switch in motor LCS to DCS position)
Now the compressor control shall be taken over by compressor PLC in control room
Monitor the performance of the compressor from compressor PLC in control room
Once the compressor is loaded, the anti-surge and performance controllers will be
switched from SEQUENCE to AUTO
(In case of Settle-out Pressure (46.4 barg), the seal gas supply is supplied from the
HP Fuel Gas tapped from the downstream of Fuel Gas Heater (321-E-001A/B) to ensure
dry heated gas is supplied to Dry Gas Seals).
Refer operating instruction of vendor manual for more information.
14.2.16
Start-up of Gas-Dehydration
Ensure the Depressurization valve 305-XV-3000 is opened due to ESD-1 trip. Reset
305-XV-3000 is reset and kept closed.
Ensure the regeneration system and dehydration system have adequate level of
glycol
Establish glycol circulation by running the glycol pumps
Line-up electrical tracing. In cold weather conditions, TEG (Tri-Ethylene Glycol) is

viscous and needs warming up to facilitate pouring
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 247 of 275
Ensure both reboiler and glycol surge drum are charged with glycol
Line-up one of the Glycol Circulation Pumps 305-P-003A/B. Open suction and
discharge valves of the pump 305-P-003A which is selected for use. Ensure the
block valves on exchangers 305-E-001, 305-E-002 and 305-E-004, and gas
dehydration column (305-C-001) are lined up (normally not closed during ESD1
shutdown)
Select Local Mode by pressing 305-MHS-3121B on the local panel and start the
pump 305-P-003A by pressing Start pushbutton 305-MHS-3121A. Check for the
Running indication 305-MIXI-3121 of 305-P-003A in the DCS Panel
Establish glycol circulation by running the glycol pumps
Check the level in the glycol surge drum and maintain it if required by top-up (If
there is loss of glycol during shutdown)
Maintain the pressure of Flash Drum at 3.5 barg
Line-up one of the TEG Cartridge Filters (305-F-003A/B) and the TEG Carbon Filter
(305-F-002)
Line-up activated carbon filter (if degraded product is observed in glycol)
Put the level controller 305-LIC-3210 on Auto and return the rich TEG to the Still
Column (305-C-002) through 305-LV-3210. TEG will then flow down to the reboiler
by passing through the Pall Ring Packing in the still column
Keep the surge drum level by make-up of glycol. Check the level in reboiler and
surge drum. When the reboiler is full, the surge drum level will remain constant
and should be half-full with glycol. Stop filling the reboiler and close the 2 valve
on glycol make-up line
Continue glycol circulation through dehydration column, glycol flash vessel,

reboiler, TEG still column, Cold lean/rich glycol exchanger, Hot lean/rich glycol
exchanger and Rich TEG cartridge filter by running 305-P-003A or B Glycol
Circulation Pump, until Reboiler is lined up followed by gas from separator (Field
Gas Compressor at a later stage) to dehydration column
Check the temperature of glycol (fuel gas firing is stopped during shutdown)
Start the gas burner assembly for the TEG Reboiler can be started either from DCS
or from Local panel. Follow procedure as detailed under Section 12 above
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 248 of 275
When the Main Flame stabilization time is over and the burner start-up sequence is
completed, Burner On indication appears on local panel (305-XL-3156B) and on
DCS (305-BAH-3156A)
Put 305-TIC-3109 on temperature control with 305-TV-3109 on Auto
Set a maximum temperature gradient of 60C/hour
After performing the burner start-up, progressively increase the set point for
305-TIC-3109 up to 204C
Stripping gas flow can be started manually by opening the shutdown valve
305-XV-3171 on the stripping gas line and is allowed only if the burner is ON. Once
the burner is switched off, 305-XV-3171 will close automatically. After burner
restart, the valve has to be re-opened manually by first resetting in the Local panel
and open by operating the switch 305-XHS-3171A in DCS panel
Ensure circulation of process gas through 305-C-001 which should be established

soon after the hot glycol circulation is established to avoid potential foaming
problem in the column
Feeding the feed gas to the Gas Dehydration Column should be as smooth as possible
Increase the feed gas rate in steps of 25% of the maximum flow. As the process gas
feeds the internal Gas/Liquid separator of the Gas Dehydration Column, the water
droplets trapped will form a level at the bottom of the Contactor. When the level
is sufficient, the level control valve (305-LV-3013) can be put into service in Auto
with the Level Controller 305-LIC-3013
Continue routing dehydrated feed gas to HP Flare via 305-PCV-3024. Send gas
samples for analysis of water content. Slowly raise the gas feed rate up to 50% of
design gas feed rate
Coordinate with the Ash-Shaer Well head Personnel and maintain the choke valves
so as to maintain a pressure of 50 barg at the Gas Dehydration Column. Increase
the lean glycol flow to 4.5 m3/h
Maintain a constant temperature of gas feed at 50C as indicated by 305-TI-3019.

Accordingly maintain the lean glycol temperature of 55C i.e., 5C above the inlet
gas temperature to avoid hydrocarbon condensation
Collect samples at the outlet of the Gas Dehydration Column SC-502 to find out the
dew point and the water content of the dehydrated gas
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 249 of 275
Line-up Reflux Condenser. The normal top operating temperature of the Reflux
Condenser will depend on the condensation temperature of the vapours. This
temperature is set at 9398C depending upon the amount of hydrocarbon
Monitor the pressure drop across the filter. The pressure differential across the
filter is readable on DCS by 305-PDT-3216/3122 for cartridge filters and 305-PDT3218 for carbon filter. When the differential pressure is 1 bar, then the Standby
filter is taken into service
Coordinate with the Well heads to open the choke valves so that the pressure of
87 bara is maintained at the top of the gas dehydration column. Maintain the
injection flow rates of methanol and corrosion inhibitor as per the design flow of
the multiphase gas flow
Adjust the flow and temperature of lean glycol as per the increase of the gas feed
rate in the gas dehydration column. Maintain the lean TEG temperature 5C above
the wet gas entering the gas dehydration column
Start the injection of antifoam and the corrosion inhibitor to various points in the
TEG regeneration system
efficient operation of the gas dehydration system
Check two or more samples to confirm the water content of the dry gas and
condensate
After the condensate and the dry gas meet the specifications, route both to the
GTP trunk line
Start the TEG Incinerator manually from the field by operator by means of the
push-button HS-6052B or from DCS by pressing HS-6052A, and enable sequential
start-up of the incinerator. Refer Section 12 above for more details
Once the burner is in operation, the next step is to increase the combustion
chamber temperature up to the minimum value for off-gas injection (pre-heating
of the incinerator). A temperature ramp-up control gradually heats up the
combustion chamber over a time period (to prevent thermal shock of the
refractory due to full burner output when refractory is cold)
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
14.2.17
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 250 of 275
Line-up of Oily Water System
Ensure to line-up blanketing gas (fuel gas) to degassing drum and Produced Water
storage tank
Ensure Produced Water from Production Separator and Condensate Coalescer is

lined up to Water Degassing drum (334-V-001)
Ensure water separation in Production Separator 302-V-001 and the level controller
302-LIC-1114 is lined up to 334-V-001
Take 302-LIC-1156 on Manual mode for 302-F-002A/B Coalescer to Produced water

degassing drum. Set the level at 50% and take the controller on Auto
Set the level controller 334-LIC-3441 at 50% and take it on Auto. Check flow of
water to 334-T-001
Line-up open drain contaminated pump to Produced Water storage tank
Ensure 334-V-001 pressure is controlled by 334-PIC-5449 and off-gas flows to flare
Observe the separation of hydrocarbon condensate at the top surface of water
Skim off HC condensate manually to Closed Drain by monitoring the interface level
at 334-LI-5400
The separated water from the Produced Water tank is disposed off to tankers using
Produced Water disposal pumps 334-P-001A/S
Line-up of Trunk Line
Ensure GTP is ready to receive gas/condensate
Check the gas pressure at the exit of 305-C-001 dehydration column at

305-PIC-3024
Ensure stable operation of dehydration column
Open pressure control valve 305-PV-3009B and charge the gas up to 305-XV-3004
Reset 305-XV-3004 and charge the gas to trunk line
Monitor the pressure in trunk line
Gradually close 305-PIC-3024 and stop the flaring of gas
Set the 305-PICV-3009A/B on Auto
Set 305-PIC-3024 flaring valve to Auto
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
14.3
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 251 of 275
ESD-2 will close choke valve and isolate process vessels in boxed up condition.
Regeneration section- burner is put off.
GTG fuel changed over to diesel from gas.
All utilities are on line.
Ensure Instrument air pressure is above 4.5 barg.
Restart-up of GGS
1.
Check healthiness of DC-UPS.
2.
Ensure utility systems are ON and continuing operation.
3.
Production separator and dehydration sections are boxed up at operating pressure.
4.
Reset ESD-2 shut down.
5.
Line-up oily water system.
6.
Start Glycol circulation.
7.
Start regeneration section.
8.
Reset choke valve at Well head and line-up flow lines as detailed in Section 11
above.
9.
Start production separator as detailed above.
10. Start condensate section.

11. Start fuel gas system.
12. Start-up of Field Gas compressor: During the ESD-2 shutdown, when the Field Gas
Compressor is tripped , the antisurge valves are opened immediately. The
Compressor will be blocked in and will remain pressurized at settle out
conditions. Open external seal gas will be lined up to maintain seal gas flow.
Start Field Gas Compressor as detailed in Section 11 above.
13. As the Gas Dehydration Column is already in a pressurized condition Start
dehydration section as detailed in Section 11 above after stabilizing the Field Gas
Compressor.
14. Prepare GTP for operation.
15. Line-up gas and condensate to trunk line.
14.4
ESD3 shutdown will be associated with following:

o
Production separator
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 252 of 275
Condensate system
TEG system (Closes plant outlet)
Inlet manifold (Closes plant inlet)
GTP pipeline
Compressor tripped (No export possible in LP mode)
The result of any of the above shutdowns is Plant Tripped condition.

GTG will run on diesel.
EDG will be available.
All utilities will be available.
Process vessels are under operating pressure.
Compressor is running in closed loop (antisurge open).
Restart-up of the Plant
Follow the procedure for start-up of equipment as detailed in Section 11 above.
1.
Reset shutdown ESD3 for the equipment.
2.
Line-up choke valve in Well head and allow well fluid to manifold.
3.
Line-up production separator as detailed in Section 11 above.
4.
Line-up condensate to closed drain vessel as detailed in section 11 above.
5.
Flare the gas till the compressor is taken on line (LP Mode Operation).
6.
Line-up condensate to production separator by running LP operation condensate

pumps (LP Mode Operation).
7.
Line-up produced water to Oily Water system.
8.
Establish glycol circulation.
9.
Start-up of Field Gas compressor: During the ESD-3 shutdown, when the Field Gas
Compressor is tripped, the antisurge valves are opened immediately. The
Compressor will be blocked in and will remain pressurized at settle out conditions.
Open external seal gas will be lined up to maintain seal gas flow. Start Field Gas
Compressor as detailed in Section 11 above.
10. Line field gas compressor (LP Mode Operation).

11. Start regenerator section and raise the temperature of glycol.
12. Admit the gas to dehydration column.
13. Control the pressure of dehydration by flaring till gas quality is achieved
14. Line-up gas and condensate to trunk line
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 253 of 275
Hazop Action No. 43

If ESD-3 trip is actuated by initiation of 305-PALL-309 (due to inadvertent action of
fully opening 305-PV-3024), the Condensate injection to the trunkline should be
stopped if it is a prolonged ESD-3 shutdown. Immediately after the ESD-3 trip, the
Production Seperator can be operated near turndown capacity to avoid excessive
flaring and condensate can still be routed to the Trunk line. For prolonged durations of
ESD-3 shutdown, the condensate injection to trunkline should be stopped. . Injection
of Condensate into the trunkline without dehydrated gas will accelerate corrosion in
Trunkline and cause slug receipts at the GTP. Ensure TEG Incinerator is running with
fuel gas and maintain the TEG circulation. Reset and start firing the TEG Regeneration
Reboiler and stabilise the Gas Dehydration system before lining up condensate and
dehydrated gas to the Trunkline.
14.5
BLACK START-UP OF GGS
The black start-up of GGS is similar to ESD1 shutdown. The power for start-up is made
available by starting Emergency Diesel Generator with diesel. The supply is given to
MCC for utilities and emergency supply panel. Assuming the EDG is supplied by the
battery system and the auxiliary can be started, the procedure shown on the following
page shall be adopted for start-up (Fig. 15).
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 254 of 275
Fig. 15 Black Start-up Sequence Flowchart
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 255 of 275
Black Start-up Sequence Flowchart (Cont.)
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 256 of 275
15.0 TROUBLESHOOTING OPERATION
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 257 of 275
Production Separator
Sr.
No.
1
Problem
Indications
High pressure in the

Production
Separators (PAH).
(PAHH in the
separator shuts
down the Separator
inlet valves)
Higher pressure
indication at
302-PAH-1110
Low pressure in the

separators (PAL).
Low pressure
indication as
indicated by the
Pressure alarm
302-PAL-1110
High Level in the

Condensate
compartment
High level
indication as
indicated by the
High level alarm
302-LAH-1110
Diagnosis
Control Action
More gas flow to Production

Separator
Increase in the Gas Oil Ratio
(GOR)
Closure of Dry gas outlet valve
of Gas Dehydration Column
Sudden trip of Field Gas
Compressor (LP case)
Malfunctioning of PSV at lower
pressure
Passing of PSVs
Opening of PCV to Flare
Reduction in Well head pressure
Check that the Pressure controller

302-PIC-1137 and control valves in the gas
outlet line are working properly.
Check the instrument air supply tubing if the
valve is remaining closed.
Check that the Control valves in the vent line
to HP flare header are functioning properly.
Ensure that the SDV and the isolation valves in
the inlet to the separator, from the inlet
manifold are fully open.
Check the functioning of the control valves
(and controller wiring) in the gas vent lines to
HP flare, ensure that they are not in open
condition due to failure of instrument air
tubing.
Check whether the down stream ESD valve
302-XV-1151 is closed due to trip signals.
Check whether the Condensate pumps have
tripped
(and controller wiring) in the Condensate
outlet line and ensure that they are not stuck
closed due to failure of instrument air tubing.
Also check the oily water outlet line control
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
Sr.
No.
4
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Problem
Low Level in the

Condensate
compartment
Indications
Low level
indication as
indicated by the
High level alarm
302-LAL-1110
Operations
Page 258 of 275
Diagnosis
Control Action
High Interface Level

in the separator.
Low Interface Level

in the Separator.
High Interface
level indication
as indicated by
the High level
alarm
302-LAL-1110
valves.
Check whether the drain valves in the oily
water compartment are opened inadvertently.
(and controller wiring) in the oil outlet line
and ensure that they are not stuck open.
Check the flow rate of Condensate from the
separator, if it is much below the design flow,
increase the number of Well connections if
possible
Check whether the down stream SDV valves are
closed due to trip signals.
(and controller wiring) in the oily water outlet
line and ensure that they are not stuck closed
due to failure of instrument air tubing.
Check whether the drain valves in the
separator are opened inadvertently.
(and controller wiring) in the oily water outlet
line and ensure that they are not stuck open.
In case the water cut of the oil is very low, the
separators can be operated as 2 phase
separators.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 259 of 275
Glycol Losses
Sr.
No.
1
Problem
Indications
Glycol loss from

Dehydration Column
due to inadequate
cooling
Frequent top up of
lean Glycol from
TEG tank
305-LV-3210 MV
gradually
increasing
Excessive gas velocity
due to increased gas
feed rate
Excessive collection
of Glycol in the
Glycol Vent Gas K.O.
drum (305-V-003)
Differential pressure
305-PDI-3007 is on
the higher side
Glycol Loss due to

Entrainment losses
Vaporization Losses
from Glycol Reflux
Condenser
Glycol loss due to

foaming in
305-C-001
Glycol loss from the

Still Column
(305-C-002)
Excessive
gas
velocity due to
increased gas feed
rate
Differential
pressure
Diagnosis
Control Action
Analyse the Dry gas sample for TEG.

typical value is 0.45 0.78 US
gal/MMSCF
Reduce the Inlet gas temperature

305-TI-3019 to 50C if it above 50C.
Reduce the lean Glycol temperature
305-TI-3076 entering 305-C-001 within
3C of the inlet gas temperature.
Analyse the Dry gas sample for TEG.

typical value is 0.450.78 US
gal/MMSCF
The Glycol overhead temperature
305-TI-3103 is above 100C
305-TCV-3102 MV gradually
increasing
Analyse
rich
TEG
from
305-C-001 for Hydrocarbon, salt or
amine (corrosion inhibitor)
Abnormal
increase
in
the
condensate level of Glycol Flash
drum
Give samples to check whether free
water is entering 305-C-001 and over
loading the Regenerator by analysing
water content of feed gas
Decrease gas Flow rate

Increase the gas pressure in 305-C-001
305-TIC-3102 should be maintained at

95C
Remove the source of contamination, if

it is badly contaminated recharge the
system with new Glycol.
Add Antifoam but be careful not to add
too much
Decrease gas Flow rate
Clean or replace the
packing if fouled
Still
Column
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
Sr.
No.
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Problem
Mechanical leaks
Glycol loss from the

Flash drum
Indications
305-PDI-3104 is on
the higher side
Lot of Glycol dripping
from the Glycol pump
(305-P-003A) glands
Abnormal opening of
the Condensate tank
LCV 305-LCV-3206
control valve
Frequent top up of
lean Glycol from
TEG tank
The inlet to Gas
Dehydration
Column is around
7C during the HP
cases.
Low Pressure in Gas Dehydration Column
1
Low Pressure in the
Low
pressure
Gas Dehydration
alarm from 305Column
PAL-3012
High flow alarm in
the Flare header
331-FAH-5126
8
Glycol loss during

winter periods
Operations
Page 260 of 275
Diagnosis
Control Action
Observe continuously and confirm

leaks are from the glands of the
Glycol pumps.
Take a sample from Hydrocarbon
condensate
outlet
line
and
analyse for Glycol
When there is more Glycol
carryover,
305-LCV-3210
will
slowly move to closed position.
Analyse the Dry gas sample for
TEG. typical value is 0.45 - 0.78
US gal/MMSCF
Regular Preventive maintenance for the

pumps
Check whether the start-up

depressurisation valve
305-PV-3024 is inadvertently
opened
Field Gas Compressor
304-K-001A/B has tripped
Controller 305-PIC-3009 will close
Immediately close 305-PV-3024 and

improve the pressure
Identify the trip reason and start the
Field Gas Compressor
Lower the Glycol weir if Glycol

carryover is confirmed. It should be set
at a minimum of 75 mm below that of
the condensate.
During winter case operation put

exchanger 305-E-001 on line
Ensure that electrical tracing system on
Gas Dehydration Column bottom, wet
condensate outlet line and chimney tray
portion of the Gas Dehydration column
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
Sr.
No.
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Problem
Indications
Operations
Page 261 of 275
Diagnosis
Control Action
305-PV-3009A/B
High Water Content in the Treated Gas Outlet
Sr.
No.
1
Problem
Indications
Diagnosis
Glycol Pump Stroking

but not pumping
Glycol Pumps are

stroking but not
pumping
The dry gas outlet
305-AI-3022 giving high
level alarms
The dry gas outlet
305-AI-3022 giving high
level alarms
Pump running indication is

there but Glycol flow
transmitter 305-FI-3113 flow
is hunting
Check the valves to see if they are

seating properly.
Pump running indication is

there but Glycol flow
transmitter 305-FI-3113 flow
is hunting
Glycol Inventory comes down
gradually from the Glycol
system less
Verify the Reboiler
temperature with a test
thermometer and check
whether correct temperature
is maintained in the Reboiler
Check Glycol-Glycol heat
exchanger for leakage of wet
Glycol into dry Glycol by
Clean the suction Strainer of Glycol

pumps
Glycol Pump suction

strainer blocked
Excessive leakage
from Glycol Pump
Plunger glands
Insufficient
Concentration of
Glycol
Excessive Glycol leakage

from the Glycol pump area
Circulation rate is
adequate but the Dry gas
outlet showing higher
moisture content
Control Action
Attend Glycol pump leaks with the help

of Maintenance crew
Keep Reboiler temperature at the
maximum allowable temperature.
Rectify the leak of the Glycol-Glycol
exchanger
Maintain the correct stripping rate
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
Sr.
No.
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Problem
Indications
Poor Glycol
distribution
Pressure drop across the

Contactor packing is very
minimal
Operating conditions
different from design
conditions
Lower Contactor pressure,

higher feed gas
temperature and lower
Glycol circulation rate
than the design value
Operations
Page 262 of 275
Diagnosis
analysing dry Glycol sample
Check stripping gas rate
The dry gas outlet analyser
showing high value even though
correct Glycol circulation rate
and correct concentration is
maintained
Adjust the process variable to
find improvement in the dry gas
outlet
Control Action
Check alignment of distributor and ensure

there are no blockages
Increase the Contactor pressure

Reduce feed gas temperature
Increase the Glycol circulation rate
Check the lean Glycol temperature feed
to the Contactor and reduce if necessary
near feed gas temperature between 3 to
6 C
II UTILITIES AND OFF SITES

Sr.
Problem
No.
Instrument Air
Low Header IA
1
Pressure
Indications
325-PALL-4733 sounds
alarm
Diagnosis
Control Action
Header pressure is lowering.

Header pressure 325-PI-4733
indicates low pressure
More consumption of
nitrogen and 325-XV-4725 is
full open
Air Compressor is tripped and
Check325-PV-4660 got struck open and

more plant air consumed. Take the
control valve manually and control the
pressure
Reset XV-4725 and close the valve
Check at the field and start the standby
compressor
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
Sr.
No.
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Problem
Dew Point less than

-35degC at 7.5 barg
Nitrogen
O2 more than 2% in
1
nitrogen product
Indications
Operations
Page 263 of 275
Diagnosis
Control Action
the standby has not come on

line
Running Compressor tripped
and standby is not getting
started
Close N2 consumption valves and Plant

air consumption
Check electrical fault.
Restart after attending the fault as per
PTW system
Check electrical fault (MCC)
Check the function of regeneration
heater
Check the operation of three way valve
Change the molecular sieve
Instrument air outlet

showing higher moisture
content
Check Regeneration
temperature/Heater
Check passing of 3 way valve
Check regeneration cycle
Higher pressure
drop/Channelling due to
deterioration of molecular
sieve
O2 analyser
324-AI-4819 indication
High pressure drop due to

fouling of membrane
Faulty analyser
Cleaning of membrane
Calibrate analyser
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
16.0 SHUTDOWN
Operations
Page 264 of 275
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
16.1
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 265 of 275
PLANNED SHUTDOWN
Initial Status
Condensate and gas system is running and operating conditions of all equipment
are within limits.
Productions from all seven gas fields of Ash-Shaer are on and running at normal
rates.
Condensate production is on at design production rate and specifications are

within limits.
Gas separated in the Production Separator is sent to Gas Dehydration Column

directly or though Field Gas Compressor during the LP Stage.
The dry gas from the Gas Dehydration column is meeting the specifications and
the TEG Regeneration system is working normally.
Water separated in the Production Separator is sent to Produced water tanks.
All chemical injection systems are working normal and the chemicals are
injected at specified rates.
The gas and the condensate are mixed together and sent to GTP through the
trunk line.
Unit Shutdown
There are many local conditions within GGS that will shutdown particular process
equipment or whole of the Plant Equipment in GGS due to Process or Utility
outages as defined on the Cause & Effect diagrams Doc No: 250-EPR-CNE-05001
(High or low levels, pressures, temperatures, etc,.). In some cases like suction
filter choking or pump problem, the absence of spare unit will lead to shutdown.
Normal Shutdown of Production Seperator
As the shutdown is a planned one, the Operator will plan in advance the steps
involved in the normal Shutdown of the Production Seperator.
Inform the GTP Unit, Wellheads, Glycol Dehydration Unit and the TEG
Dehydration unit about the shutdown of the Production Seperator.
Reduce the capacities of the Producing wells by closing the Choke valves slowly
till the turndown capacity.
When the turndown capacity is reached, the System can be depressurised in

case of longer shutdown or kept at the same pressure as the case may be.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 266 of 275
Hazop Action No. 27

If the Plant is taken for Annual/Long shutdowns, it is required to drain all the
Produced water lines to prevent ice formation and corrosion of pipeline.. In
case of failure to switch on heat tracing, will lead to blocking of Produced
water lines and thereby increases water level in Production Seperator. This will
lead to water carryover in condensate and corrosion in the Trunkline. Hence a
regular schedule should be prepared to do regular monitoring and preventive
maintenance of the Heat Tracing.
Hazop Action No. 67

Handling and disposal of Contaminated filter Catridges/Coalescer elements should
be done in safe manner. As these filters contain hazardous sulphur and nitrogen
compounds this should be collected and disposed in designated storage areas.
Proper PPEs as given in Section 2.3 and Precautions should be given to all
personnel involved in handling the contaminated equipments to waste storage
area.
Hazop Action No. 31

When releasing Condensate/Produced Water Storage tanks, Condensate
pumps/Filters, proper safety precautions are to be taken as per PTW
Procedures and for vessel entry by
Personnel. Check for Oxygen/Toxic HC
components. The vessels are damped from a water source to avoid pyrophoric
iron burning. Naturally Occurring Radioactive Material (NORM) and Low Specific
Activity (LSA) Scale can appear during the drilling and process phases of Oil and
Gas exploration and production and tend to deposit along with other scale. Low
Specific Activity scale (LSA) which are found adhering to pipe and equipment
internals produce potential radiation illness mainly due to Radium-226
produced from the decay of naturally occurring Uranium-238. Hence
Radioactive Detection and PPEs for protection against potential radiation illness
should be used. The waste removed from Condensate storage/Produced water
storage tanks/catridge filter should be disposed off at locations specifically
marked/designated as Waste holdup/storage area. The Waste disposal area
shall be clearly fenced, marked and identified with safety tags/boards
indicating warnings/dangers due to radioactive substances.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 267 of 275
Normal Shutdown of Gas Dehydration/TEG Regeneration System

As the normal shutdown has been scheduled and prepared, it should not present
the operator any undue problem to successfully perform it and the suggested
guidelines are followed:
o
Stop the gas to the Gas dehydration Column (305-C-001).
Stop the burner of the TEG Reboiler.
Stop the Glycol pump 305-P-003A/B, when the temperature in the

Reboiler fall under 190C.
Stop the Vent gas blower 305-K-002A/B.
If the shutdown period is of longer duration, then the glycol contained in the Gas
Dehydration Column should be collected in the bottom head and evacuated under
level control to the flash drum and then to the surge drum where the glycol will be
built-up.
The glycol regeneration package and the gas dehydration column are now in a
standby condition, levels and pressures are still maintained close to the operating
conditions and if required, the unit start-up can be carried out immediately from
this condition.
If the standby period will be of longer duration, then it is necessary to proceed as
follows:
o
Isolate gas dehydration column outlets.
Isolate flash drum condensate outlet and glycol outlet.
Close ball valves at glycol pump discharges.
Leave the gas or vapour outlet of process vessels open.
If the shutdown involves internal repair work or maintenance on whole or part of

the package, it will then become necessary to fully isolate the equipment from the
rest of the system to drain and depressurize it.
Hazop Action No. 522:
Any leak in the Dry gas/Lean TEG Exchanger will lead to glycol carryover along with
dehydrated gas. This will result drop in Surge drum level and initiates an Low level
alarm (305-LAL-3115) due to loss of glycol. As there is no isolation bypass available
for the shell & tube sides, unit has to be shutdown if leak develops on either side.
As there is a potential leakage due to corrosion of the 305-E-004 tube bundles,
proper monitoring has to be done which will reduce the 305-E-004 tube bundle
leakages.
Proper monitoring of corrosion coupon 305-CC-3080 on the Gas Dehydration

Column overhead vapour line. If corrosion rate is more increase the corrosion
inhibitor injection rate at the outlet of TEG carbon filter.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 268 of 275
A spare tube bundle availability helps in quick start-up of the Gas Dehydration
plant in case of any leak
Provide isolation and bypass valves for both shell and tube side.
Note: During winter period (when the ambient temperature falls below 15C),
drain the column bottom and condensate outlet pipeline to column bottom, in
order to avoid liquid freezing. In case of longer shutdown during winter, glycol also
need to be drained for non- traced lines in order to avoid freezing due to the lower
ambient temperatures
(15C) and TEG freezing temperature of 7C.
Normal Shutdown of Field Gas Compressor
As the Field Gas Compressor boosts the pressure to 87 barg before the introduction
to Gas Dehydration column the feed rate reduction has to be done in steps upto
the turndown feed rate.
Inform the GTP Unit, Wellheads, Glycol Dehydration Unit and the TEG
Dehydration unit about shutdown of the Field Gas Compressor.
Reduce the capacities of the Producing wells by closing the Choke valves slowly
till the turndown capacity.
The Antisurge valves open automatically when the flow rates are reduced.
After the turndown of the Gas Dehydration column, the Field gas Compressor
can be tripped or can be kept running in recycle mode if it is a shorter
shutdown duration.
16.2
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
ESD systems will function to isolate inventory entering or exiting plant facilities, to
remove heat input to heaters and reboilers and stop associated rotating
equipment; this is necessary to ensure safe operation. A separate ESD system is
provided at each location i.e. at Well heads, GGS and GTP. While each system
operates independently, certain emergency situations at one site will activate a
shutdown at other location also. The emergency shutdown systems at GGS will
operate on three hierarchical levels. A shutdown at one level will typically cascade
to initiate shutdowns at the next level.
The ESD levels adopted for the facilities are as follows:
o
ESD Level-1 shutdown: ESD Level-1 shutdown will open all the
depressurizing valves at the same time.
ESD
Level-2
shutdown:
ESD
Level-2
shutdown
will
depressurization, allowing for operator action if required.
enable
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
o
Operations
Page 269 of 275
ESD Level-3 shutdown: ESD Level-3 shutdowns are used only to

isolate or shutdown systems. Individual unit/equipment may be
depressurized if necessary.
16.2.1
ESD Level-1 Shutdown
ESD Level-1 represents the highest level of emergency that may occur at the
facility. A confirmed fire at the GGS or any Plant emergency justifies manual
initiation. ESD Level-1 will shutdown and depressurize the process facilities.
ESD level-1 is initiated by the following:
o
Manually by an authorised Operator in the control room or gate house (GGS and
GTP)
Automatically via the F&G system on 10% LEL confirmed gas detection in the
HVAC inlet of the control room and substation of GGS.
Confirmed fire at the GGS will initiate ESD Level-1 at GGS due to extended
periods of unattended operation.
Confirmed high level gas detection (20% LEL) at the utilities area of GGS. This
represents the highest level ESD at the installations as these will trip the
Emergency Generator.
ESD Level-1 Actions
Shutdown the Main Power Generators but maintains operation of EDG to

maintain essential utilities. EDG shall not start in case of 10% LEL confirmed gas
detection at HVAC inlet and 20% LEL in Utility area. Should all power be lost
during the emergency, Power for control and safety systems will be maintained
by the UPS battery systems.
Close the GGS Well head chokes, GGS remains live with Compressors on recycle
for ESD level-1 at GTP
Opens all EDP (Emergency Depressurizing) valves after a time delay of 1 minute
to allow all XVs to close on ESD Level-1 at GGS. The system will enable the
CR/CCR Operators to over-ride the blowdown signal once initiated. This will be
achieved by normalizing the ESD Level-1 initiator and pressing the ESD Level-1
Reset button.
ESD Level-1 at the GTP will automatically initiate an ESD Level-2 shutdown at
the GGS via the fibre-optic link which will ramp close choke valves at Well
head. ESD Level-1 or ESD Level-2 at GGS will result in an alarm at GTP.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 270 of 275
16.2.2 ESD Level-2: Process Shutdown

ESD Level-2 is activated in the event of a significant process abnormality at the
facilities; it indicates a potential loss of containment, fire (GTP only) or
impairment of the ability to control the plant in a safe manner. This may be as a
result of gas detection in open areas (20% LEL); loss of control air, fuel gas or
power; High-High liquid Levels in the Flare knock out drum or abnormally Low-Low
pressure in pipeline systems. On ESD Level 2, Operation of the facility shall be
stopped by closing dedicated XVs and tripping all processing equipment. Essential
utilities such as power generation will be kept operating on ESD Level 2 by
switching the Main generators to Diesel operation at the GGS or running the
generators on buy-back gas at the GTP except in case of instrument air Low-Low
pressure where GTGs will be shutting down.
ESD LEVEL-2 is initiated by the following:
o
Automatically, by cascade from ESD Level-1 at GGS & GTP.
Manually, by an authorized operator either in the control room or at selected

locations in the plant at GGS & GTP.
Automatically on Low Low instrument air pressure at GGS & GTP.
Automatically, on failure of main power generation at GGS & GTP.
Automatically on High High flare drum level at GGS & GTP.
AT GGS Automatically, on fuel gas KO drum Low Low pressure. All other fuel
gas ESD level-3 (like High High level and Low Low temperature) will switch
the main power generator to diesel operation. This takes 40-60 seconds but is
assumed not to be possible on fuel gas Low Low pressure. After successful
automatic change over of GTP to diesel operation, the ESD Level-2 shut down
can be RESET after over riding Low Low fuel gas KOD pressure.
AT GTP Automatically, on the fuel gas KOD pressure High High pressure, Low
Low pressure, High High liquid level, Low Low temperature will cause ESD
Level- 2.
Automatically on FG ESD Level-3 at the GTP (cascades to loss of Power).
Automatically at GGS on confirmed Low Low pressure in the gathering system

or at GGS and GTP on Low-low pressure in the GGS to GTP pipeline.
Automatically on sales gas compressor discharge metering pipeline Low Low

pressure.
Automatically via the F&G system on:

o
20% LEL confirmed gas detection in the process area at GGS & GTP.
Confirmed fire detection in process areas, GTP only
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
o
Operations
Page 271 of 275
Confirmed 20% LEL gas in the generator area will trip or inhibit start
of the Main or Emergency Generators (for GGS & GTP)
ESD Level-2 Actions
Initiate all ESD Level-3 trips.
Close the choke valve at gas Well heads at GGS
Switch Main Power Generation to diesel and start the Emergency Power
Generator at GGS
Maintain fuel gas supply to the main generators by opening the buy-back fuel
gas XV at GTP.
Trip the main power generators only on low Instrument air pressure (loss of
control)
Start the Emergency Generator (except in case of 20% LEL gas in generator
area).
Enable blowdown of the facility. Blowdown may then be initiated manually.
On Confirmed fire at the GTP or low pressure in the Firewater Ring Main, start
Fire Water Pumps (via the F&G system)
On GGS ESD Level 2 initiated by pipeline Low Low pressure, isolate 701-XV-3150
on the incoming trunk line at GTP to isolate the pipeline at both ends.
ESD Level 2 at either the GGS or the GTP will result in an alarm at the other
site.
16.2.3 ESD LEVEL-3: Unit/Equipment Shutdown

ESD Level-3 shutdowns are non-emergency process abnormalities affecting only one
equipment or unit. ESD Level-3 trips are provided primarily for equipment
protection where there may be safety and/or environmental consequences if
equipment failure is not prevented. typical trips include shutdown of a compressor
on high-high discharge temperature, and shutdown on a dehydration unit on highhigh level in the inlet separator.
The extent of the trip depends on the ability of the remainder of the unit to
continue without the affected item.
ESD-3 shutdown is initiated by the following:
o
Automatically, by specified abnormal process conditions (refer to the

Cause & Effect Diagrams for details)
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
o
Operations
Page 272 of 275
Manually, via an ESD pushbutton at the unit (local or on control

panel)
ESD-3 actions are typically:
Shut down and isolate a single equipment item or train.
Shutdown and isolate a complete process unit.
On Low-Low pressure of nitrogen, trip, isolate and depressurize the

Field gas Compressors (GGS) or Sales Gas Compressors (GTP).
The shutdown of a unit affected by an ESD-3 shutdown of another unit may not
occur automatically in all cases, some cascaded shutdowns may be permitted to
give the operators time to reset a unit upset condition before a plant wide trip is
initiated. An ESD-3 typically involves isolating the inlet and outlet hydrocarbon
streams to a unit via dedicated XVs and stopping input of heat energy. Emergency
shutdown isolation for non-hydrocarbon services shall be designed on a case by
case basis.
For pumped systems, a Low Low level trip will be provided on the suction vessel in
order to protect the pump from damage due to dry-running, regardless of the
system volume of fluid contained. The trip will stop/inhibit the pump (s) and close
XVs in the suction and/or discharge lines where provided. On mechanical seal
failure the operating pump should trip and Auto start stand-by pump (case by case
basis).
Pumps which are essential for the continuous operation of the plant will have
standby and will be provided with Auto-start facility for the standby pump. Lowlow discharge pressure trips operating pump and allow Auto start of stand-by pump
if Low Low pressure persists, it will trip both pumps.
Low-Low nitrogen pressure at compressors (nitrogen typically provides a final
barrier against gas leaks from the seals) will shutdown and EDP the compressor
concerned. Where possible, the remainder of the plant will be kept live and/or
operating in recycle mode.
ESD Level-3 Stoppages at GGS
There are several major system ESD Level-3 shutdowns at the GGS which will cause
loss of gas export from the plant due to isolating of the inlet or outlet XVs or which
trip the Field Gas Compressors. These are:
o
Production Separator/Condensate System ESD LEVEL-3 (closes plant inlet)
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
TEG System ESD Level 3 (Closes Plant outlet)
Inlet manifold PHH (Closes plant inlet)
GTP pipeline PHH (Closes plant outlet)
Compressors tripped (No export possible in LP Mode)
Operations
Page 273 of 275
Under these trips the following actions will be initiated:

o
Main generators will transfer to diesel operation to be available for plant

restart
Emergency generator will start to be ready for failures on transfer of the

main generators
Well heads will be isolated by closing the chokes to avoid excessive flaring at
the GGS.
The remainder of the plant will remain live and, where possible, the Field
Gas compressors will continue to run on recycle mode via the anti-surge
recycle loop.
Emergency Shutdown
In the event of a complete unit shutdown, the sequence shall be as follows:
o
Stop the gas flow through the Contactor 305-C-001
Stop the Burner. See Burner stop and sequence from the Vendor manual.
Stop the Glycol circulation pump 305-P-003A/B
Close all the shutdown valves; 305-XV-3212, 305-XV-3213, 305-XV-3001,

305-XV-3002, 305-XV-3003 and 305-XV-3004
Stop the Vent gas blower 305-K-002A/B
Open the blowdown valve 305-XV-3000 for depressurization to flare
Planned Shutdown
Inform GTP personnel that GGS is going for a planned shutdown.
Adjust Choke valve in the oil production Well heads for a reduced rate of
production and stop production from Wells one by one. Always gradually,
bring down the production rates.
The field operator should check the levels in Production Separator, Gas
Dehydration, TEG Regeneration and Condensate system.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 274 of 275
At the reduced rate of production, ensure that the Condensate and Gas
Dehydration systems equipment are operating in normal conditions, without
any abnormalities.
Reduce the chemical injection to required rates in the Well heads and the Gas
Dehydration/TEG Regeneration system. Further reduce the flow rate from the
production Well heads to Production separator. Monitor the operation of the
equipment in Condensate system.
The control room operator and field operator should co-ordinate effectively for
the shut down of the plant.
Ensure that all the equipment is running, without any abnormalities, in reduced
load condition. Further caution the GTP unit that the Gas/Condensate export
will be stopped.
Stop the Chemical injection.
Shut down the oil producing Wells and close their respective choke valves.
Levels in the Production Separator and Condensate system will reduce. Reduce
the level set points in Separators to the minimum acceptable levels such that
enough free volume will be available during restart.
If required the pressure in the pipelines can be reduced further by slowly

reducing the Production Separator pressure controller set point to 24 barg.
This may cause the manifold ESDVs to close by the action of PSLL setting.
Now the water/oil outlet lines from the separators are isolated.
For the Gas Dehydration system, refer Shutdown of Gas Dehydration system.
16.3
DRAINING PHILOSOPHY/RECOVERY FOR START-UP
The drainage system shall be designed to allow disposal of liquid inventory in a safe
and environmentally acceptable manner.
Drain systems shall be designed to ensure proper handling of any contaminants that
may accidentally enter the system due to spillages or in advertent operations.
The drain systems that may be provided at each plant are described below:
Closed Drain (CD)
A Closed drain system is provided to receive hydrocarbon liquids drained from
process equipment prior to maintenance. Aqueous and hydrocarbon draining will be
segregated. Equipment drainings that are predominantly water will be run down to
Accidentally Oily Sewer/Open drain.
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 275 of 275
The Closed drain system will comprise a hard piped collection system with drain
liquids flowing by gravity to a Closed Drain Drum (Located in a Sump). Also the
Closed Drain drum is equipped with Electric heater to prevent icing/freezing. The
drum is designed to receive the largest single inventory to be drained. Collected
liquids will be pumped away with vapour in-breathing and out-breathing will be via
a vent line to the flare system. The system design pressure will be set to match
flare system. Liquids collected in the Closed Drain Drum will be pumped to Flare
KOD in GGS.
The Closed system will be positively isolated from the process by closing of valves
at equipment during normal operation. The draining to Closed Drain drum is done
one equipment at a time to have a better control and draining so as to avoid
overflow of Closed Drain Drum. At any time, two equipments will not be drained
simultaneously. Draining of more than one equipment may lead to liquid build-up in
Closed drain drum and liquid carryover to the Flare header which is undesirable.
Hence proper coordination should be planned in advance regarding the draining of
liquids from equipments during shutdown.
Where equipment is connected to a Closed Drain System for draining prior to
Maintenance or inspection positive isolation for e.g. a spectacle blind will be
provided between the equipment and the drain. The drain will be positively
isolated during normal operation and the draining will be performed after
shutdown and depressurization of the equipment item. The only exception is
draining of Oil pad from Produced Water storage Tank (334-T-001) and
contaminated water storage tank (834-T-001) at GTP. Pressurized draining will be
allowed during start-up like draining of Compressor casing drains. For drains which
need to be used under normal operation like level instruments/bridle drains, the
spectacle blind is left in open position and operators will turn it closed as and when
required for equipment isolation. Consequently intermittent drainage required
during normal operation will be returned to the process.
Chemical Sewer
Injection chemicals such as methanol etc are present at the EBLA Gas Project
facilities in sufficient quantities to justify a dedicated chemical sewer. Storage
facilities will be bunded or kerbed to ensure containment of spills; spills inside
these areas will be collected in local pit and pumped out to drums. Chemical spills
outside containment areas will be dealt with by use of an appropriate absorbent.
TEG Drain System
TEG drain system is provided for collecting drain from TEG Regeneration system.
The system is comprised of a hard piped collection system with drain liquid flowing
by gravity to a TEG sump drum. The drum will be sized for hold-up of the entire
TEG inventory. Vapour out breathing will be through vent line to flare and pressure
relief will be discharged to flare. The system design pressure will be set to match
the Flare system.
The TEG drain system will be positively isolated from the process during normal
operation (only exception is drain connection for level instrument/bridle). Draining
will only be performed after shutdown, depressurization and cooling of the
PETRO-CANADA EBLA
PALMYRA B.V
Unit : GGS
00180-PCP-300-PDMan-12503-01
Operations
Page 276 of 275
equipment item. The drain system will be positively isolated from the equipment
before the item is returned to service.
If the shutdown period is for longer duration, the glycol is collected in the Chimney
tray of Glycol contactor and transferred under level control to Flash drum and then
to Surge drum. If the shutdown involves repair work or Maintenance in the
Regeneration package, then it becomes necessary to isolate the equipment from
the rest of the system, drain and depressurize it.
When the Gas Dehydration Plant is shutdown for longer periods during winter, then
TEG needs to be cooled sufficiently and drained to TEG Drain vessel.
Draining Hot TEG above 60C will damage drain piping and also hazardous for
handling.
Hence circulate TEG by the Glycol circulation pumps through Glycol Cooler.
Bring down the temperature below 60C and transfer to storage.
Drain liquid from vessels to TEG Drain drum and pump to storage.

GGS Operating Manual Vol 1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

GGS Operating Manual Vol 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PETRO-CANADA EBLA

EBLA GAS PROJECT

GGS Operating Manual Vol #1

OVERVIEW OF GAS GATHERING STATION.............................................

SPECIFIC SAFETY HAZARDS.............................................

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND OPERATIONS..............................

3.1 METHANOL STORAGE TANK.......................................................................

PROCESS AND CONTROL DESCRIPTION................................

INTEGRATED CONTROL AND SAFETY SYSTEM (ICSS)............................128

FIRE AND GAS............................................................141

FIRE & GAS INTRODUCTION.........................................................142

GAS & CONDENSATE SPECIFICATION................................................156

PRE-REQUISITES FOR START-UP ACTIVITIES........................158

START-UP OF UTILITIES AND OFF-SITE FACILITIES................162

POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.............................................168

START-UP OF PROCESS PLANT........................................186

START-UP SEQUENCE OF GGS..........................................................187

NORMAL OPERATION AND MONITORING.............................220

PRODUCTION SEPARATOR NORMAL OPERATION.................................221

PLANT START-UP AFTER EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN................226

GENERAL EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN LEVELS - ESD1, ESD2 & ESD3.........227

Start-up of Flare System...............................................................232

Gas with H2S and CO2 content

from gas from gas-condensate wells

Removal of the lightest fractions from a mixture. The process is

Barrels of Oil Per Day

OBJECTIVE OF OPERATION MANUAL

Section 1: A general introduction of the facilities

Section 2: HSE aspects

Section 3: Equipment Specification

Section 4: Process and Control Description

Sections 5 & 6: Electrical, Instrumentation and Emergency shutdown (ESD)

Section 7: F&G systems

Section 15 & 16: Troubleshooting Operations and Shutdown procedures.

SECTION II HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT

COMMITTMENT TO TOTAL LOSS MANAGEMENT

HEALTH, SAFETY and ENVIROMENT at the EBLA Gas Project

Safety hard hats

Job Safety Analysis (JSA)

SECTION III HAZOPS & ROUNDS

o Personnel involved in the operation should wear Breathing Apparatus

Hazop Action No. 1203

Hazop Action No. 758

Hazop Action No. 767

be drained to avoid carryover to Vent Gas Blowers (305-K-002A/B/C/D) and causing

corrosion in the Trunkline. Hence a regular schedule should be prepared to do regular

Proper monitoring of corrosion coupon 305-CC-3080 on the Gas Dehydration

Vent Gas KO Drum

Instrument Air System

Instrument Air System

Monitor the level and

Monitor the local panel

Monitor the level and

SECTION V GAS GATHERING STATION

OVERVIEW OF GAS GATHERING STATION

SPECIFIC SAFETY HAZARDS

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND OPERATIONS

Avoiding exposure to potential hazards during operations

Minimising the potential (frequency) for hazardous occurrences (release of

Providing the means of escape and evacuation from such hazards

Proving a safe working environment for Plant personnel

H2S can be absorbed into the body by inhalation.

It is colourless with a characteristic smell of rotten eggs. It is heavier than air,

Occupational Exposure Limits: It has a Threshold Limit Value (TLV) of 10 ppm.